• TABLE OF CONTENTS
HIDE
 Title Page
 Table of Contents
 University calendar
 Florida's first university
 Board of education
 Administrative council
 General information
 Colleges, schools, and curricu...
 Departments of instruction
 Description of courses
 Staff and faculty
 Index














Title: University record
ALL VOLUMES CITATION THUMBNAILS PAGE IMAGE ZOOMABLE
Full Citation
STANDARD VIEW MARC VIEW
Permanent Link: http://ufdc.ufl.edu/UF00075594/00118
 Material Information
Title: University record
Uniform Title: University record (Gainesville, Fla.)
Physical Description: v. : ; 24 cm.
Language: English
Creator: University of the State of Florida
University of Florida
Publisher: University of the State of Florida
Place of Publication: Lake city Fla
Publication Date: 1906-
Frequency: quarterly
regular
 Subjects
Subject: College publications -- Gainesville -- Periodicals -- Florida   ( lcsh )
Universities and colleges -- Periodicals -- Florida -- Gainesville   ( lcsh )
Agricultural education -- Gainesville -- Periodicals -- Florida   ( lcsh )
University extension -- Periodicals -- Florida -- Gainesville   ( lcsh )
Teachers colleges -- Periodicals -- Florida -- Gainesville   ( lcsh )
Law schools -- Periodicals -- Florida -- Gainesville   ( lcsh )
Genre: government publication (state, provincial, terriorial, dependent)   ( marcgt )
 Notes
Dates or Sequential Designation: Vol. 1, no. 1 (Feb. 1906)-
Numbering Peculiarities: Issue for Vol. 2, no. 1 (Feb. 1907) is misnumbered as Vol. 1, no.1.
General Note: Title from cover.
General Note: Imprint varies: <vol.1, no.2-v.4, no.2> Gainesville, Fla. : University of the State of Florida,; <vol.4, no. 4-> Gainesville, Fla. : University of Florida,.
General Note: Issues also have individual titles.
 Record Information
Bibliographic ID: UF00075594
Volume ID: VID00118
Source Institution: University of Florida
Rights Management: All rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier: aleph - 000917307
oclc - 01390268
notis - AEM7602
lccn - 2003229026
 Related Items
Succeeded by: Catalog and admission bulletin
Succeeded by: College of Medicine catalog
Succeeded by: University record of the University of Florida. Graduate catalog
Succeeded by: University record of the university of Florida. Undergraduate catalog

Table of Contents
    Title Page
        Page i
        Page ii
    Table of Contents
        Page iii
    University calendar
        Page iv
        Page v
        Page vi
        Page vii
        Page viii
    Florida's first university
        Page ix
    Board of education
        Page x
    Administrative council
        Page xi
        Page xii
    General information
        Page 1
        Page 2
        Page 3
        Page 4
        Page 5
        Page 6
        Page 7
        Page 8
        Page 9
        Admissions
            Page 10
            Page 11
            Page 12
            Page 13
            Page 14
            Page 15
        Expenses
            Page 16
            Page 17
        Student affairs
            Page 18
            Page 19
            Page 20
            Page 21
            Page 22
        Student life
            Page 23
            Page 24
            Page 25
        Student academic regulations
            Page 26
            Page 27
            Page 28
            Page 29
            Page 30
        Time shortened degree opportunities
            Page 31
            Page 32
    Colleges, schools, and curricula
        Page 33
        University College
            Page 33
            Page 34
            Page 35
            Page 36
            Page 37
            Page 38
            Page 39
            Page 40
            Page 41
            Page 42
            Page 43
            Page 44
            Page 45
            Page 46
        College of Agriculture
            Page 47
            Page 48
            Page 49
            Page 50
            Page 51
            Page 52
            Page 53
            Page 54
            Page 55
            Page 56
            Page 57
            Page 58
        College of Architecture and Fine Arts
            Page 59
            Page 60
            Page 61
            Page 62
            Page 63
            Page 64
            Page 65
            Page 66
            Page 67
            Page 68
            Page 69
            Page 70
        College of Arts and Sciences
            Page 71
            Page 72
            Page 73
            Page 74
            Page 75
            Page 76
            Page 77
            Page 78
            Page 79
            Page 80
        College of Business Administration
            Page 81
            Page 82
            Page 83
            Page 84
            Page 85
            Page 86
        College of Dentistry
            Page 87
            Page 88
        College of Education
            Page 89
            Page 90
            Page 91
            Page 92
            Page 93
            Page 94
            Page 95
            Page 96
            Page 97
            Page 98
            Page 99
            Page 100
        College of Engineering
            Page 101
            Page 102
            Page 103
            Page 104
            Page 105
            Page 106
            Page 107
            Page 108
            Page 109
            Page 110
            Page 111
            Page 112
            Page 113
            Page 114
            Page 115
            Page 116
            Page 117
            Page 118
            Page 119
            Page 120
        School of Forest Resouces and Conservation
            Page 121
            Page 122
            Page 123
            Page 124
        College of Health Related Professions
            Page 125
            Page 126
            Page 127
            Page 128
            Page 129
            Page 130
            Page 131
            Page 132
        College of Journalism and Communications
            Page 133
            Page 134
            Page 135
            Page 136
            Page 137
            Page 138
            Page 139
        Center for Latin American Studies
            Page 140
        College of Law
            Page 141
        College of Medicine
            Page 142
        College of Nursing
            Page 143
            Page 144
            Page 145
            Page 146
        College of Pharmacy
            Page 147
            Page 148
            Page 149
            Page 150
        College of Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
            Page 151
            Page 152
            Page 153
            Page 154
            Page 155
            Page 156
            Page 157
        Division of Military Science
            Page 158
            Page 159
            Page 160
            Page 161
            Page 162
    Departments of instruction
        Page 163
    Description of courses
        Page 164
        Page 165
        Page 166
        Page 167
        Page 168
        Page 169
        Page 170
        Page 171
        Page 172
        Page 173
        Page 174
        Page 175
        Page 176
        Page 177
        Page 178
        Page 179
        Page 180
        Page 181
        Page 182
        Page 183
        Page 184
        Page 185
        Page 186
        Page 187
        Page 188
        Page 189
        Page 190
        Page 191
        Page 192
        Page 193
        Page 194
        Page 195
        Page 196
        Page 197
        Page 198
        Page 199
        Page 200
        Page 201
        Page 202
        Page 203
        Page 204
        Page 205
        Page 206
        Page 207
        Page 208
        Page 209
        Page 210
        Page 211
        Page 212
        Page 213
        Page 214
        Page 215
        Page 216
        Page 217
        Page 218
        Page 219
        Page 220
        Page 221
        Page 222
        Page 223
        Page 224
        Page 225
        Page 226
        Page 227
        Page 228
        Page 229
        Page 230
        Page 231
        Page 232
        Page 233
        Page 234
        Page 235
        Page 236
        Page 237
        Page 238
        Page 239
        Page 240
        Page 241
        Page 242
        Page 243
        Page 244
        Page 245
        Page 246
        Page 247
        Page 248
        Page 249
        Page 250
        Page 251
        Page 252
        Page 253
        Page 254
        Page 255
        Page 256
        Page 257
        Page 258
        Page 259
        Page 260
        Page 261
        Page 262
        Page 263
        Page 264
        Page 265
        Page 266
        Page 267
        Page 268
        Page 269
        Page 270
        Page 271
        Page 272
        Page 273
        Page 274
        Page 275
        Page 276
        Page 277
        Page 278
        Page 279
        Page 280
        Page 281
        Page 282
        Page 283
        Page 284
        Page 285
        Page 286
        Page 287
        Page 288
        Page 289
        Page 290
        Page 291
        Page 292
        Page 293
        Page 294
    Staff and faculty
        Page 295
        Page 296
        Page 297
        Page 298
        Page 299
        Page 300
        Page 301
        Page 302
        Page 303
        Page 304
        Page 305
        Page 306
        Page 307
        Page 308
        Page 309
        Page 310
        Page 311
        Page 312
        Page 313
        Page 314
        Page 315
        Page 316
        Page 317
        Page 318
        Page 319
        Page 320
        Page 321
        Page 322
        Page 323
        Page 324
        Page 325
        Page 326
        Page 327
        Page 328
        Page 329
        Page 330
        Page 331
        Page 332
        Page 333
        Page 334
        Page 335
        Page 336
        Page 337
        Page 338
        Page 339
        Page 340
        Page 341
        Page 342
        Page 343
        Page 344
        Page 345
        Page 346
        Page 347
        Page 348
        Page 349
        Page 350
        Page 351
        Page 352
        Page 353
    Index
        Page 354
        Page 355
        Page 356
        Page 357
Full Text





THE UNIVERSITY RECORD

of the UNIVERSITY

OF FLORIDA








The Record
Comprises:
The Graduate Catalog, the Un-
dergraduate Catalog, the Catalogs
of the Colleges of Law, Medicine,
Dentistry and various bulletins on
regulations, policies and informa-
tion.


....... 1


VOLUME LXX SERIES 1


NUMBER 4 *


APRIL 1, 1975


PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA,
GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA ZIP CODE 32611 ENTERED IN THE
POST OFFICE IN GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA, AS SECOND CLASS
MATTER, UNDER ACT OF CONGRESS, AUGUST 24,1912, OFFICE
OF PUBLICATIONS, GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA
,.0-_Ii GF FL"Ii uA ..... .S
























C:33
J r)()


-.4,i


-W .


--~-- -r.
E











TABLE OF CONTENTS






Page
University Calendar................................. ............ v
Florida's First University............................... ............ ix
Board of Education........................... ..... ............ x
Administrative Council of the University....................... xi
General Information............................................ 1
Adm issions........................................... ................ 10
Expenses......................................... ................. 16
Student Affairs.. ............................. ........... ...... 18
Housing............. ........................ ................ ...... 18
Student Life Services, Facilities, Activities............. 23
Student Academic Regulations................................... 26
Time Shortened Degree Opportunities...................... 31
Colleges, Schools, and Curricula
University College........................................... 33
College of Agriculture......................... ........... 47
College of Architecture and Fine Arts..................... 59
College of Arts and Sciences................................. 71
College of Business Administration........................ 81
College of Dentistry............................ ........... 87
College of Education...................... ................. ... 89
College of Engineering......................................... 101
College of Forest Resources and Conservation........ 121
College of Health Related Professions.................... 125
College of Journalism and Communications............ 133
Center of Latin-American Studies......................... 140
College of Law.................................................... 141
College of Medicine............................................ 142
College of Nursing.............................................. 143
College of Pharmacy............................................ 147
College of Physical Education, Health, and
Recreation........................................................... 151
M military Department............................................ 158
Instructional Departments and Description of Courses. 163
Staff and Faculty................................................... 295
Index ..................................................................... 354


This public document, at a total cost of $99,181.06 or .992 per copy, is
promulgated to prospective students, parents, University faculty, and
other interested persons in order to inform them of degree programs
and curricula offerings at the University of Florida.












CALENDAR for 1975

JULY. AUGUST SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30
31
OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31
30







CALENDAR for 1976

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 28 29 30 31

APRIL MAY JUNE
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31
JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30

OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31
31














(CRITICAL DATES)
FALL TERM 1975
Registration........... ........................... Septem ber 16-19
Classes Begin.................................. September 22
Classes End.............. ...... ............... December 5
Final Examinations............................... December 8-13
Grades Due (Graduating Seniors)............... December 11
Commencement............... ................ December 13
Grades Due (All)........................ ...... December 15

WINTER TERM 1976
Registration.......................... ................ January 2
Classes Begin................ ........... ......... January 5
Classes End................................. .......... March 12
Final Examinations................................... March 15-20
Grades Due (Graduating Seniors)................... March 18
Commencement............... .............. March 20
Grades Due (All)...................................... March 22

SPRING TERM 1976
Registration....................... ................ March 26
Classes Begin........................... ......... March 29
Classes End......... ....... ... .. .............. ... June 4
Final Examinations..................... ...... ...... June 7-12
Grades Due (Graduating Seniors).................... June 10
Commencement............................. June 12
Grades Due (All)....................... .......... ...... June 14

SUMMER TERM 1976
Registration..... ...... ........... ............ ... June 18
Classes Begin................................ ........... June 21
Classes End...................... ........ ......... August 20
Final Examinations................................... August 23-28
Grades Due (Graduating Seniors).................. August 26
Commencement................. .. .......... ...... August 28
Grades Due (All)..................... .................. August 30

UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
CALENDAR, 1975-76
FALL QUARTER

1975
March 1, Saturday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for beginning Freshmen students to file application
for admission for the Fall Quarter. Students unable to meet
this deadline may apply on a space available basis.
july 3, Thursday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing application at the Office of the Registrar to
change college or division for the Fall Quarter.
August 1, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those not previously in attendance at the
University of Florida (except beginning Freshmen) to file
application for admission for the Fall Quarter. Students
unable to meet this deadline may apply on a space available
basis.
August 1, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those previously in attendance at the University
of Florida to apply for registration appointments for the Fall
Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may applyon
a space available basis.
September 5, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for clearing admissions for those whose application
was filed by above deadline. All credentials must have been
received and college changes approved. Those who apply or
clear after this date will be assigned late registration
appointments.
September 16-19, Tuesday-Friday
Orientation and registration according to appointments
assigned. No one permitted to start registration on Friday,
September 19, after 3:00 p.m.


UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA

CALENDAR, 1975-76



September 22, Monday
Classes begin, Drop/Add begins, Late registration begins. All
students registering late subject to $25 late fee.
September 26, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for completing late registration for Fall Quarter. No
one permitted to start registration on Friday, September 26,
after 3:00 p.m.
September 26, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for Drop/Add and for changing sections. Students
liable for fees for all hours for which registered.
September 26, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day student may withdraw and receive any refund of fees
unless withdrawal is for medical or military reasons.
September 26, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing S-U option card in Registrar's Office.
September 29, Monday, 3:30 p.m.
Last day for paying fees without being subject to late fee of
$25.
October 10, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing degree application at the Registrar's Office
tor a degree to be conferred at the end of the Fall Quarter.
October 10, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day to apply with the Registrar for an Associate of Arts
certificate to be awarded at the end of the quarter.
October 10, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for removing grades of I or X received in the
preceding term of attendance.
October 10, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing application at the Office of the Registrar to
change college or division for the next quarter.
October 24-25, Friday-Saturday
Homecoming -All classes suspended Friday and Saturday.
November 11, Tuesday
Veterans Day Classes suspended.
November 21, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for withdrawing without receiving failing grades in
all courses.
November 26, Wednesday, 10:00 p.m.
No examination, class quizzes or progress tests may be given
after this date and prior to the final examination period.
November 27-29, Thursday-Saturday
Thanksgiving Classes suspended 10:00 p.m. November
26.
December 1, Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume.
December 5, Friday
All classes end.
December 8, Monday
Final examinations begin. Selected assembly examinations
begin Saturday, December 6.
December 11, Thursday, 10:00 a.m.
Degree candidates' grades due.
December 12, Friday, 3:00 p.m.
Report of colleges on candidates for degrees due in the
Office of the Registrar.
December 13, Saturday
Commencement Convocation
December 15, Monday, 9:00a.m.
All grades for Fall Quarter due in the Office of the Registrar.







CALENDAR


UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
CALENDAR, 1975-76
WINTER QUARTER


1975
November 14, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those not previously in attendance at the
University of Florida to file application for admission for the
Winter Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
November 14, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those previously in attendance at the University
of Florida to apply for registration appointments for the
Winter Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
December 12, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for clearing admissions for those whose application
was filed by above deadline. All credentials must have been
received and college changes approved. Those whoapplyor
clear after this date will be assigned late registration
appointments.
1976
January 2, Friday
Registration according to appointments assigned. No one
permitted to start registration on Friday, January 2, after 3:00
p.m.
January 5, Monday
Classes begin, Drop/Add begins, Late registration begins. All
students registering late subject to $25 late fee.
January 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for completing late registration for Winter Quarter.
No one permitted to start registration on Friday, January 9,
after 3:00 p.m.
January 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for Drop/Add and for changing sections. Students
liable for fees for all hours for which registered.

January 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day student may withdrawand receive any refund of fees
unless withdrawal is for medical or military reasons.
January 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing S-U option card in Registrar's Office.
January 12, Monday, 3:30 p.m.
Last day for paying fees without being subject to late fee of
$25.
January 23, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing application at the Office of the Registrar to
change college or division for the next quarter.
January 23, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing degree application at the Registrar's Office
for a degree to be conferred at the end of the Winter
Quarter.
January 23, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day to apply with the Registrar for an Associate of Arts
certificate to be awarded at the end of the quarter.
January 30, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for removing grades of I or X received in the
preceding term of attendance.
February 27, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for withdrawing without receiving failing grades in
all courses.
March 5, Friday, 10:00 p.m.
No examinations, class quizzes or progress tests may be
given after this date and prior to the final examination
period.
March 12, Friday
All classes end.


March 15, Monday
Final examinations begin. Selected assembly examinations
begin Saturday, March 13.
March 18, Thursday, 10:00 a.m.
Degree candidates' grades due.
March 19, Friday, 3:00 p.m.
Report of colleges on candidates for degrees due in the
Office of the Registrar.
March 20, Saturday
Commencement Convocation
March 22, Monday, 9:00 a.m.
All grades for Winter Quarter due in the Office of the
Registrar.


UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
CALENDAR, 1975-76
SPRING QUARTER


1976
February 20, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those not previously in attendance at the
University of Florida to file application for admission for the
Spring Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
February 20, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those previously in attendance at the he University
of Florida to apply for registration appointments for the
Spring Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
March 12, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for clearing admissions for those whose applications
were filed by the above deadline. All credentials must have
been received and college changes approved. Those who
apply or clear after his date will be assigned late registration
appointments.
March 26, Friday
Registration according to appointments assigned. No one
permitted to start registration on Friday, March 26, after 3:00
p.m.
March 29, Monday
Classes begin, Drop/Add begins, Late registration begins. All
students registering late subject to $25 late fee.
April 2, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for completing late registration for Spring Quarter.
No one permitted to start registration on Friday, April 2, after
3:00 p.m.
April 2, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for Drop/Add and for changing sections. Students
liable for fees for all hours for which registered.
April 2, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day student may withdrawand receive any refund of fees
unless withdrawal is for medical or military reasons.
April 2, Friday, 4:00 p.m
Last day for filing S-U option card in Registrar's Office.
April 5, Monday, 3:30 p.m.
Last day for paying fees without being subject to late fee of
$25.
April 16, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing application at the Office of the Registrar to
change college or division for the next quarter.
April 16, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing degree application at the Registrar's Office
for a degree to be conferred at the end of the Spring Quarter.
April 16, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day to apply with the Registrar for an Associate of Arts
certificate to be awarded at the end of the quarter.






CALENDAR


April 23, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for students to remove grades of I or X received in
preceding term of attendance.
May 21, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for withdrawing without receiving failing grades in
all courses.
May 28, Friday, 10:00 p.m.
No examinations, class quizzes, or progress tests may be
given after this date and prior to the final examination
period.
May 31, Monday
Memorial Day Classes suspended.
June 4, Friday
All classes end.
June 7, Monday
Final examinations begin. Selected assembly examinations
begin Saturday, June 5.
June 10, Thursday, 10:00 a.m.
Degree candidates' grades due.
June 11, Friday, 3:00 p.m.
Final report of colleges on candidates for degrees due in the
Office of the Registrar.
June 12, Saturday
Commencement Convocation.
june 14, Monday, 9:00 a.m.
All grades for Spring Quarter due in the Office of the
Registrar.



UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
CALENDAR, 1975-76
SUMMER QUARTER

1976

May 7, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those not previously in attendance at the
University of Florida to file application for admission for the
Summer Quarter. Students unable to meetthis deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
May 7, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for those previously in attendance at the University
of Florida to apply for registration appointments for the
Summer Quarter. Students unable to meet this deadline may
apply on a space available basis.
June 4, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for clearing admissions for those whose application
was filed by the above deadline. All credentials must have
been received and college changes approved. Those who
apply or clear after this date will be assigned late registration
appointments.
June 18, Friday
Registration according to appointments assigned. No one
permitted to start registration on Friday, June 18, after 3:00
p.m.


June 21, Monday
Classes begin, Drop/Add begins, Late registration begins. All
students registering late subject to $25 late fee.
June 25, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for completing late registration for Summer
Quarter. No one permitted to start registration on Friday,
June 25, after 3:00 p.m.
June 25, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for Drop/Add and for changing sections. Students
liable for fees for all hours for which registered.
June 25, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day student may withdrawand receive any refund of fees
unless withdrawal is for medical or military reasons.
June 25, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing S-U option card in Registrar's Office.
June 28, Monday, 3:30 p.m.
Last day for paying fees without being subject to late fee of
$25.
July 5, Monday
Independence day- Classes suspended.
July 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing application at the Office of the Registrar to
change college or division for the next quarter.
July 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for filing degree application at the Registrar's Office
for a degree to be conferred at the end of the Summer
Quarter.
July 9, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day to apply with the Registrar for an Associate of Arts
certificate to be awarded at the end of the quarter.
July 16, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for students to remove grades of I or X received in
preceding term of attendance.
August 6, Friday, 4:00 p.m.
Last day for withdrawing without receiving failing grades in
all courses.
August 13, Friday, 10:00 p.m.
No examinations, class quizzes or progress tests may be
given after this date and prior to the final examination
period.
August 20, Friday
All classes end.
August 23, Monday
Final examinations begin. Selected assembly examinations
begin Saturday, August 21.
August 26, Thursday, 10:00 a.m.
Degree candidates' grades due.
August 27, Friday, 3:00 p.m.
Reprt of colleges on candidates for degrees due in the
Office of the Registrar.
August 28, Saturday
Commencement Convocation.
August 30, Monday, 9:00 a.m.
All grades for Summer Quarter due in the Office of the
Registrar.


























__~ ~ :l l'


II

~' f
,~, ,1


1 ,:


7rYrll~P~I













































LEADERSHIP THROUGH EXCELLENCE
Excellence, applied through teaching, research and
service, establishes the University of Florida as a pacesetting
university of tomorrow.
Only a half dozen universities in this country offer as wide
a scope of professional fields on a single campus.
None in the region has more nationally ranked depart-
ments and only two or three Southern universities are in a
comparable position.
Nationally it ranks in the top third among 100 colleges and
universities receiving the largest amount of federal funds,
attesting the high quality of its faculty and research
programs.
The diversification and extent of campus programs
enables students to fulfill their intellectual objectives and
those for professional employment. With this variety the
University retains ability to appreciate individual students
and provides through small classes and advisement, the
means to express their special talents and interests.
Undergraduates have the broadening experience of
association within a university where the main professional
fields, plus arts and sciences, are represented by under-
graduate and graduate studies with research opportunity
immediately available. A strength of the University is that its
students range from Freshmen to Ph.D. candidates and
professional postdoctorates.
With respect to 2,551 institutions of higher learning in the
country, the University of Florida's research-graduate
program can probably be ranked well within the top two
percent of all institutions of higher education. When the
undergraduate student comes to the University, he enters a
school whose tone and atmosphere have developed from a
long tradition of excellence. The undergraduate may be
taught by a research professor of international renown,
interact with graduate students in some courses, and work
in a major library designed for advanced instruction and
research.


With the breadth of educational and research programs,
opportunity for interdisciplinary effort and learning -
students and faculty investigators working together using
each others' experience and knowledge the University is
unlimited in its potential for service. Direct assistance to
segments of society by generating and applying knowledge
to solve current problems is an area of unique capability of
the University in serving the needs of the state and nation.
A statewide university, the University of Florida is a
comprehensive institution of exceptional quality. Florida's-
FIRST University, focusing its resources on solutions for
tomorrow.







BOARD OF EDUCATION
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA


FLORIDA STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION

REUBIN ASKEW
Governor
State of Florida
JAMES WILLIAMS
Lieutenant Governor
State of Florida
BRUCE SMATHERS
Secretary of State
State of Florida
ROBERT SHEVIN
Attorney General
State of Florida
TOM O'MALLEY
State Treasurer
State of Florida
RALPH TURLINGTON
Commissioner of Education
State of Florida
GERALD LEWIS
Comptroller
State of Florida
DOYLE CONNER
Commissioner of Agriculture
State of Florida


BOARD OF REGENTS
MARSHALL M. CRUISER, J.D.
Chairman
Palm Beach, Florida
JAMES J. GARDNER, M.S.
Vice Chairman
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
D. BURKE KIBLER, III, LL.B.
Lakeland, Florida
J. J. DANIEL, LL.B.
Jacksonville, Florida
CHESTER H. FERGUSON, LL.B.
Tampa, Florida
JACK MCGRIFF, M.A.
Gainesville, Florida
JULIUS F. PARKER, JR., LL.B.
Tallahassee, Florida
E. W. HOPKINS, B.S.B.A.
Pensacola, Florida
MARSHALL S. HARRIS, LL.B.
Miami, Florida

STATE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM
E. T. YORK, JR., Ph.D.
Chancellor
State University System


-u i vi e i a i i a


t t i 1 r" *







ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL


ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY


ROBERT Q. MARSTON, M.D.
President
HAROLD PALMER HANSON, Ph.D.
Executive Vice President
ROBERT ARMISTEAD BRYAN, Ph.D.
Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs
WILLIAM EARL ELMORE, B.S. C.P.A.
Vice President for Administrative Affairs
C. ARTHUR SANDEEN, Ph.D.
Vice President of Student Affairs
CHANDLER A. STETSON, M.D.
Vice President for Health Affairs and
Dean of the College of Medicine
KENNETH RAY TEFERTILLER, Ph.D.
Vice President for Agricultural Affairs
GEORGE STEVEN WILKERSON, B.A.
Vice President for Alumni & Development
KENNETH FRANKLIN FINGER, Ph.D.
Associate Vice President for Health Affairs and Dean
of the College of Pharmacy
GENE WILLARD HEMP, Ph.D.
Interim Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs
CLIFFORD ALLEN BOYD, Ed.D.
Dean of the College of Physical Education,
Health and Recreation
BOB BURTON BROWN, Ph.D.
Dean of University College
CHARLES BENTON BROWNING, Ph.D.
Dean for Resident Instruction,
Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences
JOE NEIL BUSBY, Ph.D.
Dean for Extension,
Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences
WAYNE H. CHEN; Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Engineering
CHARLES EDWARD CORNELIUS, Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Veterinary Medicine
JOHN LEWIS GRAY, D.F.
Director of the School of Forest Resources and
Conservation
JOHN PAUL JONES, M.A.
Dean of the College of Journalism and Communications
JOSEPH RICHARD JULIN, LL.B.
Dean of the College of Law
ROBERT FRANKLIN LANZILLOTTI, Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Business Administration
DON L. ALLEN, M.S., D.D.S.
Dean of the College of Dentistry
JOSEPH SABATELLA, M.F.A.
Interim Dean of the College of Architecture and Fine Arts
BERT LAVON SHARP, Ed.D.
Dean of the College of Education
HARRY HALL SISLER, Ph.D.
Dean of the Graduate School
JOHN WILBUR SITES, Ph.D.
Dean of Research,
Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences
HOWARD K. SUZUKI, Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Health Related Professions
BLANCHE I. UREY, Ed.D.
Dean of the College of Nursing
CALVIN ANTHONY VANDERWERF, Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
BETTY L. SIEGEL, Ph.D.
Dean of Academic Affairs for Continuing Education

41 !


ELECTED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FACULTY

CECIL N. SMITH, Ph.D.
Professor, IFAS
P. JOSEPH WITTMER, Ph.D. (Alt)
Professor of Education
AUSTIN B. CREEL, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Religion
JAMES CONKLIN, Sc.D. (Alt)
Associate Professor of Physics
JEAN C. CHANCE, M.A.
Assistant Professor of Journalism
GRACE HENDERSON, Ph.D. (Alt)
Assistant Professor of Sociology




REPRESENTATIVES OF THE STUDENT BODY

STEVE MERRYDAY
President of the Student Body
JIM EATON
President of the Student Senate
LORI CALDWELL
Vice President of the Student Body




PRESIDENTIAL APPOINTEES

THOMAS SANFORD BIGGS, JR., LL.B.
University Attorney
FRED HILTON CANTRELL, B.S.B.A.
Director, University Relations
THOMAS WINSTON COLE, Ed.D.
Dean, Academic Affairs
HUGH W. CUNNINGHAM, JR., M.A.
Director, University Information &
Press Secretary to President
JOSHUA CLIFTON DICKINSON, JR., Ph.D.
Director of the Florida State Museum
THOMAS G. GOODALE, Ph.D.
Dean of Student Services
SAMUEL RAY GRAVES
Director, Intercollegiate Athletics
GUSTAVE ADOLPHUS HARRER, Ph.D.
Director of University Libraries
FPANCIS SKIPPER, M.S.A.
Coordinator, ROTC
JOSEPH H. STAFFORD, Ph.D.
Director, Division of Planning and Analysis
LOUIS V. VOYLES, B.A.
University Registrar
S RICHARD HOLMES WHITEHEAD, B.A.
Dean of Admissions and Records




ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

ANDREW H. HINES, JR., B.M.E.
President of the University of Florida Alumni Association
J. MALCOLM RANDALL, M.H.A.
Director of the Veterans Administration Hospital

xi













,Irt


4,%


At~b


11


-7 j


IV,


? .~
L r


I

a

i
I)
IF


i t






General

Information


HISTORICAL NOTE
The University of Florida is a combined state University
and land-grant college located in the northern center of the
State. While its beginnings go back to the days previous to
Florida's admission to the Union in 1845, its first college -
the College of Arts and Sciences- did not open until 1853.
A few years later the passage of the Morrill Act provided
lands for state institutions of higher learning which would
promote agriculture, mechanical arts and military science,
resulting in the beginnings of the College of Agriculture, the
College of Engineering, and the Agricultural Experiment
Station.
By 1905 there were a half-dozen state-supported institu-
tions of higher learning in Florida, located in various parts
of the State and struggling for existence. At that time the
Florida Legislature took a step unprecedented in the history
of education in any state by passing the Buckman Act, which
abolished the six State Colleges and provided for the
establishment of two new institutions, of which the
University of Florida was one. It was established for men, at
Gainesville and placed under the direction of the Board of
Control, a body created by the Buckman Act. The seven
members of the board represented the seven geographical
sections of the state, and served without compensation,
except for travel and incidental expense incurred in the
performance of duty. In 1947 the University was made
coeducational. The nine-member Board of Regents re-
placed the Board of Control in 1965.


SETTING AND ENVIRONMENT
The University of Florida is located in Gainesville, a city
of approximately 80,000, excluding University of Florida
students. Situated in north central Florida, midway between
the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, the city is known as
an agricultural and small industrial'center.
In addition to a moderate climate, Gainesville offers many
other advantages to students of the University. A golf course
is within easy reach of the campus, and swimming and
boating accommodations are available at nearby springs
and rivers. The lakes in the vicinity abound in fresh water
fish, while the Atlantic Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico are
within a two hours' drive. As the seat of Alachua County, the
city is the focal point of diversified industrial and farming
activities.
Practically every religious denomination is represented in
the Gainesville area. Churches that are active include the
Presbyterian, Baptist, Lutheran, Methodist, Catholic,
Episcopal, Christian, Seventh Day Adventist, Church of
Christ Scientist, Church of Christ, Christian and Missionary
Alliance, Advent Christian, B'nai Israel, Church of Latter Day
Saints, Church of the Nazarene, Assembly of God, Apostolic
Church of Christ, Church of God, Disciples of Christ,
Pentecostal Holiness, United Church of Christ, Unitarian-
Universalists, and several of these denominations maintain
chapels adjacent to the campus. These include St.
Augustine Chapel (Catholic Student Center), the Baptist
Student Union, Wesley Foundation (Methodist Student
Center), Chapel of the Incarnation (Episcopal Student
Center), Church of Christ, B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation
(Jewish), the Lutheran Student Association, the Latter Day
Saints (Mormon) and the Society of Friends (Quaker). All
the chapels carry on extensive programs of vital interest to
University students.


TRANSPORTATION
A schedule of daily bus service, with connections to all
points of the United States, is maintained by Southeastern
Greyhound Lines and Trailways Bus System. Eastern Airlines


serves Gainesville with daily flights with connections to all
parts of the U.S. Florida Airlines serves all major areas of the
state.


GOVERNMENT OF THE
UNIVERSITY
Direct supervision over the University of Florida, its
policies and affairs, is vested in the Board of Regents, a body
composed of nine citizens from different regions of the
state who are appointed by the Governor for nine-year
terms. University affairs are administered by the president
with the advice and assistance of the Administrative
Council. The legislative body of the University is the
University Senate.


ADMINISTRATIVE AFFAIRS
THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE AFFAIRS is
the chief business officer of the University. He is
responsible for establishing policy relating to university
business matters; coordinating the preparation of and
control of the operating budget; collecting and disbursing
funds in accordance with state statutes; managing campus
security, auxiliary services and the maintenance of the
physical plant and grounds; directing purchasing, the
administrative computer, staff personnel and property
control.


ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS is the
chief academic officer for the University. In this capacity he
supervises the allocation of resources in the academic
areas, the improvement of instruction; the correlation of
instructional activities, the development and improvement
of research activities, the evaluation of university academic
activity, and the establishment of policy with respect to
employment, promotion, and tenure of the academic staff.
In the absence of the President and Executive Vice President
he acts with the authority and responsibility of the
President.


QUARTER SYSTEM
The University of Florida operates on a quarter system. In
a twelve-month year there are four quarters running from
September through August, averaging ten weeks of class
instruction. Courses are scheduled in such a way that a
student may enter the University at any quarter and proceed
normally through an appropriate sequence of courses.
Quarters begin in September, January, March and June.


COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, a unit of the Institute
of Food and Agricultural Sciences, offers curricula in all of
the major fields of agriculture and grants the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. See Page 47.
THE COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS offers
curricula in architecture, interior design, landscape
architecture, building construction, fine arts, history of art,
crafts, advertising design, art education, music, music
education, and theatre, and confers the degrees of Bachelor
of Architecture, Bachelor of Design, Bachelor of Landscape
Architecture, Bachelor of Building Construction, Bachelor
of Arts in Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music and
Bachelor of Music Education. See Page 59.







General

GENERAL INFORMATION


THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES offers curricula
leading to degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science, with opportunities for specializing in many science
and liberal arts fields. It offers the courses in mathematics,
biological sciences, physical sciences, social sciences and
humanities required in the curricula of the professional
colleges. See Page 71.
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION offers
curricular programs leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration. It also offers a
specialized program leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Advanced Accountancy. See Page 81.
THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY, an integral part of the J.
Hillis Miller Health Center, accepted its first students in
September, 1972. The College offers an innovative modular
curriculum leading to the degree of Doctor of Dental
Medicine. See Page 87.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION has curricula in elemen-
tary and secondary school instruction leading to the
degrees of Bachelor of Science in Education or Bachelor of
Arts in Education. It also provides an inservice program for
the teachers of the state. The P.K. Yonge Laboratory School,
a unit of the College of Education, enrolls pupils from the
kindergarten through the secondary school. Under-
graduate teacher preparation programs are NCATE ap-
proved and lead to certification at pre-school, elementary,
and secondary levels in Florida and twenty-seven other
states where NCATE standards provide the basis for
reciprocal agreements. See Page 89.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING offers curricula leading
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Chemical
Engineering, in Civil Engineering, in Electrical Engineering,
in Industrial Engineering, and in Mechanical Engineering.
The Bachelor of Science in Engineering is awarded with
majors in Aerospace Engineering, Agricultural Engineering,
Ceramic Engineering, Engineering Sciences, Metallurgical
Engineering, Nuclear Engineering, and Systems Engineer-
ing. The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded with majors
in Computer and Information Sciences, Environmental
Engineering Sciences, Nuclear Engineering Sciences, and
Interdisciplinary Engineering Studies. The department of
Engineering Technology offers the Bachelor of Engineering
Technology degree. See Page 101.
THE SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES ANDCONSERVA-
TION is a unit of the Institute of Food and Agricultural
Sciences. The school offers majors in the professional
disciplines of Forestry, Forest Recreation, Range Resources,
Wildlife Ecology and Forest Products. The School grants the
degree Bachelor of Science in Forest Resources and
Conservation. See Page 121.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL offers programs leading to the
degrees of Doctor of Philosophy in 56 fields; Doctor of
Education, Specialist in Education, Engineer, Master of
Agriculture, Master of Agricultural Management and
Resource Development, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in
Architecture, Master of Arts in Education, Master of Arts in
Health Education, Master of Arts in Journalism and
Communications, Master of Arts in Physical Education,
Master of Arts in Teaching, Masterof Building Construction,
Master of Business Administration, Master of Education,
Master of Engineering, Master of Fine Arts, Master of Health
Education, Master of Laws, Master of Nursing, Master of
Occupational Therapy, Master of Physical Education,
Master of Rehabilitation Counseling, Master of Science,
Master of Science in Agriculture, Master of Science in
Building Construction, Master of Science in Forestry,
Master of Science in Nursing, Master of Science in
Pharmacy, Master of Science in Statistics, Master of Science
in Teaching, and Master of Statistics. All instruction is
carried on by the faculties of the colleges and schools listed
here.
THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS, a
unit of the J. Hillis Miller Health Center, offers curricula


leading to a Bachelor of Health Science in Clinical or
Community Dietetics, Bachelor of Science in Medical
Technology, Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy,
and a Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. The College
also offers a curriculum leading to the degree of Master of
Occupational Therapy and Master of Rehabilitation Coun-
seling. See Page 125.
THE COLLEGE OF JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICA-
TIONS offers curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Journalism, Bachelor of Science in Advertising,
and Bachelor of Science in Broadcasting. It offers sequences
in public relations, technical communication, criminal
justice public relations, photojournalism and urban affairs
journalism. See Page 133.
THE COLLEGE OF LAW offers a curriculum leading to the
degree of Juris Doctor and a graduate program in taxation
leading to the degree Master of Laws. See Page 141.
THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, a unit of the J. Hillis Miller
Health Center, offers a curriculum leading to the pro-
fessional degree of Doctor of Medicine. Ph.D. degrees in
basic medical sciences are offered through the Graduate
School. A special medical scientist training program leading
to the combined degree of Doctor of Medicine-Doctor of
Philosophy is available jointly through the College of
Medicine and the Graduate School. See Page 142.
THE COLLEGE OF NURSING, a unit of the J. Hillis Miller
Health Center, offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor
of Science in Nursing degree. The College also offers a
curriculum leading to the Master of Nursing degree or a
Master of Science in Nursing degree. See Page 143.
THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, a unit of theJ. HillisMiller
Health Center, offers a curriculum leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. M.S. and Ph.D. degrees
are offered in pharmaceutical sciences through the
Graduate School. See Page 147.
THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND
RECREATION offers services and programs through the
Departments of Physical Education for Men and Women,
the Department of Intramural Athletics and Recreation, and
the Department of Professional Curriculum. The Depart-
ment of Professional Curriculum offers programs leading to
undergraduate degrees in health education, physical
education, and recreation, and graduate degrees in physical
education and health education. Professional areas of
preparation include: teachers of health education or
physical education, health educators for publicor voluntary
agencies, and recreation directors. See Page 151.
THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE is the academic home for
Freshmen and Sophomores while they prepare for ad-
mission to one of the other colleges. It provides courses in
general education and awards the Associate of Arts
Certificate. See Page 33.
A COLLEGE OF VETERINARY MEDICINE is in the planning
stage.



DIVISION OF
CONTINUING EDUCATION
During the last year more than 63,000 people took
advantage of the many University sponsored opportunities
made available through the Division of Continuing
Education. More than 53,000 people participated in non-
credit conferences, workshops, institutes and seminars.
More than 6,600 students enrolled in Independent Study by
Correspondence courses (both credit and non-credit).
Over 3,000 students studied in credit extension classes
throughout the State. Over 800 local residents participated
in the non-credit Evening Program. Additionally, three
international programs were offered through this Division
last year. Backed by the resources of the University, the









GENERAL INFORMATION


Division of Continuing Education sees the State as its
campus and the people as its student body.


SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL
UNITS SERVING ALL
COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
THE INTERCOLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES. During the last two decades
electronic information processing machines with capability
many orders of magnitude beyond their predecessors have
come into being. Though still in their infancy they are
already extending man's capability to solve problems in
every field of human activity. Against this background, the
organization of a curriculum dedicated to a broad sector of
human endeavor was necessary. Toward this end the
Intercollege Department of Computer and Information
Sciences was created in 1971. The department currently
offers degree programs in the College of Arts and Sciences,
Business Administration and Engineering. Degree programs
within other colleges are under study.
Subject areas found within the CIS curricula are
concerned with representations and transformations of
information structures and with theoretical models for such
representations and transformations. In addition the
computer or information scientist is concerned with
systems having the ability to transform information and with
the methodologies derived from broad areas of applications
having common structures, processes and techniques. This
prepares the student for a wide range of careers in the
business, industrial, scientific, civic and academic worlds
wherein information flow and analysis is of critical
importance to decision making.
In addition to the degree programs, several service
courses are available for those who need experience in
computer applications for proper career preparation. For
further information, contact the CIS department office in
512 Weil Hall.
THE CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES is the
University unit responsible for directing or coordinating
interdisciplinary instructional and research programs re-
lated to the Latin American area. It is a budgeted unit within
the University and is administered by a Director immediate-
ly responsible to the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
The Center sponsors conferences, publishes the results
of scholarly research related to Latin America, and
cooperates with other University units in overseas develop-
ment and training programs. It administers a program with
Universidad de los Andes, Bogota, Colombia for the State
University System and offers programs in Latin American
Studies leading to a B.A. or B.S., M.A. and Ph.D. Certificate
in Latin American Studies; an interdisciplinary Master of
Arts in Latin American Studies; also, a M.A. and Ph.D.
Certificate in Latin American Demography.
THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC has the responsibility for
such musical organizations as the University Bands,
Orchestras, Choruses, and Glee Clubs, and offers courses
in the following areas: (1) Theory of Music, (2) History and
Literature, (3) Applied Music, (4) Music Education, and (5)
Ensemble Music.
THE DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE offers the four
year program and the two year program of Army ROTC.
Completion of either of these programs by a student leads
to being commissioned in one of the branches of the United
States Army Reserve or the Regular Army. Flight (pilot)
training is available for selected senior cadets. One, two,
three and four year scholarships are available to interested
students who can qualify.
THE DEPARTMENT OF NAVAL SCIENCE offers a wide
variety of academic programs which include all major


courses available at the University of Florida. Numerous one
to four year full scholarships (plus living expense payments)
are available. Officer Commissions in the U.S. NAVY or U.S.
MARINE CORPS are awarded upon completion with
assignments in various occupational fields such as NUCLE-
AR POWER, AVIATION, MEDICINE, LAW, all ENGINEERING
disciplines, MANAGEMENT and RESEARCH and DEVELOP-
MENT.
THE DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES offers men
and women students four-year and two-year programs in Air
Force ROTC. Completion of either of these officer
education programs leads to a commission in the United
States Air Force. Numerous scholarships are available on a
competitive basis to students enrolled in the program. Pilot
training is given to qualified male AFROTC students electing
a pilot career in the Air Force.


INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICE UNITS
THE OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES en-
courages experimentation in teaching and individualized
services to students. Reporting directly to the Office of
Academic Affairs, it provides support for the innovation of
alternative approaches to instruction in the colleges and
departments of the University; assists faculty members in
the development of instructional modules or systems for
specific courses; and furnishes technical assistance in the
development and use of teaching materials and media,
analysis and improvement of teaching and the evaluation of
student performance. Three units include an audio-visual
materials center, testing and examination services, and an
instructional improvement section.
Other units emphasizing individualized instruction in-
clude the Reading and Study Skills Center, the Personalized
Learning Center, and the Language Laboratory. Selected
self-paced credit courses are available in reading, study
habits, tutoring and language skills. Research consultation,
course enrichment and evaluation services are also offered
to interested faculty.
THE OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR has charge of the
admission and registration of students, the maintenance of
academic records, the scheduling of courses, and the
issuance of transcripts of student records.
THE COUNSELOR TO FOREIGN AGRICULTURE STU-
DENTS. Foreign students in Agriculture are requested to
contact the Office of International Programs in McCarty
Hall. This office aids foreign students to integrate their
American education more completely with actual condi-
tions in their homelands and also gives information to all
students interested in foreign agricultural problems and
careers in the tropics.


UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
LIBRARY SERVICE
The library system consists of two central units, Library
East and Library West, and branch libraries in the Colleges
of Architecture and Fine Arts, Education, Engineering, Law,
the Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, the J. Hillis
Miller Health Center, the Departments of Chemistry and
Music, and the P.K. Yonge Laboratory School. In addition,
reading room facilities have been provided for Business
Administration, Journalism and Communications, Physical
Education, Health and Recreation and the dormitory areas.
The holdings of the libraries number over 1,670,000
cataloged volumes and a large number of uncataloged
documents and newspapers. Many of the materials are in
the form of microfilm and microcards. Among the special
collections in the library system are the Rare Book
Collection, the Belknap Collection for the Performing Arts,

3







General

GENERAL INFORMATION


the P.K. Yonge Library of Florida History, the Marjorie
Kinnan Rawlings Collection, which consists of manuscripts,
typescripts, and memorabilia of one of America's dist-
inguished novelists, and the Collection of Creative Writing,
which includes work sheets, manuscripts, and other literary
papers of significant contemporary American and British
Authors. In recent years, special emphasis has been placed
upon strengthening the holdings for the Latin American
Area Studies Program, especially for the West Indies and the
Caribbean areas.
There are centers for reference service in both Library
West and Library East. The major collection of bibilio-
graphies and reference books is located on the first floor of
Library West, with librarians available to give assistance to
students and faculty.
Photoduplication services are available. The regular
schedule for the central libraries is Monday through
Saturday, 8:00 A.M. to 11:00 P.M.; Sunday, 2:00 P.M. to
11:00 P.M. The libraries serving the various academic
colleges and schools observe a similar schedule with
variations. A handbook, Getting Around in Your University
of Florida Libraries, provides helpful information on loan
regulations and special services.


THE FLORIDA STATE MUSEUM
The Florida State Museum was created by an act of the
Legislature in 1917 as a department of the University of
Florida. Through its affiliation with the University it carries
the dual responsibility as the State Museum of Florida and
as the University Museum.
The Museum operates as a center of research in
anthropology and natural history. Its functions as an
educationaF arm of the University are carried forward
through interpretive displays and scientific and popular
publications. Under the administrative control of the
director are the t aren three departments of the Museum: Natural
Science, staffed by scientists and technicians concerned
with the study and expansion of the research collections
showing adaptive variations in animal structure and
ecology; Social Science, whose scientists and technicians
are concerned with the study of human variations and
cultures, both historic and prehistoric; Interpretation
staffed by specialists in the interpretation of knowledge
through museum education and exhibit techniques.
Members of the scientific and educational staff o the
Museum holds dual appointments in appropriate teaching
departments. Through these appointments they participate
in both the undergraduate and graduate teaching programs.
Scientific reports are published in the Bulletin of the
Florida State Museum, Biological Sciences and in the
Contributions of the Florida State Museum, Anthropology
and History.
The research collections are under the care of curators
who encourage the scientific study of the Museum's
holdings. Materials are constantly being added to the
collection both through gifts from friends and as the result
of research activities of the Museum staff. The
archaeological and ethnological collections are note-
worthy. There are extensive study collections of birds,
mammals, mollusks, reptiles, amphibians, fish invertebrate
and vertebrate fossils, as well as archives of animal sounds
associated with the bioacoustics laboratory.
Opportunities are provided for students, staff, and
visiting scientists to use the collections. Research and field
work are presently sponsored in the archaeological,
paleontological and zoological fields. Students interested in
these specialties should make application to the ap-
propriate teaching department.
Graduate assistantships are available in the Museum in
areas of specialization emphasized in its research programs.
Facilities are available for graduate students.


The Museum is located at the corner of Museum Road and
Center Drive in a modern facility completed in 1970. The
public halls are open from nine until five o'clock every day
except Sunday, when they are open from one to five
o'clock. The Museum halls are closed on Christmas Day.
There is no admission charge. The Museum is frequently
used by University and public school classes. Classes for
children and special public programs are also offered for
members of the University community and the general
public.


GENERAL STATE AND
UNIVERSITY AGENCIES
THE FLORIDA COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE.
The transfer and application of knowledge through non-
resident educational programs is the primary purpose of the
Florida Cooperative Extension Service, a division of IFAS.
The educational programs are tailored to fit the needs of
many audiences in areas of agricultural production,
marketing and utilization; home economics; community
resource development; and marine sciences. Audiences
include adults and youth, rural and urban citizens,
minorities and people from all economic levels. The
Cooperative Extension Service is administered by the
University of Florida under a memorandum of under-
standing with USDA. There is also a cooperative program
funded through federal grants to the Florida Cooperative
Extension Service with Florida A&M University. The basic
legislative authority makes provision for cooperation with
local government. In Florida, county programs are carried
out jointly between the University and respective county
governments in the 67 counties. The Extension Service
along with Resident Instruction and Research in IFAS form
a functional model typifying the tripartite organizational
structure envisioned in the Morrill Act for the Land Grant
College system.
The OFFICE OF UNIVERSITY RELATIONS is responsible
for the development of public relations, including visitor
reception, cooperating with all campus agencies and
organizations in the planning and implementation of their
public relations activities and serving as the University
representative with civic organizations which work with the
University and are not professionally related to a particular
school or college. University Relations coordinates with all
campus agencies dealing with off-campus publics in a
continuing effort to develop two-way communications with
the public and to encourage public support and under-
standing of the University, its programs and higher
education.
The DIVISION OF INFORMATION AND PUBLICATIONS
SERVICES serves University academic units, departments,
service offices and other campus-related organizations by
distributing information through mass media outlets, and
providing communication services for the campus com-
munity. It interprets the University's programs, policies and
objectives through newspapers and magazines, radio and
television broadcasts, motion pictures, publications,
photographs, audio-visual presentations, special displays
and exhibits, and community relations projects. The
Division produces the University Digest printed in the
Independent Alligator, and Uniscope, a 30-minute weekly
magazine format television show used by commercial
stations in the state's metropolitan areas. It assists other
units with booklets, folders, brochures, and other printed
material by coordinating copy content, design, and
preliminary production, and assists in preparing bid
specifications for printing.
The OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS is
the campus headquarters for the University of Florida
Alumni Association and the University of Florida Founda-
tion, Inc.








GENERAL INFORMATION


The University of Florida Alumni Association brings
together the organized efforts of alumni and the promotion
of the interests and needs of the University and strives to
encourage continuous participation by alumni in the life of
the University. Its programs support the University with
annual operating funds.
The University of Florida Foundation exists to encourage
support from the private sector to the University for both
operating and capital purposes. It is a private corporation
organized to hold funds for the benefit of the University, to
invest them and to insure the maximum value of the
University's private support.
THE UNIVERSITY CENTER OF THE ARTS serves students,
faculty, and the general public by presenting exhibitions
and performances of the best works in the visual and
performing arts.
THE UNIVERSITY GALLERY is an integral part of the
Architecture and Fine Arts complex. The Gallery is located
on the campus facing south 13th Street (or U.S. 441). An
atrium and a reflecting pool are two pleasing features of the
Gallery's distinctive architecture style. The Gallery, with
3000 square feet of display space, is completely modern, air-
conditioned and maintains a varied exhibition schedule of
the visual arts during the year. The content of exhibitions
displayed in the University gallery range from the creations
by traditional masters through to the latest and most
experimental works by the modern avant garde. The minor
arts of yesterday and today along with the creations of
oriental and primitive cultures form topics for exhibitions
scheduled. The Gallery originates one or two of the major
exhibitions during the year. Each exhibition shows for
approximately a month and the Gallery's hours are from 9
A.M. to 5 P.M. daily except Sunday when they are 1 P.M. to
5 P.M. The Gallery is closed on Saturdays and holidays.
THE TEACHING GALLERY of the Department of Art is
located adjacent to the Department's office area on the third
floor of the Classroom Building (Bldg. 'L' AFA), in the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts complex. As a direct
and physical adjunct to the Art Department's teaching
program this Gallery displays smaller traveling exhibitions
of merit as well as one man shows by the faculty artists and
student exhibitions. The Gallery is open Monday through
Friday from 9 A.M. to noon and from 1:30 P.M. to 5 P.M. It
is closed Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.
THE CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN AND TROPICAL
ARTS is an interdisciplinary Center that provides coordi-
nation, direction, and focus to strengthen existing pro-
grams related to the Fine Arts and the Building Arts within
the College of Architecture and Fine Arts. The Center's
faculty is bound together by a desire to relate their research
and teaching activities to the broader concepts concerned
with the fine and building arts of various world cultures. The
Center broadens and strengthens existing interdepartmen-
tal relations and provides additional stimuli and mecha-
nisms for translating results of research into more viable
forms that relate directly to societal needs. It also
establishes more effective lines for the training of able
students at the undergraduate, graduate, and adult
education levels in various aspects of the fine and building
arts.
THE UNIVERSITY BROADCAST FACILITY is operated by
the College of Journalism and Communications. It includes
WUFT, an educational television station on Channel 5;
WRUF-AM, a commercial radio station on 850 KHz; WRUF-
FM, a commerical FM station on 103.7 MHz and Radio
Center. Radio Center provides University originated and
produced cultural and informational programs and features
to radio stations throughout Florida.
This group of broadcast facilities, in addition to providing
program services to the north-central Florida area, makes
available a real-world broadcast experience for students
who are in the process of acquiring the broad academic
background provided in the University's classrooms and


laboratories. Approximately 100 students are employed in
these broadcast operations, where they perform functions
ranging from director to cameraman to disc jockey, all
under the direction and guidance of professional broad-
casters. The effectiveness of this training is demonstrated by
the nationwide reputation the College has achieved for the
developing of some of the country's leading announcers
and broadcast executives.
WUFT telecasts programs of PBS, the Public Broadcasting
Service, FPB, Florida Public Broadcasting Network, as well
as local studio and remote originations. As a unit of the
Florida Public Television Network, it both originates and
receives programs of particular interest to the people of
Florida.
WRUF-AM serves the contemporary music audience,
while the WRUF-FM music ranges from show tunes to
classical music, with a touch of progressive rock for the late
night listener. Both stations carry news and features from
the National Broadcasting Company Radio Network.
Radio Center presently produces 7 different series of
programs that are heard in every market in Florida. In
addition, the Radio Center produces a continuing program
of classical music that is broadcast on WRUF-FM each
evening.
The student's proximity to, and participation in, this
diverse broadcast operation brings a greater understanding
of the opportunities and obligations that exist in the field of
broadcasting.
The purpose of THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA PRESS is to
encourage, publish, and promote original and scholarly
manuscripts which will aid in developing the University as
a recognized center of research and scholarship.
In addition to its broad range of state, regional, and inter-
American titles, the Press publishes books of general
interest, and six separate series: The Floridiana Facsimile
Series, the Institute of Gerontology Series, the Latin
American Monographs, (Series Two), and the University of
Florida Monographs (Humanities and Social Sciences). The
Press is also the publisher of the HANDBOOK OF LATIN
AMERICAN STUDIES which is sponsored by the Library of
Congress.
The Press Board of Managers, including the director and
fifteen faculty members appointed by the President of the
University, determines policies relating to the issuance of
author contracts and the acceptance of manuscripts
submitted for publication.
The University of Florida Press is a member of the
Association of American University Presses and the
Association of American Publishers.


ORGANIZED RESEARCH
THE DIVISION OF SPONSORED RESEARCH was estab-
lished by an act of the legislature to support and to foster
sponsored research and training as a resource essential to
excellence in education and to provide maximum service to
the State. The Division is a development arm of the
University, coordinating its efforts closelywith the Office of
Academic Affairs and the Graduate School.
All proposals for sponsorship of research, grants-in-aid,
and training grants are approved by the director. Nego-
tiations on administrative matters with potential contracting
agencies or sponsors of research and training projects are
carried out by the Division.
The activities of the Division of Sponsored Research are
intended to stimulate growth and to assist in expanding a
balanced research and training program throughout the
University. These activities are intimately related to the
support of the graduate and professional program. The
services provided are designed to relieve the principal
investigators in many departments of detailed adminis-






General

GENERAL INFORMATION


trative and reporting duties connected with some spon-
sored programs. The duties and responsibilities of the
Division, of course, do not supplant the prerogative of the
principal investigator who seeks sponsors for his own
project nor upon the responsibility of the investigator for
the scientific integrity of the project. In direct contacts
between a principal investigator and a potential sponsor,
however, coordination with the Division is necessary to
insure uniformity in contract requirements and to avoid
duplication of negotiations with the same sponsor.
The Division of Sponsored Research is administratively
responsible to the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Policies and procedures for the Division are developed by
a board of directors working with the director within the
general framework of the administrative policies and
procedures of the University.
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS, a division
of the Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, are
responsible for extensive organized research leading to the
improvement of all phases of Florida's widely varied
agricultural production, processing and marketing. The
Stations are administered by the Dean for Research located
on the University of Florida campus and include main
station departments as well as Agricultural Research and
Education Centers operating as integral administrative
units. Added administrative units are Centers for Environ-
mental Protection and Rural Development; these centers
have a broad research responsibility which extends across
departments and other research and education centers.
Many members of the research staff of the Agricultural
Experiment Stations are also members of the faculty of the
College of Agriculture as are some in the Agricultural
Extension Service. These three agricultural divisions of the
University work cooperatively in many areas under the
administration of the Vice President for Agricultural Affairs.
While agricultural research is the primary objective of the
Agricultural Experiment Stations, funds for graduate
assistants are made available to encourage graduate training
and professional scientific improvement.
Results of the research of the Agricultural Experiment
Stations are published in scientific journals, bulletins,
monographs, circulars, mimeographed reports and the
Sunshine State Agricultural Research Report and are
available to Florida residents usually without charge upon
request to the Editorial Department of the Agricultural
Experiment Station at Gainesville. The Agricultural Experi-
ment Station cooperates closely with the Agricultural
Extension Service in providing research findings for prompt
dissemination.
Research at the Main Station is conducted within 19
departments Agricultural Engineering, Agronomy.
Animal Science, Biochemistry, Botany, Dairy Science,
Entomology and Nematology, Food and Resource Econom-
ics, Food Science, School of Forest Resources and
Conservation, Fruit Crops, Microbiology, Ornamental
Horticulture, Plant Pathology, Poultry Science, Soil Science,
Statistics, Vegetable Crops and Veterinary Science. In
addition to the above the Main Station has six units vital to
its research programs, namely: Editorial, Library, Field
Services and Business Service and Centers for Rural
Development and Environmental Programs.
In order to best serve the varied needs of Florida's
diversified agriculture, Agricultural Research and Education
Centers are located at numerous locations having different
climatic conditions, soil types and crops. Intensive research
is conducted in all fields of agriculture such as citrus,
vegetable, field crops, livestock, pastures and many others.
The Agricultural Research Centers and their locations are
as follows: Monticello, Brooksville, Ft. Pierce, Immokalee,
Dover, Ft. Lauderdale, Hastings, Ona, Apopka, Marianna,
Live Oak, Leesburg, Lakeland, Jay and Ocala.
The Agricultural Research and Education Centers and


their locations, are as follows: Homestead, Belle Glade,
Bradenton, Lake Alfred, Quincy, Sanford, and Tallahassee.
A Research and Education Center is also located at Welaka,
Florida and is concerned largely with biological research
programs and youth programs.
The FloridaAgricultural Experiment Station is cooperating
with the Brooksville Beef Cattle Research Station,
Brooksville, a USDA field laboratory, in its beef cattle and
pasture production and management programs, and with
the national Weather Service, Lakeland, in the Federal Frost
Warning Service for fruit and vegetable producers and
shippers, as well as cooperating with numerous Florida
agricultural agencies and organizations.
THE FLORIDA ENGINEERING AND INDUSTRIAL EXPERI-
MENT STATION developed from early research activities of
the engineering faculty and was officially established in 1941
by the Legislature as an integral part of the College of
Engineering. Its mandate is "to organize and promote the
prosecution of research projects of engineeringand related
sciences, with special reference to such of these problems
as are important to the industries of Florida."
The College and the Station are inextricably intertwined
- the two activities cannot be separated functional; they
comprise the two arms of the whole engineering body. In
many instances a program initiated primarily as a research
entity has developed into a full-fledged academic depart-
ment of the College, demonstrating the close interlocking
relationship of the research and teaching functions.
Each year a series of "Special EIES Projects" are selected
that are of high priority to Floridians. Examples are projects
on regional water management, beach stabilization,
pollution abatement, power plant site selection, stream
improvement and technology transfer.
The funding of these projects is often enhanced by
support from municipal, state or federal agencies, as well as
from grants from industries and foundations.
Since 197, seven departments of the College of
Engineering and the Experiment Station have moved into
some 310,000 sq. ft. provided in seven modern new
buildings and one remodeled building. These improve-
ments, including equipment, have raised the value of the
physical plant of the College to over $13 million.
The laboratories, staff, and facilities of other divisions of
the University also are available to he Station research
faculty through many outstanding interdisciplinary pro-
grams. These research faculty members comprise the
teaching and lecture staff with whom the students come
into daily contact in the classroom. With the close
relationship that exists between teaching and research,
students are exposed to many engineering and industrial
problems normally not encompassed in a college program.
Moreover, the undergraduate students frequently find
employment on research projects as student assistants.
The Station receives only a small portion of its operating
revenue from the state. The major support of its research
activities is derived from contracts with government
agencies, foundations, and industrial organizations. Large
and small manufacturers avail themselves of the finest
engineering research laboratories in the Southeast. The
Station has superior facilities and staff in such fields as
microelectronics and integrated circuits; power systems;
metallurgy; ceramics; coastal and oceanographic engineer-
ing; soil mechanics; transport phenomena and fluid
dynamics; energy conversion, air and water pollution
control; electrochemistry; fast neutron physics; nuclear
rocket propulsion; dynamics and vibrations; communica-
tions; kinetics, ionics, gaseous electronics and plasmas,
and systems analysis, to name a few.
THE BUREAU OF RESEARCH is a unit of the College of
Architecture and Fine Arts. It fosters and encourages
research in all areas of the building arts and fine arts. It also
provides an opportunity for graduate students and faculty








GENERAL INFORMATION


members to engage in research and cooperate effectively in
research with other University departments and institu-
tions.
THE BUREAU OF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS RESEARCH
is the Research Division of the College of Business
Administration. A part of the work of the Bureau is to
provide economic and business information about Florida.
A major source of this information is the FLORIDA
STATISTICAL ABSTRACT published annually by the Bureau.
The Bureau, through its Division of Population Studies,
makes annual estimates of population by city and county in
Florida as well as providing other data on the components
of population and growth. By published reports of special
research and through the monthly Economic Leaflets (sent
free to any resident of Florida upon request), quarterly
release of Population Studies, the bi-monthly Business and
Economic Dimensions, and special reports, the results of
research work are available to all residents of Florida.
Consultant services are rendered the business community,
civic groups, and government. The Bureau makes it possible
for teaching professors to engage in organized research and
provides research training for graduate students.
THE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION CLEARING SERVICE, is a
research, publication, and service adjunct of the Depart-
ment of Political Science inthe College of Arts and Sciences.
It carries on a continuous program of research on public
administration and public policy in Florida; it publishes
research and surveys of governmental and administrative
problems in both scientific and popular monograph form.
In addition, the Public Administration Clearing Service
coordinates the programs of instruction and public service
training in cooperation with other units of the University.
THE COMMUNICATION RESEARCH CENTER OF THE
COLLEGE OF JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATIONS
conducts research in the news media, in broadcasting,
advertising, and public relations. The center is housed in
Room 400, Stadium.
THE DIVISION OF PLANNING AND ANALYSIS performs
the analysis and does the planning required to ensure that
available resources will be used to accomplish the goals of
the many and diverse programs of the University of Florida
at minimum long-range cost. Work is carried out by the staff
and related committees in the areas of campus planning,
budgeting and space assignment.
THE FLORIDA WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH CENTER
which is funded by the Department of the Interior was
established in 1964 at the University of Florida as the result
of the passage of P.L. 88-379 The Water Resources
Research Act of 1964 "to stimulate, sponsor, provide for,
and supplement present programs for conduct of research,
investigation, experiments, and the training of scientists in
the fields of water and of resources which affect water." The
Center's Director operates under the general policy
guidance of an advisory committee appointed by the
resident of the University. Research projects administered
by the Center and pertaining to the achievement of
adequate state wide water resource management, water
quality and water quantity are being conducted by
professors in various departments at the University of
Florida, and other colleges and universities in the State.
Graduate assistants may be employed on these projects or
other activities of the Center.
THE URBAN AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT CENTER is
the University unit responsible for coordinating and
encouraging the development of interdisciplinary graduate
training and research dealing with urban-regional issues.
The Center offers a graduate Urban Certificate, manages a
City-University Internship program and serves as a liaison
between the University and the Legislature in urban-
regional problem solving. The URDC is an arm of the Office
of Academic Affairs.


COMPUTATIONAL FACILITIES
In addition to numerous small digital computers and at
least three hybrid computers located on the campus, the
University of Florida houses the central facilities of the
Northeast Regional Data (Processing) Center (NERDC) of
the State University System of Florida. These facilities,
which are available to students and faculty at the University,
include an IBM System/370-165 computer with 3 Megabytes
of high-speed core, several equivalent 3330 disk drives, a
number of 9-track tape drives and one 7-track unit. In
addition to the 165 and its peripheral devices, there is also
available an IBM 1401.
NERDC supports both batch processing and well over a
hundred low-speed interactive terminals serving almost all
areas of the campus. These terminals support APL,
Coursewriter III, FLORTRAN (a locally written interactive
FORTRAN interpreter), BASIC, and ATS, in addition to
having an interactive file generation and editing capability
and the ability to be used for submission of batch jobs.
Limited output from batch jobs may also be routed to such
terminals. More extensive output is printed on either of the
two centrally located high-speed printers or at one of
several high-speed remote batch terminals on campus,
which are also available for submission of batch jobs.
Graphic output is available via a high-speed electrostatic
plotter and an offline pen plotter. Extensive software
support is provided for batch processing, including both
the major high-level languages and a large number of
program packages and special-purpose languages. Among
these are FORTRAN, P1/I, ASSEMBLER, COSOL, WATFIV,
PL/I, PL/C, statistical packages, simulation languages and
many others.
The NERDC facilities are used for instructional and
research, and for administrative, computing. In addition to
the hardware and software support mentioned above, they
include consulting and programming services by highly
qualified applications and systems programmers. The staff
of the NERDC also endeavors to facilitate communication
among users of its facilities and to disseminate to them
information from off campus which may prove valuable to
local computational endeavors.
More information about the NERDC is available through
its manuals and its newsletter,/Update.



INSTITUTE OF FOOD AND
AGRICULTURE SCIENCES

THE INSTITUTE OF FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL SCI-
ENCES is the University of Florida's statewide agricultural
research and educational organization. IFAS programs
extend into every county, and reach people in virtually
every community in Florida.
The Primary mission of IFAS is to help Florida realize its
maximum potential for agricultural development, and to
contribute to the solution of many social, economic,
environmental and cultural problems of concern to the
people of the state. This vital, developmental mission is
carried out through the three functions of resident
instruction, research, and extension. There are carefully
inter-related to provide a highly coordinated effort for the
benefit of Florida its citizens and its industry. This effort
is guided by the Vice President for Agricultural Affairs.
The offices of the Vice President, as well as the Deans for
Resident Instruction, Research, and Extension are located
near the center of campus in McCarty Hall. Administrative
offices of the School of Forest Resources and Conservation
are located in Rolfs Hall.
The resident instruction programs of IFAS, conducted
through the College of Agriculture and the School of Forest






General

GENERAL INFORMATION


Resources and Conservation, are concerned with educating
young men and women for the nation's growing and
increasingly complex agricultural industry. The curricula for
the different fields of study are structured to provide the
business, technological and science education necessary
for graduates to meet the ever changing needs of a diverse
and highly specialized agriculture, as well as related
business and industry. All academic departments except
Veterinary Science offer an undergraudate program leading
to a Bachlor of Science in Agriculture. The School of Forest
Resources and Conservation offers an undergraduate
program which leads to the Bachelor of Science in Forestry.
Graduate programs at the masters level are offered by all
academic units. The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered
in 14 specialties.
The mission of the research programs of IFAS is one of
development, as well as improving existing technology to
enable Florida's agricultural industry to become more
efficient and improve its competitive position in relation to
other geographic areas; to improve consumer health and
nutrition and to improve the social and economic well-
being of producers and consumers of agricultural com-
modities and resources. Through the vast network of 23
research and education centers, located in various areas of
the state, applied as well as basic research efforts develop
new and improved technology to meet the agricultural
needs of Florida.
The transfer and application of knowledge through non-
resident educational programs is the primary purpose of the
extension programs of IFAS. These educational programs
are tailored to fit the needs of the many audiences in areas
of agricultural production, marketing and utilization; home
economics; community resource development; and
marine sciences. Audiences include adults and youth, rural
and urban citizens, minorities and people from all
economic levels. This extension program is administered by
the University of Florida in cooperation with the various
Boards of County Commissioners and the United State
Department of Agriculture. Through the Cooperative
Extension offices in all 67 Florida counties, the resources
and services of IFAS and the University of Florida are made
available to the agricultural industry and all Florida citizens.
In 1972, the Center for Community and Rural Develop-
ment was established to provide statewide coordination of
the IFAS research and education programs in community
development for rural and non-rural metropolitan areas.
This center is concerned with improving the economic
conditions in these areas so that people have better
employment opportunities and will remain in small
communities rather than migrate to cities. Through support
of undergraduate and graduate education the Center is
assisting in the training of young people to provide
leadership in planning and developing local programs.
Courses of study in the economics of environmental
quality, natural resource planning and development, rural
income and employment, and regional economic planning
help them make definite contributions toward improving
the economic and social conditions of non-urban areas.
The Center for Environmental Programs and Natural
Resources was created in October, 1973, to provide
statewide coordination for the IFAS research and education
programs concerned with solving some of the serious
environmental and natural resources problems related to
agriculture throughout Florida. The Center is involved in
developing ways to protect managed agriculture
ecosystems from environmental damage, integrating en-
vironmental practices into agricultural production tech-
nology and protecting and enhancing the quality of all of
Florida's environment.
The creation of an Office of International Programs within
IFAS in 1966, formalized the international commitment of
IFAS. The Office of International Programs is responsible for
administration, coordination and development of all



activities which build or strengthen the international
dimension of IFAS. This includes participation in the
determination of contract and grant policy, development of
outside funding sources for international research and
training projects, and assistance in the initiation of new
education programs. Integration of international programs
into each department is a specific objective. This provides
a unique opportunity for focusing maximum resources
available to IFAS on the project. Both faculty in the state and
those overseas beneift by the interchange of ideas.
Education and research is handled under the same office by
the Center for Tropical Agriculture established in 1965.


THE CENTER FOR COOPERATIVE
EDUCATION

The Cooperative Education Program offers students an
opportunity to integrate their classroom instruction with
practical, off-campus work experience as a part of their
undergraduate and graduate programs.
Educational work assignments are selected for students in
career related fields with business,industry, government
and other professional employers located in Florida and
other parts of the United States. The Program gives students
an opportunity to test out their college majors and career
goals in the real world of work. For women and other
minority students, cooperative education gives access and
exposure to new, non-traditional professional career
options.
During the academic quarters when students are on
cooperative educational work assignments, they are
regularly enrolled as students at the University of Florida
and may earn academic credit for their work experience.



THE ). HILLIS MILLER HEALTH
CENTER
The J. Hillis Miller Health Center at the University of
Florida in Gainesville is a modern complex of institutions
which advance human health and educate tomorrow's
leaders in the health professions.
It is housed in a building complex which includes the
College of Dentistry, the College of Health Related
Professions, the College of Medicine, the College of
Nursing, the College of Pharmacy and the new College of
Veterinary Medicine which will be accepting40 students in
its charter class for the Fall of 1976. The Shands Teaching
Hospital and Clinics, which is its center for modern patient
care and clinical training of new health professionals is also
located within the Health Center.
The north expansion of the Health Center's building
program, the Communicore Building, became operational
in 1974 and houses teaching laboratories, lecture halls,
library and learning resources. ACollege of Dentistry facility
under construction as part of the health sciences building
complex, becomes operational in 1975. A facility for the
College of Veterinary Medicine in under construction as
part of the health sciences building complex.
A Veterans Administration Hospital across from the
Health Center is engaged in programs of patient care,
teaching and research which are affiliated with the
programs in the Health Center's colleges.
SThe Jacksonville Hospitals Education Program, Inc. which
offers educational opportunity in clinical fields to students
of the Health Center's colleges is an official division of the
University of Florida.
The academic programs of the Health Center prepare








GENERAL INFORMATION


students to understand that tomorrow's health care must
focus on the community in order to achieve the com-
prehensive health care of man. The programs help them to
understand that health care involves the health team: the
physician; the nurse; the dentist; the pharmacist; persons
in health related professions; the community; the re-
searcher; the educator; the counselor; that by training
together, and later by working together, these men ana
women contribute more effectively to a person's well being.
The health-oriented professions exchange information
within the Health Center, and draw upon the other


resources of the University to further man's understanding
of health and illness.
Since the opening of its first units the Colleges of
Medicine and Nursing in 1956, the Health Center has
become a leading center for health care, education and
research in the nation.
Located on the southern edge of the University of Florida
campus the Health Center was named for Dr. J. Hillis Miller,
late president of the Universitywhose vision and determina-
tion helped formulate the early planning of the health
complex as an integral part of the University.






General

ADMISSIONS


Admissions


APPLICATION FOR ADMISSIONS
Application for admission to any College, School or
Division of the University must be made to the Admissions
Section of the Office of the Registrar on the forms prescribed
and by the dates indicated below. It is quite proper to
correspond with Deans, Directors or Department Chairmen
but such contact with University officers does not in any way
eliminate the necessity for filing a formal application in the
Office of the Registrar by the dates specified.
How to Apply: An applicant should address a request to
the Admissions Section, Office of the Registrar, University
of Florida asking for application forms. Forms and directions
for completing applications vary with the level of entry at the
University and the applicant should indicate that forms are
being requested for admission as a Freshman, Under-
graduate Transfer, Graduate, Dental, Law, Medical, or
Special student, as the case might be.


GENERAL STATEMENT
The University encourages applications from qualified
applicants of both sexes from all cultural, racial, religious,
and ethnic groups.
A brief summary of the general requirements for
admission or readmission to any college or division of the
University is given below:
1. A satisfactory academic record
2. Satisfactory scores on achievement tests or examina-
tions
3. A satisfactory conduct record
The specific requirements for readmission (at the same or
a different level) of a student previously enrolled at the
University of Florida are given in the STUDENT REGU-
LATIONS section of this catalog. Consult the index for page
number.
The specific requirements for admission to the University
of Florida for the first time as a Freshman, Undergraduate
Transfer, Graduate, Dental, Law, Medical, or Special
student may be found in the appropriate sections which
follow. It should be understood, however, that minimum
requirements are given and that admission to the University
is a selective process. The satisfaction of minimum
requirements does not automatically guarantee admission.
The admission requirements have been arrived at after a
very careful study of the experiences of thousands of
students over a long period of years. In every case minimum
requirements have evolved from studies of student
performance at the Universityof Florida. These studies have
had as a primary objective the identification of factors that
would indicate a reasonable chance for successful comple-
tion of University of Florida work.
The University Admissions Committee is the agency
responsible for administering all admissions to the
University and its various components.
Students who are planning to enter the University of
Florida for the first time will be considered for admission as
follows:
1. Beginning Freshmen: students who have never
attended college. (See following section, ADMISSION
AS A FRESHMAN).
2. Undergraduate Transfers: students who have pre-
viously attended any college or university, regardless of
amount of time spent in attendance or credit earned, but
who have not received a bachelor's degree. (See
following section, ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER STU-


DENT TO UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS AND COL-
LEGES).
3. Graduate Students: candidates for Master's or
Doctor's degrees. (See following section, ADMISSION
TO GRADUATE SCHOOL).
4. Dental Students: candidates for admission to the
College of Dentistry. (See following section, AD-
MISSION TO THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY).
5. Law Students: candidates for admission to the College
of Law. (See following section, ADMISSION TO THE
COLLEGE OF LAW).
6. Medical Students: candidates for admission to the
College of Medicine. (See following sectin, AD-
MISSION TO THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE).
7. Special Students: applicants who do not falln one of
the above categories. (See following section, AD-
MISSION AS A SPECIAL STUDENT). J
8. Transient Students: applicants who wish to enroll for
one term only in order to complete work for transfer
back to parent institution. (See following section,
ADMISSION AS A TRANSIENT STUDENT).


TRAVELING SCHOLAR PROGRAM
The Traveling Scholar Program affords graduate students
at State University System institutions an opportunity to
take course work or conduct research activities atanyof the
other institutions in the System. Course work taken under
the auspices of the Traveling Scholar Program at another
university in the System will apply for graduate credit at the
student's home institution. The deans of the graduate
schools of the State universities are the coordinators of the
Program. For details regarding the Traveling Scholar
Program and approval to participate in it, a student must
apply to the dean of the graduate school on his home
campus.


UNDERGRADUATE
INTERINSTITUTIONAL
REGISTRATION PROGRAM
The Undergraduate Interinstitutional Registration Pro-
gram enables students at State University System institu-
tions to take advantage of special resources and programs
available on another campus in the System but not available
at their home institution, e.g., special course offerings,
research opportunities, unique laboratories, overseas study
programs, and library collections. Course work taken under
the Undergraduate Interinstitutional Registration Program
will be accepted for credit at the student's home institution.
A student must be recommended, to participate in the
Program by his own academic dan, wwo will initiate a visiting
arrangement with the appropriate dean at the host
institution.


PERSONAL HEALTH
HISTORY REQUIREMENT
A personal health history completed by you and reported
on forms supplied by the University Physician are required
prior to initial enrollment at the University of Florida. If your
application for admission is approved, the health history
form will be forwarded to you for you to complete and
return to the University Physician. Your form should be
received by the University Physician at least two weeks prior
to your planned date of entrance.









ADMISSIONS


ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN
(APPLICANTS WHO HAVE NEVER ATTENDED COLLEGE)

When to Apply: No application will be considered for the
Freshman Class more than one year in advance of the date
on which entrance is sought. The best time to apply is the
early part of the Senior year in Secondary School. Priority
in admission to the September class will be given to
qualified applicants whose applications are received in the
Admissions Office prior to March 1st. Applications for the
September class received after March 1 st will be considered
on a "space available" basis only. The deadlines for receipt
of applications for other terms are listed in the University
Calendar.
Admission of students is on a selective basis. The
availability of community junior colleges and other state
universities in Florida has caused the Board of Regents to
assign to the University of Florida a role in the total state
system of higher education which demands that the
entering Freshman Class be limited in number. Such
limitation does not prevent students from subsequently
applying for admission to upper division and professional
schools of the University since they may attend junior
colleges or other universities and if qualified, then transfer
to the University's upper division colleges in accordance
with rules printed elsewhere in this Catalog.
The requirements for admission set forth below are
designated to give priority to those applicants whose
potential on the basis of their record indicates the greatest
likelihood of success and the obtaining of maximum
benefits from the University College program at the
University of Florida.

A. Requirements for admission Florida students
For consideration a student must meet the following
minimums:
1. Graduation from an accredited secondary school.
2. Twelve academic units (such as English, Foreign
Language, Mathematics, Science, and Social Studies).
3. A "C" average in academic courses.
4. A score in the top 40 percent (total score of 300) on the
Florida Twelfth Grade Tests.
5. A record of good conduct. Major or continuing
difficulty with school or other authorities may make an
applicant ineligible regardless of his academic quali-
fications.
Any Florida student who meets the above minimum
admission requirements and is interested in attending the
University of Florida is urged to submit an application. The
University will do everything possible to accept all qualified
applicants who apply before the application deadline date.
If the number of qualified applicants exceeds the number
that the University is permitted to enroll, admission will be
on a selective basis. An applicant's total high school record
including grades, test scores, educational objective and
pattern of courses completed, rank in class, school
recommendation and personal record will be considered in
the selection process.
Composite pictures of recent Freshman classes at the
University of Florida indicate that approximately 70 percent
score between 380-495 on the Florida Twelfth Grade
Placement Test which places them in the top 20 percent of
all secondary high school Seniors. Approximately 50
percent of each entering class has earned a "B" or better
average in high school academic subjects. While there is no
minimum grade average or test score which in itself assures
a student of admission or success in college, prospective
Freshmen are urged to discuss the meaning and implication
of these datawith-their school counselors before deciding
whether to apply for admission to the University of Florida.


B. Requirements for admission Non-Florida Students.
Because of a limited entering Freshman class, only a small
number of highly qualified students from states other than
Florida may be admitted. The minimum requirements for
consideration are essentially the same as for Florida
students except that priority in admission will be given to
those applicants who present scores of at least 500 on each
section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board and an academic average of
"B" or better.


OTHER INFORMATION OF
INTEREST TO PROSPECTIVE
FRESHMAN APPLICANTS

OPPORTUNITIES FOR ACCELERATING COLLEGE
GRADUATION
Early Admission
Applicants for Early Admission (i.e. admission following
completion of the Junior year in high school) from superior
students are encouraged and will be considered on an
individual basis by the University's Admissions Committee.
Applications should be submitted in accordance with
deadlines published in the University Catalog.
In addition to the application, the following items are
needed for processing Early Admission applicants.
1. A written statement by the student setting forth
reasons for requesting early admission.
2. An official transcript of the applicant's secondary
school record covering the 9th, 10th and 11 years.
Generally, an overall academic average of B+ is
expected.
3. Results of either the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or
the Florida Twelfth Grade Placement Tests. Generally, a
score of approximately 600 on each section of the SAT or
a total score of 450 on the Twelfth Grade Tests is
expected.
4. A letter of recommendation from the student's high
school principal or guidance counselor. The letter
should give specific reasons as to why the applicant
would profit more from Early Admission than by
completion of the Senior year in high school.
An applicant for Early Admission may be required to come
to the campus for interviews by members of the Admissions
Committee before a decision is made on the application.
The Admissions Office will advise the applicant if interviews
will be required after all of the above items have been
received and evaluated. IMPORTANT: Please note that an
applicant should NOT report for interviews until advised by
the Admissions Office.
The University of Florida provides numerous op-
portunities other than Early Admission by which a student
may accelerate graduation. For additional information,
please refer to the section of this catalog entitled Time
Shortened Degree Opportunities.
Florida Scholars Program. One hundred gifted and
unusual students will be invited to begin their University
studies after eleventh grade in a special program offered by
University College and the College of Arts and Sciences.
After early admission through the procedure described
above, qualified students will be interviewed by members
of the Florida Scholars Committee. Each student selected
for participation in the Program will confer with a faculty
specialist in the student's proposed field of study. This
professor will continue as the student's mentor throughout
the undergraduate years; together they will design an
individual course of study leading to a bachelor's degree
from the College of Arts and Sciences. This early association
with a distinguished scholar-teacher is intended to







General

ADMISSIONS


encourage and develop the student's promise as a person
and potential as a scholar or professional.
For information concerning this program, contact Dean
David Stryker, 113 Anderson Hall, or Professor Frank
Sciadini, 358 Little Hall.
Candidates' Reply Date. Applicants accepted for ad-
mission to the September Freshman class must indicate
their enrollment plans within 30 days after acceptance.
Advance Housing Payment. Entering Freshmen are
required to make a housing deposit within 30 days after
acceptance as an indication of their plans to enroll. The
housing deposit, less a $10.00 service charge, is refundable
until May 1st for applicants accepted for admission to the
September Freshman class.
Admission with Advanced Standing. The University of
Florida is a participant in the Advanced Placement Program
and in the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the
College Entrance Examination Board. Under the Advanced
Placement Program a student entering the University offers
a nationally graded examination as evidence of completion
of a college level course taken in high school. Depending
on the results of the examination, the student may receive
University credit for courses covering similar material or
exemption from such courses without credit. Under the
College Level Examination Program, the University grants
credit for satisfactory scores in each of the five areas of the
CLEP General Examinations. For further information, please
refer to the section of the Catalog entitled Time Shortened
Degree Opportunities.
Early Decision for Superior Students. Students with
superior secondary school records (academic average at
least 3.5) and Junior year high school SAT test scores
(approximately 600 each on the verbal and mathematics
sections) may apply for early decision. The student must
certify that this is his only application and this statement
must be supported by the signatures of his parents and
appropriate school official. The completed application must
be received by November 1 and, if admitted, the student
must make his commitment to attend the University of
Florida, accompanied by his housing payment, by Decem-
ber 1.


ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER
STUDENT TO UNDERGRADUATE
SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES
(APPLICANTS WHO HAVE ATTENDED ANY COLLEGE OR
UNIVERSITY, REGARDLESS OF THE AMOUNT OF TIME
SPENT IN ATTENDANCE OR CREDIT EARNED, ARE CON-
SIDERED AS TRANSFER STUDENTS.)
When to Apply: Applications may be submitted not more
than one year in advance and applicants are strongly urged
to apply at least six months prior to the date they plan to
enter. Applications will not be accepted after the deadline
date for the term as indicated in the University Calendar
published in this catalog. The applicant who waits until the
last possible date to file his application may find that he is
unable to furnish the necessary supporting records in time
to permit a decision for the term in which he desires to
enter.
NOTE: In the undergraduate programs of the College of
Health Related Professions and the College of Pharmacy,
the sequence of professional courses begins ONLY in the
Fall Quarter of the junior year. Applications for admission
to the College of Health Related Professions for September
enrollment must be received by the preceding March 15th.
In this section are listed the general requirements for
admission of undergraduate transfer students. It should be
observed however, that ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY


IS A SELECTIVE PROCESS AND SATISFYING THESE GENER-
AL REQUIREMENTS DOES NOT GUARANTEE ACCEP-
TANCE. Attention is also directed to the fact that Upper
Division colleges of the University have established
enrollment quotas because of limitations of space and
facilities. Transfer applicants who meet the minimum
admission requirements will be referred to the selection
committee of the appropriate college for consideration of
their enrollment within the college's established quotas.

A transfer applicant should refer to the General
Information section of this catalog which deals with the
organization of the University for an explanation of the
University College (Lower Division) and the Upper Division.
If an applicant is accepted for admission, courses
completed at other accredited institutions with grades of
"D" or higher which reasonably parallel the curriculum of
the University of Florida will be accepted for transfer.
However, it is the prerogative of the college (within the
University) administering the work for the degree sought to
determine how transfer credits may be used in satisfying
degree requirements. No more than 64 semester hours (96
quarter hours) of credit transferred from or through a junior
college may be applied toward the quantitative require-
ments for a University of Florida degree.
A. FLORIDA PUBUC JUNIOR COLLEGE GRADUATES
This section applies ONLYto students seeking to transfer
directly from a Florida public junior college with the
Associate in Arts degree in a university parallel program. All
other junior college applicants and undergraduate transfer
applicants from four-year or upper division colleges and
university should consult Section B which follows.)
The University of Florida subscribes to the Articulation
Agreement between the State Universities and Public junior
Colleges of Florida. Under this agreement, any graduate of
a State approved Florida public junior college is eligible for
admission to the University if the student has completed the
university parallel program and received the Associate in
Arts degree, provided the degree has been awarded on the
basis of the following:
1. At least 60 semester hours (90 quarter hours) of
academic work exclusive of occupational courses and
basic required physical education courses;
2. An approved general education program of at least 36
semester hours (54 quarter hours);
3. A grade point average of at least 2.0 on a4.0 system on
all college level academic courses attempted.
NOTE: All applicants for admission to the University of
Florida must present scores on an acceptable general ability
test. In the case of case of applicants who have graduated
from a Florida public junior college with the Associate in
Arts degree, this information is required for counseling and
research purposes only and the score achieved on the test
will not be used as a criterion for admission. However, the
required test information must be received by the
Admissions Office before an applicationcan be given final
approval. Please see item 4 Satisfactory test scores in the
following section for information concerning acceptable
tests.
Within space and fiscal limitations, applicants who have
satisfied the above minimum requirements will be con-
sidered for admission at the Junior level to an Upper
Division college. Such students may be required to take
additional preprofessional courses not completed at the
junior college. However, such courses will not reduce the
number of credits required in the Upper Division for a
degree.

B. TRANSFER APPLICANTS OTHER THAN GRADUATES
FROM A FLORIDA PUBUC JUNIOR COLLEGE
This section applies to students seeking to transfer from
a Florida public junior college without an Associate in Arts









ADMISSIONS


degree in a university parallel program and to all
undergraduates transfer applicants from other colleges or
universities.
1. Requirements for admission to the University College.
1. Eligible for admission as a beginning Freshman. An
applicant must have been eligible for admission to the
University of Florida as a beginning Freshman in order to
be considered for admission to the University College as
a transfer student. (See section, ADMISSION AS A
FRESHMAN).
2. Good standing. An applicant must be in good standing
and eligible to return to any institution previously
attended. A student who for any reason will not be
allowed to return to an institution previously attended
cannot be considered for admission to the University of
Florida.
3. Satisfactory record: An applicant must have an average
of "C" or higher (as computed by the University of
Florida) on all work attempted at each institution
previously attended. No application can be considered
until complete official transcripts of all the applicant's
undergraduate work are in the possession of the
Admissions Office. An official transcript must be
furnished from each institution attended regardless of
length of attendance or credit earned. Official sup-
plementary transcripts are required, as soon as they are
available, for any work completed after making applica-
tion. Since an average of "C" or higher is required for
graduation from the University of Florida, one who has
failed to maintain this average at another institution is
not eligible for admission. Regardless of the average
earned, courses completed at other institutions must
reasonably parallel the curriculum at the University of
Florida.
4. Satisfactory test scores: An applicant must present
satisfactory scores on an accepable general ability test.
Any of the following tests may satisfy this test
requirement. If taken prior to first enrollment in college,
the Florida Twelfth Grade Placement Test, the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination
Board, or the American College Testing Program (ACT)
will be considered. Otherwise, the applicant should
furnish scores on the School and College Ability Test,
College Level (SCAT). The minimum acceptable score on
these tests will vary with the amount and quality of
academic study of the applicant will have completed
prior to transfer.
5. Satisfactory conduct record: An applicant must
present a satisfactory conduct record. Regardless of
other qualifications, an applicant who has experienced
serious or continuing difficulty with school or other
authorities because of improper conduct may find his
application disapproved.
II. Requirements for admission to an Upper Division
College.
With the exception of item 1, an applicant for admission
to an Upper Division College must satisfy the requirements
listed above for admission to the University College. In
addition, the following requirements must also be satisfied:
1. Advanced Standing credit. An applicant must present a
minimum of 64 semester hours (or 96 quarter hours) of
acceptable college courses, not more than four semester
hours of which are in Military Science and/or basic
required Physical Education as credit for advanced
standing.
2. Specific course requirements. An applicant must
present the courses listed as required for admission by
the Upper Division college of his choice, or acceptable
substitutes, as part of the courses offered for advanced
standing credit. (See appropriate college section of this
catalog). Upon recommendation by the Upper Division


college, an applicant lacking some of the specific course
requirements may be permitted to enroll in that college
and complete them if he meets all other requirements
for admission, however, such Lower Division courses
will not reduce the number of credits required in the
Upper Division for a degree.


ADMISSION TO
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
When to Apply: Applications can be accepted as late as
the final date listed in the Graduate Catalog. Because the
final decision on admission to Graduate study has to be
made by the Colleges and time is required to prepare the
materials for their consideration, it is strongly urged that
applications be made well in advance of this final date.
Application for admission to the Graduate School must be
made to the Admissions Section, Office of the Registrar on
forms supplied by that office and at the times stipulated in
the University Calendar. Applications which meet minimum
standards for admission are referred to the graduate
selection committees of the various colleges and divisions
for approval or disapproval.
No application will be considered unless the complete
official transcripts of all the applicant's undergraduate and
graduate work are in the possession of the Admissions
Section and no transcript will be accepted as official unless it
is received directly from the Registrar of the institution in
which the work was done. Official supplementary tran-
scripts are required, as soon as they are available, for any
work completed after making application.
In general, no student who is a graduate of a non-
accredited institution will be considered for graduate study
in any unit of the University.
All foreign students whose native tongue is not English
making application for admission to the Graduate School of
the University of Florida must present their scores on TOEFL
(Testing of English as a Foreign Language). Each applicant is
asked to write TOEFL Educational Testing Service, Prince-
ton, New Jersey, U.S.A., requesting a Bulletin of Informa-
tion and registration form. It is important to remember that
final consideration can not granted a foreign student's
application for admission until his scores on this test are
received by: Admission Section, Office of The Registrar,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.
Undergraduate Record: Unqualified admission to the
Graduate School is dependent upon the presentation of a
baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or
university with an average of B for the junior and Senior
years. In some units of the Graduate School and on the
more advanced levels of graduate study, an undergraduate
average considerably above B may be required. In some
units admission may be considered with an undergraduate
average slightly below B. College graduate admission
selection committees take into account not only the general
grade average, but the distribution of work and the quality
and extent of preparation for the graduate program which
the student proposes to undertake.
While the general admissions requirements described
above apply to both master's and doctoral candidates, it
should be noted that doctoral candidates must meet certain
additional requirements, which vary according to the
programs, established by the departments and colleges.
Furthermore, it is desirable for students planning to enter
certain colleges and departments to have a reading
knowledge of one foreign language.

Graduate Record Examination: A satisfactory average
score on the Graduate Record Examination is required for
admission. Each applicant for admission must submit scores
on the aptitude test of the GRE, but either at the request of






General

ADMISSIONS


the department concerned or on his own volition, the
applicant is encouraged to submit in addition the score on
one or more advanced subject-matter tests of the GRE. The
scores on all tests taken will be weighed in regard to
admission.
The GRE is given six times a year in October,
December, January, February, April and June at a great
many locations in the United States, including Gainesville,
Florida. To determine exact dates and the most convenient
locations, students should write to the Educational Testing
Service, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications are required
several weeks prior to the examination, and scores are
received about a month after the examination. Hence, it is
necessary to apply for the GRE in early September for
admission in January, in early December for admission in
March, in early January for admission in June, and in early
March for admission in September. Other examinations are
given for which application must be made in November and
May but the ones listed above are correlated with admission
deadlines.


ADMISSION TO
THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY
When to Apply: The Application Request Card for the
American Association of Dental Schools Application Service
(AADSAS) may be obtained after May 15, from the Office of
Admissions, College of Dentistry. The request card should
be sent directly to the AADSAS, P.O. Box 1003, Iowa City,
Iowa 52240. Upon receiving the application materials from
the AADSAS, the completed forms and supporting docu-
ments must be returned directly the AADSAS no later than
October 15, of the year prior to anticipated enrollment in
dental school. Failure to meet this deadline will prevent the
Dental Admissions Committee from evaluating your record.
The data compiled by the AADSAS will be carefully
evaluated by the Dental Admissions Committee and
promising applicants will be sent Formal Application forms
which request additional information. The submission of a
preprofessional committee evaluation or letters of recom-
mendation from people in academics will not be necessary
until the Formal Application forms are filed. The Formal
Application forms and supporting materials should be
submitted as early as possible, but no later than November
15, of each application year.
The College of Dentistry aspires to attract students of the
highest caliber into its various programs. High standards of
scholastic achievement, moral character, and motivation
are expected of the applicant. The student of dentistry must
possess a high basic aptitude supplemented by an academic
preparation of the highest order because of the vast area of
science which must be mastered by the dentist. The highly
personal relationship between patient and dentist places
the latter in a position of trust, which demands maturity,
integrity intellectual honesty, and a sense of responsibility.
A broad representation of the ethnic mixture of the State is
sought in the student body through an active recruitment
program. The College strictly adheres to the principle of
ethnic, racial, religious and social equality among its
student body and faculty.
Generally, students applying for admission should plan to
complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree.
However, qualified students may be accepted without
fulfilling the degree requirements, provided they show
evidence of sufficient preparation for the study of dentistry.
Applicants with an overall "B" average as a minimum will
receive strongest consideration for admission to the
College of Dentistry. Applicants over the age of thirty rarely
will be given strong considerations.
Every applicant must take the Dental Admission Test,
preferably in the Spring preceding the submission of his


Initial Application or, at the latest, the Fall testing period.
The test is given three times a year at many college and
university testing centers. Following a review of all
application materials and Dental Admission Test scores by
the Dental Admissions Committee, interviews with mem-
bers of this Committee will be arranged for competitive
applicants.
(See also more detailed description in the College of
Dentistry bulletin.)


ADMISSION TO
THE COLLEGE OF LAW
When to Apply: Applications can be accepted as
indicated in the College of Law Catalog.
Beginning Students: All applicants for admission to the
College of Law must have received a baccalaureate degree
from a regionally accredited college or university and
achieved a satisfactory score on the Law School Admission
Test.
The minimum acceptable score on the Law School
Admission Test required for admission varies with the total
grade point average achieved by the application on all
college work attempted by the applicant prior to the receipt
of the first bachelor's degree. The lower the grade point
average, the higher the Law School Admission Test Score
must be to qualify for admission. All applicants (including
present and former University of Florida students) must
register with the Law School Data Assembly Service (LSDAS)
in lieu of requesting transcripts from each institution of
higher education attended. For more detailed information
on admission to the College of Law, please see the College
of Law Catalog.
Advanced Standing Students: For information on ad-
mission to the College of Law with advanced standing see
the College of Law Catalog.


ADMISSION TO
THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE
When to Apply: Because the number of places in the first
year class of the College of Medicine is limited, it is
important that a candidate make application as early as
possible during the Summer or Fall of the year preceding his
intended date of entry.
Personal qualities of high order character, responsi-
bility and maturity are the primary requirements for
admission. The student must have demonstrated superior
intellectual achievement. A bachelor's degree is strongly
recommended. The quality of the academic background as
well as the performance of the student in relation to the load
attempted, will be weighed. A genuine interest in human
welfare is important. Efficient methods of study and
effective powers of reasoning are essential.
The College admits both men and women. A limited
number of out-of-state students, in proportion to the
number in the University as a whole, may be admitted.
Applicants over the age of thirty rarely will be given strong
consideration. Students who have failed academically or are
ineligible to continue in another medical school will not be
admitted.
Applications from students who are presently enrolled in
another medical school will be considered provided (1) the
student is eligible to continue in his present medical school,
and (2) the school he is now attending is a member of the
Association of American Medical Colleges. Applications will
also be considered from students who have successfully
completed work at an accredited two-year medical school.
Prospective applicants must take the Medical College


I









ADMISSIONS


Admissions Test, preferably, by the Spring preceding the
submission of the application. A personal interview will be
required for final acceptance.
Graduate students who are candidates for the Ph.D.
degree in medical sciences should apply through the
Graduate School.
(See also more detailed description in the College of
Medicine catalog.)



ADMISSION AS
A SPECIAL STUDENT
When to Apply: Each application for admission as a
special student must be reviewed by the University
Admissions Committee. Applications cannot be considered
if they are received after the dates specified in the Catalog;
and it would be desirable for a person considering
application as a special student to initiate such an
application at least three months in advance of the term he
wishes to enter, in order to allow time for additional
evidence to be presented if it should be requested by the
Admissions Committee.
Special students may be admitted to the various schools
and colleges of the Upper Division only by approval of the
University Admissions Committee. Each case will be
considered on an individual basis. Applications for
admission as a special student must include: (1) records of
previous educational experience (high school or college
transcripts); (2) a statement as to the type of studies to be
pursued; (3) a brief statement of the reason or reasons for
selecting a special program other than a regular one; (4)
satisfactory evidence of abilityto pursue these h studies for
example, a student to enroll as a special student for some
technical courses and who feels qualified to do so by reason
of employment or other experience; (5) satisfactory scores
on such ability or achievement tests as may be prescribed
in individual cases by the University Admissions Commit-
tee.



ADMISSION AS
A TRANSIENT STUDENT
Subject to availability of faculty, space and facilities, a
regular undergraduate student in good standing at another
accredited collegiate institution may be permitted to enroll
at the University of Florida as transient student in order to
complete work to transfer back to the parent institution. No
evaluation will be made of work previously completed and
it is the student's responsibility to secure such approval as
the parent institution may require.
Transient students are registered as NON-DEGREE
students and no application for admission is required. The
appropriate forms of enrolling as a NON-DEGREE student
should be requested from the Office of the Registrar.
Enrollment as a NON-DEGREE student in no way implies


future admission as a regular student to the University of
Florida.


ADMISSION INFORMATION FOR
VETERANS ADMINISTRATION,
SELECTIVE SERVICE, AND
SOCIAL SECURITY
The University of Florida is approved for the education
and training of veterans under all public laws now in effect,
i.e., Chapter 31, Title 38, U.S. Code (Disabled Veterans),
Chapter 34, Title 38, U.S. Code (Cold War G.I. Bill), and
Chapter 35, Title 38, U.S. Code (Children of Deceased or
Disabled Veterans). Students who may be eligible for
educational benefits under any Veterans Administration
program are urged to'tontact the local Veterans Adminis-
tration representative or the Veterans Administration
Regional Office, P.O. Box 1437, St. Petersburg, Florida, well
in advance of the date of their registration. Students
expecting to receive benefits under one of these programs
must file with the Office of the Registrar their Certificate of
Eligibility which is issued by the Veterans Administration.
No certification can be made until the Certificate of
Eligibility is on file. Benefits are determined bythe Veterans
Administration and the University certifies according to
their rules and regulations.
The Office of the Registrar will submit enrollment
certification to the Selective Service System if the student
has submitted his selective service number according to
Selective Service System regulations. The Selective Service
System will also be notifiedwhen the student is no longer
enrolled or is not eligible to continue and/or has completed
requirements for his degree.
Inquiries relating to Social Security Benefits should be
directed to the student's local Social Eecurity Office. The
Office of the Registrar will submit enrollment certificates
issued by the Social Security Administration for students
eligible to receive educational benefits under the Social
Security Act, providing the student registers for twelve
quarter hours or more.
A full time load for VA or Social Security benefits is twelve
hours per quarter.

ADMISSION INFORMATION FOR
FOREIGN STUDENTS
All foreign students whose native tongue is not English
making application for admission to the University of
Florida must present their scores on TOEFL (Test of English
as a Foreign Language). Each applicant is asked to write
TOEFL, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey,
U.S.A., requesting a Bulletin of Information and registration
form. It is important to remember that final consideration
cannot be granted a foreign student's application for
admission until his scores on this test are received by:
Admission Section, Office of the Registrar, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Florida, 32601, U.S.A.







General

EXPENSES



Expenses


APPLICATION FEE
Each application for admission to the University must be
accompanied by an application fee of $15.00. Application
fees are nonrefundable. Further instructions will be found
in the Admissions section of this catalog.


GENERAL
STUDENTS SHOULD BRING SUFFICIENT FUNDS, OTHER
THAN PERSONAL CHECKS TO MEET THEIR IMMEDIATE
NEEDS. Personal checks will be accepted for the exact
amount of fees.


CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS -
FLORIDA OR NON-FLORIDA
SFor the purpose of assessing registration fees, students
shall be classified as Florida and non-Florida. A Florida
student is a person who shall have resided and had domicile
in the State of Florida for at least twelve (12) months
immediately preceding the first day of classes of the current
term.
In applying this policy "student" shall mean a person
admitted to the institution. If such person is a minor, it shall
mean parents, parent, or legal guardian of his or her person.
The word "minor" shall mean a person who has not
attained the age of 18 and whose disabilities of minority
have not been removed by reason of marriage or by a court
of competent jurisdiction.
The word "domicile" for fee-paying purposes shall
denote a person's true, fixed, and permanent home and
place of habitation. It is the place where he intends to
remain, and to which he expects to return when he leaves
without intending to establish a new domicile elsewhere.
The word "parent" shall mean a minor's father; or
mother; or if one parent has custody of his person, the
parent having custody; or if there is a guardian or legal
custodian of his person, then such guardian or legal
custodian.
In all applications for admission by students as citizens of
Florida, the applicant, or, if a minor, his parents or legal
guardian shall make and file with such application a written
statement under oath that such applicant is a bonafide
citizen, resident, and domiciliary of the State of Florida
entitled as such to admission upon the terms and conditions
prescribed for citizens, residents, and domiciliaries of the
State.
A non-Florida student is a person not meeting the
requirements outlined above. A non-Florida student (or if
a minor, his parent or parents) after having been a resident
and domiciliary of Florida for twelve months may apply for
and be granted reclassification prior to the first day of
classes of any subsequent term, provided, however, that
those students who are non-resident aliens or who are in
the United States on a non-immigration visa will not be
entitled to reclassification. However, for fee-paying
purposes, Cuban nationals will be considered as resident
aliens. Such applications shall comply with the provisions of
the preceding paragraph. In addition, the application for
reclassification must be accompanied by a certified copy of
a declaration of intention to establish domicile filed with the
Clerk of the Circuit Court as provided by Section 222.17,
Florida Statutes.
Unless the contrary appears to the satisfaction of the


registering authority of the institution at which a student is
registering it shall be presumed that:
1. The spouse of any person who is classified or is eligible
for classification as an in-state student is likewise entitled
to classification as an in-state student.
2. A minor whose parent is a member of the armed forces
and stationed in this state pursuant to military orders is
entitled to classification as an in-state student. The
student, while in continuous attendance, shall not lose
his residence when his parent is thereafter transferred
on military orders. A member of the armed forces of the
United States stationed in this state on military orders
shall be entitled to classification as an in-state student
while on active duty in this state pursuant to such orders.
3. No person over the age of 18 years shall be deemed to
have gained residence while attending any educational
institution in this State as a full-time student, as such
status is defined by the Board of Regents, in the absence
of a clear demonstration that he has established domicile
in the State.
4. Any person who remains in this State when his parent,
having theretofore been domiciled in this State,
removes from this State, shall be entitled to classification
as a Florida student, so long as his attendance at a school
or schools in this State shall be continuous. Attendance
at a school or schools in this State shall be deemed
"continuous" if the person claiming continuous atten-
dance has been enrolled t a school or schools in this
State as a full-time student, as such term is defined bythe
Board of Regents, for a normal academic year in each
calendar year, or the appropriate portion or portions of
such years, thereof, since the beginning of the period for
which continuous attendance is claimed. Such persons
need not attend Summer sessions or other intersessions
beyond the normal academic year in order to render
attendance "continuous."
Any student granted status as a Florida student which
status is based on a sworn statement which is false shall,
upon a determination of such falsity, be subject to such
disciplinary sanctions as may be imposed by the president
of the university, which sanctions may include permanent
expulsion from the State University System or any lesser
penalty.
The following categories shall be treated as Florida
residents for tuition purposes:
1. Veterans of the United States of America retired with
twenty (20) years or more of active military service,
including dependent members of their immediate
families, who are in Florida at the time of retirement, or
who move to Florida within one year following
retirement and intend to make Florida their permanent
home.
2. Full-time elementary, secondary and junior college
faculty members under current teaching contracts in the
State of Florida.
3. Full-time faculty and career employees of the
University System and members of their immediate
families.
To establish Florida residence a student applying for
admission should complete the residence affidavit on the
application form.
To change status from non-Florida a student must present
to the Registrar's Office a copy of the Declaration of Intent
and the completed Residence Affidavit Form. To claim the
military exception the student must furnish the Registrar's
Office a copy of the military orders showing assignment to
Florida. A public school official must submit a written
statement from his superior as to his public school status. A
University employee must submit a statement from his
employer as to his employment status.


1 I 1










EXPENSES


REGISTRATION AND
INSTRUCTIONAL FEES
The University Calendar appearing at the front of this
Catalog sets forth the beginning and ending dates of each
quarter.

THE FOLLOWING FEES AND CHARGES ARE PROPOSED
AT THIS TIME. HOWEVER, SINCE THE CATALOG MUST BE
PUBLISHED CONSIDERABLY IN ADVANCE OF ITS EFFEC-
TIVE DATE IT IS NOT ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO ANTICIPATE
CHANGES AND THE FEE SCHEDULE MAY BE REVISED.
EVERY EFFORT WILL BE MADE TO PUBLICIZE CHANGES
FOR ANY QUARTER IN ADVANCE OF THE REGISTRATION
DATE FOR THAT QUARTER.

Fees are payable on the dates listed in the University of
Florida Calendar appearing at the front of the Catalog or the
dates shown on statements sent those participating in
Advance Registration. Payment of fees is an integral part of
the registration process. Registration (including payment of
fees) must be completed on or before the proper due date.
Student Accounts, The Hub, must be provided a properly
executed authorization for payment in cases where fees are
to be paid by a previously approved loan, scholarship, etc.,
prior to the deadline published on the Calendar. All
payments received after the due date are subject to a $25.00
Late Fee.
ASSESSMENT OF FEES
Fees are assessed on the basis of course classification.
SStudents enrolled in other than the MD, DMD, and DVM
programs are assessed the following fees PER CREDIT
HOUR:
COURSE FEES
.. Florida Non-Florida
Students Students
Courses numbered below 500 $13.00 $37.00
Courses numered 500 or above $16.50 $40.50
STUDENTS ENROLLED IN THE M.D., D.M.D., OR D. V.M.
PROGRAMS
A Florida student will pay $281.00 for each quarter of
enrollment. A non-Florida student will pay $631.00 for each
quarter of enrollment.
STUDENT HEALTH FEE
Students registered for nine or more credit hours per
quarter are required to pay a $10.00"Student Health Fee. The
Student Health Fee is optional for students registered for
eight hours or less. LIABILITY IS INCURRED FOR ALL
CREDIT HOURS REMAINING ON A STUDENT'S SCHEDULE
AT THE CLOSE OF THE DROP/ADD PERIOD EACH
QUARTER.
LATEREGISTRATION FEE. Afee of $25.00will be assessed for
failure to initiate registration during the registration period
or failure to pay fees within the time period specified.
REINSTATEMENT FEE. A fee of $25.00 will be assessed a
student reinstated after his initial registration during a
quarter was cancelled for nonpayment of fees.
SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES
Audit Fee. $13.00 per credit hour for courses numbered
below 500, $16.50 per credit hour for courses numbered 500
and above. The audit fee is the same for Florida and non-
Florida students.
College Level Examination Program. Examinations are
administered on campus during the third week of each


month. Applications should be completed in the Office of
Instructional Resources, 408 Seagle Building before the first
day of the month in which a test is to be taken. The fee for
one general examination is $15, for two or more, $25.
Subject examinations are $15 each. Checks should be
payable to College Entrance Examination Board.
Graduate Record Examination: The Aptitude Test of the
Graduate Record Examination is required for admission to
the Graduate School. A fee of $10.50 covers the cost of this
examination. Students who take one of the Advanced Tests
of the Graduate Record Examination in combination with
the Aptitude Test pay a fee of $21.00 These fees are payable
to the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey
08540.
Graduate School Foreign Language Test: All students
wishing to be certified as proficient in a reading knowledge
of French, German, or Spanish, must take the Educational
Testing Service (ETS) Graduate School Foreign Language
Tests. A fee of $12.50 covers the cost of each examination.
This fee is payable to Student Accounts, The Hub.
Administrative arrangements to register for this examina-
tion will be made through the Graduate School office.
Library Binding Charge: Candidates for a graduate degree
with a thesis or dissertation pay an $8.00 charge for the
permanent binding of the two copies deposited in the
University of Florida Library. This charge is payable at
Student Accounts, The Hub, by the date specified in the
Graduate Catalog. A copy of the receipt must be presented
at the Graduate School office.
NOTE: A student registered for twelve (12) hours per
quarter is considered as full-time for Veterans Adminis-
tration and Social Security benefits.


REFUND OF FEES
1. Fees will be refunded in full for:
a. Credit hours dropped during the drop/add period.
b. Courses cancelled by the University.
2. With the exception of amounts required for collection
under bond and trust obligations, fees may be refunded
in instances of:
a. Involuntary call to active duty,
b. Death of a student,
c. Illness of the student of such duration or severity, as
confirmed by a physician, that completion of the quarter
is precluded, or
d. Exceptional circumstances, upon approval of the
University President.
Refunds may be obtained at Student Accounts, THE HUB,
upon presentation of proper documentation.
LATE REGISTRATION and REINSTATEMENT fees are non-
refundable.



PAST DUE STUDENT ACCOUNTS
All student accounts are due and payable at Student
Accounts, The Hub, at the time such charges are incurred.
Delinquent accounts will be considered sufficient cause
for cancellation of registration, as University regulations
prohibit registration, graduation, granting of credit or
release of transcript for any student whose account with the
University is delinquent.







General

STUDENT AFFAIRS


Student Affairs

The following information describes the responsibilities
of the various offices charged with assistance to students at
the University of Florida. Additional information may be
found in the FLORIDA STUDENT HANDBOOK and THE
GATOR GUIDE.


VICE PRESIDENT FOR
STUDENT AFFAIRS
The Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs is a
focal point for student concerns and strives to make the
educational experience for students at the University of
Florida as meaningful as possible. The Vice President for
Student Affairs works to maintain and improve good
communications and working relationships among and
between students, faculty, and administration.
The goals of the Division of Student Affairs include:
developing effective and efficient services and programs for
students through the various departments within Student
Affairs; integrating student affairs and academic affairs;
directly involving students in the affairs of the institution;
encouraging a sense of community among students,
faculty, and administration; and increasing accessibility to
and attractiveness of the University of Florida to a wide
variety of persons.
The Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs is
located in 123 Tigert Hall and is open to assist individual
students and groups in matters concerning them. All
students are encouraged to share in the responsibility for
enabling the various divisions of the University of Florida
community to meet the needs of students.
The Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs has
administrative responsibility for the following offices and
programs at the University of Florida: Office for Student
Services, Student Housing Office, Office for Student
Financial Affairs, Career Planning and Placement Center,
and the J. Wayne Reitz Union.


OFFICE FOR
STUDENT SERVICES
The basic commitment of the Office of the Dean for
Student Services at the University of Florida is to the total
development of each individual student so that he or she
might achieve their full potential as a human being. Staff
members strive to help students become self-directive in all
their activities. The staff feels it can most effectively be
helpful to students by reaching them "where they live," in
real life situations.
The purposes of the Office for Student Services are to
contribute to the attainment of the educational goals of the
University of Florida by: helping to structure appropriate
experiences for the intellectual, psychological, social and
physical development of each student; providing op-
portunities for students' need for personal attention;
assisting students in the development of their career
objectives; making students aware of and encouraging the
use of the resources of the university; interpreting the
goals, objectives, and actions of the institution to students;
encouraging the development of a sense of community
among students, faculty, and staff; helping students to
develop purpose in their lives -a system of values of which
they are aware and a sense of personal integrity; and
assisting in the development of all university policy and
procedures.
Functions emerge from purposes, and the Office for
Student Services at the University of Florida carries on these


functions: individual advising, student advising, new
student programs, fraternity and sorority coordination,
minority student affairs, veteran student affairs, committee
responsibility for student petitions and admissions, married
student programs, commuter student services, student
judicial affairs, off-campus student programs and services,
and student withdrawals.
The International Student Center and the Institute of
Black Culture are also operational units of the Office for
Student Services.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SERVICES
The Office of International Student Services assists
international students in adjusting to the changing life style
and study habits in a new and sometimes perplexing
environment. Special services are provided related to
foreign educational and cultural backgrounds; language,
legal, employment, academic, and personal matters; U.S.
immigration and other government agency responsibilities
as aliens; and currency exchange. The focus is on helping
international students achieve their educational goals,
while providing an insight into the culture of the United
States through a program of social activities, orientation
seminars, and community visits.
INSTITUTE OF BLACK CULTURE
The Institute of Black Culture is an educational tool for
students at the University of Florida. It is a facility for
enlightenment and black awareness where Afro-Americans
can focus on their history, literature, art, culture, and life
style. It is also a place where whites can develop a better
understanding of blacks and an appreciation of black
contributions to American society. The center sponsors
programs, exhibits, and related activities. It is student- *
staffed and located at 1510 West University Avenue.

STUDENT HOUSING
The Director of Housing administers, supervises, and
coordinates all programs and operations in the residence
halls, the apartment villages and the Off-Campus Housing
Office.
GENERAL INFORMATION
All Freshmen who apply for admission to the University
will receive Housing Agreements upon approval of
admission. No application for Housing is made by
Freshmen.
All other students must initiate their arrangements for
housing either by (1) applying to the Director ofHousingfor
assignment to University Housing Facilities, or (2) obtaining
accommodations in private housing. (See Off-Campus
Housing Section)
All correspondence concerning application for University
Housing should be addressed to the Director of Housing,
University of Florida, Gainesville, 32611. An application for
residence hall space for students other than Freshmen may
be filed at any time after an application for admission to the
University has been made. Prospective students are urged
to apply as early as possible because of the housing
demand.
Roommate requests shall be considered if the individuals
wishing to room together submit their applications on the
same date, clearly indicate their desire to room together on
their respective applications, and are within similar
academic classification.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
All single students entering the University of Florida from
high school or prep school are required to live in on-campus
facilities for their first three quarters of attendance after
enrollment. Students attending one or two quarters and
skipping one or more quarters will be required to live on









STUDENT AFFAIRS


campus when they return unless they have attended an
accredited college or university as a full-time student
elsewhere. Upon written request, exceptions will be
considered for students who are married or live with their
parents and commute (commuting distance is defined as a
25 mile radius of Gainesville). Such written requests must be
submitted to the Central Housing Office prior to the
deadline for completion of the Housing Agreement.
Written approval by the Central Housing Office should be
received prior to finalizing off-campus housing accom-
modations.
Transfer students who have not completed three quarters
of full-time attendance at an accredited college or university
are required to live in on-campus facilities until they have
completed three quarters total (transfer time and University
of Florida time). Hours of credit obtained by other than
classroom attendance (such as CLEP tests) will not be
considered in determining the on-campus residence
requirement.
Students not required to live on campus who voluntarily
contract for on-campus housing normally must do so for the
entire academic year (September to August), if enrolled.
Freshman students who complete their required residen-
cy of three quarters of on-campus housing at the end of an
academic quarter and who desire to move off campus must
notify the Student Housing Office in writing of their
intentions no later than the due date for Housing
prepayments for the quarter concerned (December 1 for
Winter Quarter, March 1 for Spring Quarter, May 15 for
Summer Quarter, July 1 for Fall Quarter). Provided
appropriate deadline dates are met, such requests will be
approved. Requests received after the deadline dates will be
disapproved for the requested quarter, but will be approved
for the quarter following.

HOUSING ADMINISTRATION AND STAFF
ORGANIZATION University residence halls have been
designed and organized to emphasize the importance of the
individual student in small living groups. Each hall provides
opportunities for formal and informal educational pro-
grams, together with social and recreational activities. Many
residents find their hall the center of their out-of-class
interests. What you will find depends largely upon your own
contribution to the life of your hall. Programs and activities
vary from hall to hall and from year to year, since they are
based on the needs and interests of the students
themselves.
STAFF In all residence halls or housing areas,
professionally trained Directors of Residence Life, Resi-
dence Life Coordinators, Hall Advisers, and student
Resident Assistants are well qualified to assist with group
and individual activities, as well as with matters of personal
concern to student residents. In each living unit (floor or
section), resident assistants and student leaders provide
group leadership and guidance.
SELF GOVERNMENT-All students in the residence halls
are entitled to participate in organizational activities which
can play a significant part in their educational, cultural,
social, and recreational life. Officers and representatives
are elected to hall and area councils which govern group
activities and help establish standards for group living.
In all residence halls, an annual activity fee (optional) of
$5.00 is collected and administered by the hall organization
to meet expenses of activities and programs.
ROOM FURNISHINGS Rooms are equipped with beds,
mattresses, mattress pads, waste baskets, desks, chairs,
closets, chest-of-drawers and venetian blinds. Residents are
encouraged to obtain their own drapes, pictures,
bedspreads, rugs, and desk lamps after arrival at the
University.
LINEN SERVICE -All students assigned to residence halls
(except co-ops) are furnished a basic linen service. The


charge is included in the room rent. This service entitles
each resident to two sheets, one pillowcase, and three
towels per week. Extra linens or additional items such as
blankets, pillows, and desk lamps may be rented at a
nominal cost.
TELEPHONE SERVICE Room telephones are available in
all of the residence halls except the halls designated as co-
ops. Each room telephone provides 24-hour service on
campus and within the Gainesville area. Charges for long
distance calls are billed monthly to the room phone by the
Southern Bell Telephone Company and residents pay
directly to the company. The basic cost for local room
telephone service is included in the room rent.
RENTAL REFRIGERATORS Refrigerators will be avail-
able in some residence areas and the cost is included in the
quarterly rate. Students may bring their own individual
refrigerators to any residence area where refrigerators are
not permanently installed. Students must make their own
arrangements for installation and removal of private
refrigerators. Students who bring private refrigerators to
rooms which are already furnished with refrigerators will
not receive a refund for the University refrigerator.
SWIMMING POOLS Swimming pools are located
adjacent to the Graham Area and the Yulee Area and are
available for use of students, staff, and faculty of the
University.

RESIDENCE HALLS FOR SINGLE STUDENTS
Some variety in types of accommodations is provided by
the University. The double room for two students is the
most common type. Several of the larger rooms or suites are
designated as triple rooms. Single rooms are available in
limited number, suites for two students are available in
several of the residence halls. Each suite consists of two
connected rooms: one, a bedroom; the other, a study
room.
Beaty Towers, Hume Hall, Graham Area, Tolbert Area,
and Jennings Hall, are totally air-conditioned. Other
residence halls, where student rooms are not air-
conditioned, provide centrally located air-conditioned
study and recreation rooms.
1. EAST CAMPUS-
BROWARD/RAWLINGS AREA (coeducational): The
Broward complex houses 626 men and women students,
while the Rawlings complex accommodates 350 men
students. Although student rooms are not air conditioned,
public facilities which are air conditioned include main
lounges, libraries, recreation rooms, television rooms,
cafeterias, and a sundry shop. Each floor has a community
bathroom and a study room.
JENNINGS/YULEE AREA (coeducational): The Jennings/
Yulee residence area houses about 850 students. Jennings
Hall is air conditioned; Yulee Area is not air conditioned. In
Jennings Hall, men and women live in opposite wings
separated by a central office and public lobby. Single and
double rooms are available and some rooms can be
converted to suites. Each floor has community bath facilities
and a study room. Community kitchens on each floor
permit students to prepare their own meals. Air conditioned
public facilities include main lounges, libraries, recreation
rooms and television rooms.
Yulee Hall, also located in the Yulee Area, is reserved for
Juniors, Seniors, and graduate students who desire single
accommodations in a coeducational setting. The rooms,
originally designed as doubles, have been converted to
singles and men and women are assigned to alternate
floors.
2. WEST CAMPUS-
GRAHAM/HUME/TOLBERT AREA coeducationall: This
residence area houses approximately 2300 students. Men
and women live in different buildings or in opposite wings

19







General

STUDENT AFFAIRS


separated by a central lobby and administrative offices. Each
floor has community bathrooms and study rooms and all
facilities are airconditioned. Central public facilities include
main lobbies, libraries, recreation rooms, television rooms,
cafeterias and snack bars. Student rooms are singles,
doubles, and triples.
3. NORTH CAMPUS-
MURPHREE AREA (coeducational): Murphree, Thomas,
Sledd, Fletcher and Buckman Halls are all located in this
area. They were the first residence halls built on the
University of Florida campus and accommodate about 1100
students. Suites for two or three and single, double and
triple rooms are available. All rooms are equipped with
lavatories. These halls are divided into separate, vertical
sections, accommodating from 16 to 40 students each. Men
and women students live in separate sections. There is a
bath on each floor. A rathskeller is also located adjacent to
the area.
4. BEATY TOWERS (coeducational, upper division and
graduate students only): Each Tower, one for women and
one for men, accommodates approximately 400 students.
These buildings are entirely air conditioned and carpeted,
with a unique suite arrangement on each floor that virtually
eliminates traffic past suite doors. All student spaces are
two-bedroom suites for four in including a study-
kitchenette. The commons building has a social room,
library, and sundry shop.

APARTMENTS FOR MARRIED STUDENTS
The University operates six apartment villages for married
students. To be eligible to apply for and occupy apartment
housing on campus, the following are necessary:
The married student must meet the requirements for
admission to the University of Florida, qualify as a full-time
student as defined by his college or school, and continue
to make normal progress toward a degree as determined by
the head of his college or school. (A minimum of 9 credit
hours is required for a full-time undergraduate student).
The married student must be a part of a family unit,
defined as (1) husband and wife with or without one or more
children, or (2) divorced or widowed persons with
dependent children.
The married, widowed, or divorced student must be part
of a family with a combined gross annual income (including
grants-in-aid, scholarships, fellowships, and grants) which
does not exceed during the period of occupancy, the
following maximum income limitations:


Undergraduate
Graduate
Maguire


2 persons 3&4 persons
$7440 $8540
$7640 $8740
$6400 $7500


5&6 persons
$9690
$9890
$8650


Since on-campus apartments are intended to provide
relatively low-cost housing for married students, a family
with a combined gross annual income in excess of the above
scale cannot apply for or occupy an apartment except in
unusual circumstances. Exceptions may be granted only by
the Committee on Student Housing.
Residents in all villages must furnish their own linens,
dishes, rugs, curtains, or other similar items. Utilities are an
extra expense apd are billed with the r"1t,
CORRY (216 UNITS) AND SCHUCHT (104 UNITS)
MEMORIAL VILLAGES, of modern brick, concrete and
wood construction, contain almost an equal number of one-
and two-bedroom apartments, with a few three-bedroom
units in Corry Village only. These apartments are furnished
with basic equipment in the living room, kitchen, dining
area, and one bedroom.
DIAMOND MEMORIAL VILLAGE consists of 208 apart-
ments similar in construction, furnishings, and equipment


to those in Corry and Schucht Villages. Special features
include a community building with air conditioned study-
meeting room, and a study cubicle in each two-bedroom
apartment.
MAGUIRE VILLAGE and UNIVERSITY VILLAGE SOUTH
consists of 348 centrally heated and air conditioned one and
two-bedroom apartments. Community facilities include a
laundry and a community room. Individual apartments are
not furnished but are carpeted. The kitchens are equipped
with stove and refrigerator.
TANGLEWOOD MANOR APARTMENTS, located approx-
imately 1 V4 miles south of the central campus, consists of
208 furnished and unfurnished efficiency, one bedroom,
two bedroom, and two bedroom townhouse units. All units
are carpeted, centrally heated and air conditioned. All units
have disposals and two bedroom units have dishwashers.
All one and two bedroom units have one and one-half baths.
Community facilities include a large recreation hall, laundry
facilities, and two swimming pools.
OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING
Inquiries about off-campus housing should be directed to
the Off-Campus Housing Office, University of Florida,
Gainesville, 32611.
The Off-Campus Housing Office maintains extensive
listings of apartments, houses, rooming units, trailers, and
trailer park lots offered for rent to students, faculty, or staff
members. This office compiles an annual comprehensive
list of major apartment developments and trailer parks
accepted by it for referral. This list will be sent upon request
to anyone who has completed a Request for Assistance with
Off-Campus Housing. In addition to the units contained in
the comprehensive list, the Office has on record several
hundred units in small establishments towhich referrals are
made after notice of availability is received from the owners.
Since it appears that the balance between housing supply
and demand will continue tight for the 1975-76 academic
year, persons seeking housing for September, 1975, should
begin their search in the Spring.
Since mutually satisfactory rentals usually can be
arranged only after a personal inspection of facilities and
conference with the owners, it is recommended that
persons seeking off-campus housing plan to come to
Gainesville in person at an appropriate time in advance of
the term for which they need housing. Such visits should be
made on week days not on a weekend and after
advance information has been procured. Appointments
may be made with the Office for consultation on particular
problems.
Single students (Freshmen) who are subject to the on-
campus residence requirements should not make any
commitments for off-campus housing until they obtain
permission for off-campus residence.
FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
Eighteen sororities and twenty nine fraternities have
chapters at the University of Florida. Fourteen fraternities
maintain chapter houses on fraternity row (west campus),
eleven maintain off-campus houses (alongThirteenth Street
and University Avenue), and four reside in residence halls.
University student regulations are in effect for all sorority
and fraternity houses.
COOPERATIVE LIVING ARRANGEMENT
There are five different cooperative living groups at the
University of Florida. Two of these groups are located on
campus: The men's co-op is in Reid Hall and the co-ed co-
op is in Buckman Hall. The other three are located off
campus.
Among the qualifications for membership are scholastic
ability and reference of good character. These cooperative
living groups are specifically operated by and for students
with limited financial means for attending the University.










STUDENT AFFAIRS


Inquiries pertaining to cooperative living may be made to
the Director of Housing, University of Florida, Gainesville,
32611. The cooperative living organizations currently
include: the Reid Hall Co-op for men, Campus, University
of Florida; the Buckman Hall Coed Co-op for women,
Campus, University of Florida; the Collegiate Living
Organization, 117 N.W. 15th Street; Georgia Seagle Hall,
1002 West University Avenue; and the Florida Student
Housing and Scholarship Foundation House, 1227 S.W. 4th
Avenue.


STUDENT FINANCIAL AFFAIRS
The Office for Student Financial Affairs functions under
policies established by the Presidential Committee on
Student Financial Affairs. Working in cooperation with all
agencies on campus, Student Financial Affairs counselors
interview students pertaining to employment, loans, grants,
and scholarships. This office serves as an important part of
the academic and personal counseling and guidance of
students seeking financial assistance. In every case an
attempt is made to suggest a balance between self-support,
parental help and institutional loans, granants and scholar-
ships. In order to assess need of applicants on an equitable
basis, the University of Florida participates in the College
Scholarship Service of the College Entrance Examination
Board. Inquiries or applications for student financial aid and
scholarship awards should be addressed to the Director of
Student Financial Affairs.
All financial aid, (i.e., scholarships, loans, grants, and
employment), is awarded as a "package" in response to
application submitted between November 1 and February
28 each year. While applications are accepted after February
28, the quantity and quality of aid is often affected by late
application.
Scholarships
Scholarships are available in limited numbers and within
fund limitations. Awards are given to applicants on the basis
of academic excellence, good character, leadership and
financial need. Additional awards are made by donors who
select the recipient directly. Hence, students are urged to
consult the resources of their home community, civic clubs,
service organizations, and county educators.
Employment
Employment is available to students on a part-time basis
while in school. Every effort is made to direct applicants to
positions that will complement their educational goals. In
general, first quarter Freshmen are discouraged from
seeking employment until they establish themselves
academically.
Loans
Loans are available in two forms. First, long-term loans
from the University of Florida, Federal and State sources.
Such loans are repaid on a monthly installment basis after
the student terminates college attendance. Second, small
emergency short-term loans are available to meet tem-
porary needs. Such loans must be paid on the first day of
the last month in the quarter.
Grants
Grants supported through Federal funds are awarded
(within fund limitations) to those students whose financial
need qualifies them for consideration. Awardees are
selected from the Student Financial Aid Applications
submitted during the regular application dates shown
above. Exceptions to this rule are the Federal Basic
Educational Opportunity Grant and the State Florida
Student Assistant Grant. High school and community
college counselors have applications and complete in-
formation on these programs.


Awards
Awards are made to students in recognition of excep-
tional achievement in various fields of student life. In some
instances these are cash grants; in others, medals,
certificates or keys.


CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
CENTER
The Career Planning and Placement Center, located in
Suite G-22 Reitz Union, provides centralized and education
oriented career development and job placement programs
and related physical facilities for the University. It is an
important part of the resources for career development
available to all students at the University of Florida.
Ideally, the career decision making process should begin
as soon as a student enters the University and certainly no
later than the Sophomore year. Students are provided
opportunities to talk with occupational counselors, use the
Career Information and Resources Library, use audio-visual
career investigation study carrels, and avail themselves of
other programs and personnel at the Center to increase
their knowledge of those occupations of interest and
perhaps to learn about some new ones. Evaluating and
selecting tentative vocational goals and correlating
academic choices with career interest is an important area
where the Center can be of help. The objective is to have
students become their own experts in formulating career
plans that will be compatible with their academic pursuits,
serve as a motivational factor while a student, and become
a career direction after graduation. This kind of planning
insures students maximum future employability.
As Juniors students should take advantage of the Center's
facilities to further refine career plans and develop job
search and communications skills; find out how to identify
and evaluate those factors important in selecting potential
employers and employment; and learn the art of writing the
kind of job inquiry and application letters that receive
favorable response from prospective employers. The
treatment of job application forms is also an important
matter students should know about, as is the preparation of
personal resumes. Finally, students should learn the
techniques of job interviewing which is perhaps the most
important step in assuring marketability in a competitive
field.
In the Senior year, with the preceding accomplished,
students will be ready to execute a personal job search plan
by interviewing with many employer representatives from
business, industry, government agencies and departments,
and educational institutions that recruit on campus for
graduating University students. These representatives are
invited to campus and hosted by the Career Planning and
Placement Center for the express purpose of giving UF
students the broadest and most direct access to the job
market possible.
The objective of the Center is to assist all students
formulating a career development program starting at the
earliest possible time that will permit them to put their
education to work in a career field that will be satisfying and
rewarding on a lifetime basis. The Career Planning and
Placement Center will continue to assist alumni in
furthering and broadening their careers through counsel-
ing, job referrals, and updated career information.
For additional information students should visit the
Center and discuss career ideas or concerns with the staff.


J. WAYNE REITZ UNION
The J. Wayne Reitz Union is the official center of campus
activities. The provision of facilities, services, and a varied








General

STUDENT AFFAIRS


program of activities available to all persons of the
University community serves as the basic purpose of the
Union. The Union is governed by a Board of Managers,
consisting of eight students and six faculty members.
During May, 1967, the J. Wayne Reitz Union building was
opened. Among the facilities and services offered are music
listening rooms, two art gallery areas, Arts and Crafts
Center, photographic dark rooms, browsing library, a
games area for bowling, billiards and table tennis, public
telephones, information desk, passenger and ride wanted
bulletin boards, display cases, barber shop, Union Store,
talent and band file. A large ballroom, an auditorium and
conference and meeting rooms are available for all
University organizations. Guest rooms are available for
official guests of the University, guests of students, faculty,
staff, and alumni.
The Reitz Union offers a complete range of food service
facilities and dining. A cafeteria and snack bar, a restaurant-
dining area, and complete catering services for small,
intimate groups or for a banquet for nine hundred persons
are included in the building.
Of particular significance to the educational program of
the University is the Student Activities Center, located on
the third floor. A distinctive physical arrangement of offices
and work space for Student Government, the Honor Court,
and many other student groups enhances the effectiveness
of the total student activities program of the University.
The Union plans and promotes many social, cultural, and
recreational activities for the campus community. Among
the regular activities are art exhibits, bridge lessons and
tournaments, special non-credit courses, current and
cultural films, Special activities such as receptions, dances,
intracampus and intercollegiate bridge, billiard and bowling
tournaments, music appreciation listening hours, poetry
hours, forums and book reviews, fashion shows, interna-
tional activities, and special holiday parties are all a part of
the Union program.
A distinctive area of the Union is the H. P. Constans
Theater, a 464-seat facility for the dramatic group, the
Florida Players, which provides excellence in design and
technical equipment for staging, lighting and acoustics.


STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides a spectrum of
medical services which includes primary medical care,
preventive medicine, health screening programs and
mental health consultation and counseling. These services
are available to all full-time students in the university.
The service consists of an out-patient clinic and a 14 bed
inpatient unit staffed by physicians, nurses, psychologists,
laboratory and x-ray technicians and supporting personnel.
It is housed in the Infirmary, which is centrally located on
the campus.
The service is a unit of the J. Hillis Miller Health Center
with its Colleges of Medicine, Nursing and Health Related
Professions. The facilities of the Health Center are available
by consultation and referral through the Student Health
Service. Specialty clinics are available in the Infirmary in
some fields.
The health fee is a part of the registration fee paid by all
full time students. The fee covers ordinary out-patient visits.
Charges are made on a fee for services basis for lab tests,
x-rays and medications. There is also a daily room charge for
hospitalization in the Infirmary. The student health insur-
ance plan is designed to provide coverage for those costs


not covered by the student health fee. For this reason, it is
strongly recommended for all University of Florida
students. Enrollment is opened each quarter for all
students.
A personal history form is required before registration at
the University. A physical examition completed by your
physician is no longer necessary.


SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC
The Division of Speech Pathology and Audiology,
Department of Speech, ofters services without charge to
any University student who has a speech or hearing
disorder. This assistance is available at any time during the
year and therapy sessions are adjusted to individual
schedules. The student is encouraged to visit the clinic and
to take advantage of this service located in room 442 of the
Arts & Sciences Building.


READING AND STUDY
SKILLS CENTER
The University Reading and Study Skills Center is a free
service to students at all levels. Diagnosis and opportunities
for self-improvement are offered on an individual basis in
the areas of reading speed, comprehension, vocabulary,
and study habits. There are no outside assignments, grades,
or course credits given. Students may initate or discontinue
enrollment at any time. Consultative work and other
services are also available to staff members. Interested
persons may apply at S. W. Broward Hall during regular'
daytime class periods 1-8.


PSYCHOLOGICAL AND
VOCATIONAL
COUNSELING CENTER
The Psychological and Vocational Counseling Center
offers free psychological and vocational counseling to all
students of the University and their spouses. The Center is
staffed by psychologists whose primary interests are to
facilitate the growth and development of individuals in the
University setting. Psychological services are available to
students experiencing academic, personal, social, or
marital difficulties. Vocational services include testing,
career information, and counseling. The Center offers
consultative services to University faculty and staff who are
engaged in advising or counseling students.
Students may contact the Center by coming in person to
Room 311 Little Hall.


UNIVERSITY FOOD SERVICE
Food Service provides facilities in six cafeterias and three
snack bars in locations convenient to dormitories and class
rooms. Students are offered high quality food at reasonable
prices. It is the policy of the University to provide well-
prepared food at the lowest possible cost. Students may
effect a savings by participating in the voluntary meal plan
which offers three meals a day, seven days a week or three
meals a day five days a week (Monday through Friday) on a
quarterly basis. For further information contact the Food
Director's Office, 160 ). Wayne Reitz Union.










STUDENT AFFAIRS


Student Life


STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND
ORGANIZATIONS
Student Government: Student Government at the
University of Florida is a cooperative organization for
advancing student interests and is based on mutual
confidence among and between the student body, the
faculty, and the administration. Considerable authority has
been granted the student body for the regulation and
conduct of student affairs. The criterion in granting
authority to the Student Government has been the
disposition of UF students to accept responsibility com-
mensurate with the authority granted them. Student
Government has several resources at its disposal to fulfill its
mission, including the allocation of approximately three
million dollars per year in student activity and service fees,
substantial authority in the regulation of co-curricular
activities, and administration of the Honor System. The
University of Florida faculty and staff feel that training in
acceptance of responsibility for the conduct of student
affairs at the University is a valuable part of the educational
growth and development of the individual student.
Student Government is a body politic, occupying its
franchise under grant from the Board of Regents and subject
to its continued approval. Student Government is patterned
on the state and national form of government, but adapted
to the local needs of the Student Body. Powers are
distributed into the three branches: (1) legislative, which is
embodied in the Student Senate; (2) judicial, which is
embodied in the Honor Court and the Traffic Court; (3)
executive, embodied in the President and the Treasurer of
the Student Body. Members of all three branches are
elected directly by the Student Body, of which all UF
students are members. In addition to elected offices, many
appointed positions have been established in Student
Government, including Cabinet and sub-Cabinet, Honor
Court, and Traffic Court posts.
Student Government, recognizing its limitations as a true
"government", attempts to exercise influence on govern-
ments at all levels through conferences, lobbying, research,
and the advancement of proposals for change.
Students may apply for various positions within the
student government structure by contacting the Student
Government offices on the third floor of the J. Wayne Reitz
Union.
Interhall Council: The purpose of the Interhall Council is
to provide an organization which will further serve as a
channel of communication between Residence Area
Councils, Student Government, and the Division of
Housing, as well as coordinating individual Area Council
activities and representing the collective interests of all
residents.
The voting membership of the Interhall Council consists
of two representatives from each of the Area Councils.
Dramatics: Any student has an opportunity to participate
in several plays which are presented each year by the Florida
Players, a dramatic group under the direction of the
Department of Speech.
Student Senate: The Student Senate is composed of
representatives elected from the colleges and living areas
on the campus and in general act as the Legislative Branch
of Student Government.
Religious Activities: The University of Florida welcomes
the contributions of religious traditions to the campus
community. The churches, centers and organizations
associated with the University offer a rich variety of
programs and ministries. There are also interdenomina-
tional and nondenominational activities fostered by the


University Religious Activities in the Department of
Religion.
Social Fraternities: Twenty-nine national social fraterni-
ties for men have established chapters at the University. The
general work of the fraternities is supervised by the
Interfraternity Council, composed of one delegate from
each of the representative fraternities. The national
fraternities at the University of Florida are Alpha Epsilon Pi,
Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Phi Alpha, Alpha Tau Omega,
Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Delta Chi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta
Upsilon, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Sigma,
Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi Delta Theta, Phi Kappa Tau, Phi
Kappa Theta, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Pi Lambda Phi,
Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi
Epsilon, Tau Epsilon Phi, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Theta Chi, Phi
Beta Sigma, and Omega Psi Phi.
Eighteen Women's social sororities have established
chapters at the University. Fifteen have built chapter houses
and three live in other housing arrangements. These living
quarters serve as the center of the activities of the individual
sororities. Primary jurisdiction in sorority matters is vested
in the Panhellenic Council. The chapters at the University
of Florida are Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha
Epsilon Phi, Alpha Kappa Alpha, Alpha Omicron Pi, Chi
Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma, Delta Phi Epsilon,
Delta Sigma Theta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Delta, Phi Mu,
Phi Sigma Sigma, Pi Beta Phi, Sigma Kappa, Zeta Phi Beta,
and Zeta Tau Alpha.
Professional and Honorary Fraternities: ALPHA DELTA
SIGMA, Advertising; ALPHA EPSILON DELTA, premedical;
ALPHA KAPPA DELTA, sociology; ALPHA KAPPA PSI,
business; ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA, women's Freshmen
scholastic honor society; ALPHA OMEGA ALPHA, medical;
ALPHA PI MU, engineering; ALPHA SIGMA MU,
metallurgy; ALPHA ZETA, agriculture; AMERICAN
CERAMIC SOCIETY, engineering; AMERICAN INSTITUTE
OF AERONAUTICS & ASTRONAUTICS, engineering, AMER-
ICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS; AMERICAN INSTITUTE
OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS; AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERS; AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF IN-
TERIOR DESIGNERS; AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF MINING,
METALLURGICAL AND PETROLEUM ENGINEERS; AMERI-
CAN NUCLEAR SOCIETY; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF AGRI-
CULTURAL ENGINEERS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL
ENGINEERS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGI-
NEERS; ANGEL FLIGHT, military; ARMY ROTC SWEET-
HEARTS, military; ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY, military; AS-
SOCIATION OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATORS; ASSOCIA-
TION FOR CHILDHOOD EDUCATION; ASSOCIATION
FOR COMPUTING MACHINERY; BETAALPHA PSI, account-
ing; BETA GAMMA SIGMA, business; BILLY MITCHELL
DRILL TEAM, military; BLOCK AND BRIDLE CLUB, animal
husbandry; DELTA PI EPSILON, graduate business educa-
tion; DELTA SIGMA PI, business; DELTA SIGMA RHO,
forensics; EPSILON LAMBDA CHI, engineering leadership;
ETA KAPPA NU, electrical engineering; ETA RHO PI
SOCIETY, health related professions; FLORIDA BLUE KEY,
leadership; GAMMA THETA UPSILON, geography; GAR-
GOYLE HONOR SOCIETY, architecture & fine arts; GATOR
GUARD DRILL TEAM, military; INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL
& ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS, engineering; JOHN
MARSHALL BAR ASSOCIATION, law; KAPPA DELTA PI,
education; KAPPA EPSILON, pharmacy; KAPPA KAPPA PSI,
band; KAPPA PSI, pharmacy; KAPPA TAU ALPHA, journal-
ism; LAMBDA GAMMA PHI, preveterinary; LAMBDA TAU,
medical technology; MORTAR BOARD, Senior women's
honor society; STUDENT CHAPTER-NATIONAL SOCIETY
OF INTERIOR DESIGNERS; NATIONAL STUDENT SPEECH &
HEARING ASSOCIATION; OMICRON DELTA KAPPA, lead-
ership and scholarship; ORDER OF THE COIF, law; PHI
ALPHA DELTA, law; PHI ALPHA THETA, history; PHI BETA
KAPPA, scholarship; PHI CHI THETA, women's business;
PHI DELTA PHI, law: PHI ETA SIGMA, Freshmen's
scholastic; PHI KAPPA PHI, scholastic; PHI MU ALPHA,

23







General

STUDENT AFFAIRS


music; PI KAPPA LAMBDA, music; PI LAMBDA THETA,
education; PI SIGMA ALPHA, political science; PI TAU
SIGMA, mechanical engineering; PSI CHI, psychology;
RHO CHI, pharmacy; RHO PI PHI, pharmacy; SAVANT,
leadership; SCABBARD & BLADE, military; SEMPER FIDELIS
SOCIETY, professional marines; SIGMA ALPHA IOTA,
music; SIGMA GAMMA EPSILON, geology; SIGMA
LAMBDA CHI, building construction; SIGMA PI SIGMA,
physics; SIGMA TAU, engineering; SIGMA TAU SIGMA,
tutoring society; SIGMA THETA TAU, nursing; SOCIETY OF
ENGINEERING SCIENCES; SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STU-
DENTS; SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL JOURNALISTS,
SIGMA DELTA CHI, journalism, STUDENT AMERICAN
PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION; STUDENT FLORIDA
EDUCATION ASSOCIATION; STUDENT NATIONAL MEDI-
CAL ASSOCIATION; TAU ALPHA SIGMA, pre-engineering;
TAU BETA PI, engineering; TAU BETA SIGMA, music; TAU
SIGMA DELTA, architecture; WOMEN IN COMMUNICA-
TIONS, journalism; UNIVERSITY SQUIRES, men's leader-
ship and scholarship; XI SIGMA PI, forestry;
Clubs and Sororities: There are more than 225 student
clubs and organizations on the campus representing varied
interests and activities. These include academic interest
clubs; social, religious, and professional groups; hobby
groups; and organizations dedicated to a wide variety of
personal and community concerns. Many of the organiza-
tions are funded by Student Government through the
allocation of the student activity and service fee monies.


HONOR SYSTEM
THE HONOR SYSTEM. One of the finest tributes to the
character of the students at the University of Florida is the
fact that the Student Body is a self-governing group.
In addition to permitting student legislation on questions
of interest to the members of the Student Body, execution
of the laws passed, and the expenditure of student funds,
the governing system at the University gives to the students
the privilege of disciplining themselves through the Honor
System. The Honor System was established in the University
in 1914 as the result of student initiative.
Among the basic principles of an Honor System are the
convictions that self-discipline is the greatest builder of
character, that responsibility is a prerequisite to self-
respect, and that these are essential to the highest type of
education. Officials of the University and the Board of
Regents feel that students in the University of Florida should
be assumed to be honest and worthy of trust, and that they
display this confidence by means of an Honor System.
The success of the system is dependent upon the honor
of each individual member of the student body in that: (1)
he/she is duty-bound to abide by the principles of the
Honor Code, and (2) he/she is further pledged to report to
the Honor Court such violations of the Code as he/she may
observe. The responsibility for each student's conduct is
placed where it must eventually rest-on him/herself.
The Honor Code of the Student Body is striking in its
simplicity; yet it embodies the fundamentals of sound
character. Each student is pledged to refrain from: (a)
cheating, (b) stealing, (c) obtaining money or credit for
worthless checks, (d) ticket scalping.
On the basis of this Code, students are extended all
privileges conceived to be the basic right of students of
honor. During examinations proctors may or may not be
used at the discretion of the professor. To enforce the
System equitably students have established the Honor
Court.
The Honor Court is composed entirely of students and is
completely autonomous of faculty control. The Chancellor
sits as judge in each case and is responsible for maintaining
and enforcing the Honor System. Records of all proceed-
ings are kept by the Clerk. The Attorney General and his


staff of Prosecuting Counsel prosecute the cases before the
Court and the Chief Defense Counsel and his staff of
Defense Counsel defend the student before the Court.
There are Justices, elected from the various colleges on the
campus, who are responsible for investigations, and
maintaining the Honor System. A jury is empaneled at
random from the Student Body to decide the guilt or
innocence of the student. The Chancellor and Vice
Chancellor determine the penalty which can range from
severe reprimand, or penalty hours, to suspension or
expulsion. A program has been initiated to give non-
academic penalties for non-academic offenses. This policy
is in accord with the principle that the sentence should be
educative rather than punitive. Any student convicted by
this Court has the right of appeal from its ruling to the Honor
Court Board of Masters and to the Office for Student
Services.
The penal purpose of the Honor Court receives less
stress, perhaps, than its educational purpose, which is its
most important function. The responsibility of acquainting
every member of the Student Body with the purpose,
advantages, and principles of the Honor System is placed
upon members of the Court.
The Honor Court has endeavored to fulfill its responsi-
bility to the students who undertake the problem of self-
government and self-discipline at the University of Florida.
The Honor System is primarily a student responsibility.
The future of the system rests with each new class of
students entering the University.
The University faculty and administration pledge their
support to the Honor System. Each student must support it
or in failing to support it, contribute to the loss not only of
a tradition but the right of self-government. We at the
University of Florida are fully cognizant that by fostering and
supporting the ideals of self-government as reflected in
student government, the support of American Democracy
will be more thoroughly implanted in students.


INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
The University of Florida athletic program is a com-
prehensive one with teams competing against regional and
intersectional opponents in nine intercollegiate sports.
Florida, a member of the Southeastern Conference, fields
athletic teams in football, basketball, cross country,
baseball, track, golf, tennis, wrestling and swimming.
Physical facilities include Florida Field stadium with a
seating capacity of 61,000, two baseball diamonds, a
completely equipped varsity tennis stadium, swimming
pool, running track, two football practice fields, an 18-hole
championship golf course and Florida Gymnasium, facility
which houses ample dressing and training rooms, weight
rooms, meeting rooms, four practice courts and the 7,200
capacity varsity court.
Women's Intercollegiate Athletics are offered in gym-
nastics, golf, swimming, tennis, volleyball, softball, basket-
ball, track and field. The program is operated under the
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. Florida
is in Region III.


INTRAMURAL ATHLETICS AND
RECREATION
Development of wholesome competition through en-
joyable participation in physical activities is an essential
aspect of a well-rounded college education. A successful
intramural program depends primarily upon student
interest in planning and executing the program as well as in
actual participation in various contests and recreational
activities.









STUDENT AFFAIRS


Widespread student participation in intramural sports
and recreation is a tradition of long standing at the
University of Florida. The extensive offering of activities
provides every student an opportunity to take part as an
individual or as a member of a group in sports of a
competitive nature.
The Student Intramural Boards conduct the details of an
Intramural program comprising twenty sports ranging from
such individual and dual activities as archery, tennis, and
golf to such team sports as volleyball, basketball, and
softball. There are 16 leagues of competition included in the
program. These leagues are organized from sorority,
fraternity, residence hall, independent, law, engineering,
and coeducational groups.
The Department of Intramural Athletics and Recreation
maintains a Recreational Sports Service which provides
other leisure time activities for students and faculty. This
service also provides complete information and guidance
for sports club activities. Where there is sufficient interest,
additional sports clubs are formed and individuals with
special ability in those areas are encouraged to act as
leaders.
Equipment is furnished for most activities and is made
available to any regularly enrolled student of the University
of Florida upon request.
Every student at the University of Florida is urged to


participate in intramural activities as interest and time
permits.

AUTOMOBILE AND TRAFFIC
REGULATIONS
Any student of the University of Florida is eligible to
register a motor vehicle for use as authorized and to operate
and park a registered vehicle on campus. The type of
parking decal issued is determined by the student's local
residence and student classification.
Students desiring to park on campus during restricted
hours (7:30 A.M.-3:30 P.M., Monday through Friday) must
register their automobiles or motorcycles at the University
Traffic and Parking Department, 108B Johnson Hall, during
their first registration period. Failure to do so will result in
a parking citation. There is a system for fines and a point
system for on-campus vehicle violations. Persons failing to
respond to tickets will be subject to an additional
administrative fee of $5.00 and will not receive grades or an
academic transcript until delinquent fines and fees have
been paid.
A copy of the rules governing traffic, parking and
registration of vehicles on campus may be obtained from
the Traffic and Parking Department. Each student is urged
to familiarize himself with these regulations upon regis-
tering at the University.







General

STUDENT ACADEMIC REGULATIONS


Student Academic

Regulations

Additional information relative to graduation, social
activities, failure in studies, conduct, etc., may be found in
the Student Handbook and the sections of the catalog
containing regulations of the separate colleges and schools.
Each student should become familiar with rules and
regulations of the University.


READMISSIONS
APPLICATION FOR READMISSION
The information contained in this section applies only to
students who have previously been admitted at any level to
the University of Florida. Requirements for admission for a
student seeking to enroll in the University of Florida for the
first time will be found in the Admissions section of this
catalog. Please consult the INDEX for page numbers.
How to Apply for Readmission: An applicant should
address a request to the Office of the Registrar for
application forms. Forms and directions vary with the level
of readmission. The applicant should indicate in the request
the college and the level of last enrollment at the University
of Florida as well as the college and level for which he or she
wishes to apply. Applications must be received in the Office
of the Registrar by the deadline date for the term, as
published in the University Calendar.
READMISSION OF STUDENTS
1. Satisfactory academic record.
a. An applicant must be eligible to return to the
University of Florida on the basis of one's previous
academic record at this institution. If the applicant
has attended any college or university subsequent to
enrollment at the University of Florida, he or she
must also have an average of "C" or higher (as
computed by the University of Florida) on all work
attempted at each institution. The applicant must also
be in good standing and eligible to return to each
institution previously attended.
b. An applicant for readmission must meet the
admission requirements of the college or school he
or she expects to enter. (Consult the appropriate
college section of the catalog for specific admission
requirements.)
2. Satisfactory conduct record
a. An applicant must present a satisfactory record of
conduct. Regardless of other qualifications, an
applicant who has experienced major or continuing
difficulties with school or other authorities since the
last enrollment at the University of Florida may find
his or her application for readmission disapproved.
3. Submission of Request
a. An applicant for readmission should indicate the
name under which he or she was registered when last
enrolled and the social security number.

Credits
The word credit as used in this catalog refers to one
quarter hour.


DEGREES AND GRADUATION
The Board of Regents will confer the degree appropriate
to the course pursued under the following conditions:
1. Curriculum requirements: Certification by the Dean of


the college concerned that all requirements of the course
of study as outlined in the college announcement, or its
equivalent, as determined by the faculty of the college
offering the course, have been completed.
2. Recommendation of the faculty of the college awarding
the degree.
3. Residence requirements: (a) The minimum residence
requirement for the baccalaureate degree is three quarters.
(b) Students are required to complete the last forty-five
credits applied toward the baccalaureate degree during
regular residence in the college from which the student is
to be graduated. Exception to this regulation may be made
only upon written petition approved by the faculty of the
college concerned, but in no case may the amount of
extension work permitted exceed more than eighteen of the
last fifty-four credits required for a baccalaureate degree. (c)
For residence requirements for degrees in the College of
Law, Medicine, or Dentistry, see the catalog of each college.
(d) For residence requirements of the various graduate
degrees, see the Graduate School Catalog.
4. Physical Education Requirements: Each student who
enters as a Freshman or Sophomore must complete three
quarters of Physical Education.
5. Average Required: In order to secure a degree, a student
must have a "C" average or better in all credits required
toward that degree.
6. Two Degrees: Two degrees of the same rank, e.g., B.A.
and B.S. may be conferred upon the same individual
provided that the second degree represents at least forty-
five credits of additional work, with the necessary
qualitative and residence requirements.
7. Continous Attendance: When a student's attendance is
continuous, graduation according to the curriculum under
which he or she entered is permitted, provided the courses
required are offered by the University. If some or all of the
required courses are no longer offered, the faculty of the
college concerned will make such adjustments for the
individual students are are appropriate for the curriculum
involved. As long as a student attends the University as
much as one quarter during any calendar year, his or her
residence is continuous.
8. Application For Degree: Students expecting to graduate
must file an application for the degree in the Registrar's
Office on or before the date indicated in the current
University Calendar of the catalog. Students must apply in
the quarter in which they expect to graduate, regardless of
previous applications in previous quarters.
9. Time Limit: To receive a degree a candidate must have
completed: (a) all residence work required for graduation
at least 24 hours prior to the scheduled meeting of the
College Faculty voting on the candidates for degrees; (b) all
extension work at least two weeks prior to the scheduled
meeting of the College Faculty voting on the candidates for
degrees.
10. Time-Shortened Degree Opportunities: A variety of
programs is offered by the University of Florida which may
enable students to shorten the length of the time necessary
for them to complete their degree requirements. These
opportunities include several credit by examination pro-
grams, and other options. For specific information, refer to
the section listed in the table of contents entitled "Time
Shortened Degree Opportunities." Also refer to the college
descriptions for additional information.
11. Extension Work Permitted: (Note: Extension work as
used below refers to both extension classes and correspon-
dence study.)
a. Students may take a maximum of eighteen credits of
extension work during any academic year.
b. Students may not take more than twelve credits of
extension work during a quarter.
c. The amount of extension work which a student may


1 I










STUDENT ACADEMIC REGULATIONS


apply toward degree requirements may not exceed
one-fourth of the amount required for the degree. For
additional or unique restrictions on extension work
allowed toward a degree, students should refer to the
appropriate section of this catalog or consult with the
dean of the college concerned.
d. Students may not take, by extension work, more than
eighteen of the last fifty-four credits necessary for a
baccalaureate degree.
e. Simultaneous registration in on-campus and ex-
tension work is permitted provided that approval has
been obtained from the dean of the college in which
the student is registered.
12. Registration of Graduate Students: A student must be
registered in the University for the term in which the
candidate's final examination is given and at the time he or
she receives a degree.
13. Repeat Course Work: Credit will not be allowed on
repeated course work if the course that is repeated contains
essentially the same course content as it did when the
student initially enrolled for the course. However, the grade
points can be forgiven under the forgiveness policy, which
is explained under Averages in this section.
14. Pending Charge of Honor Code or Code of Student
Conduct Violation: No degree will be conferred upon a
student against whom there is pending an unresolved
charge of either Honor Code or Code of Student Conduct
violation where the penalty for such violation would likely
be:
a. Penalty Hours
b. Suspension
c. Expulsion
d. Failing Grade
e. Any combination of the above until such time as the
charge is resolved and degree requirements are met.


MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM LOAD
Some colleges have maximum load which is stated in the
catalog. In the absence of such a statement, the general
University regulation applies. This regulation allows a
maximum load of 15 credits for a student who earned an
average below a "C" the preceding quarter of attendance.
The minimum load for all students is 12 hours.
Simultaneous enrollment in correspondence courses,
extension work at another college or university is counted
in computing the maximum, but not the minimum load.
At the time of registration, a student, upon the approval of
his or her dean, may register for less than the minimum or
more than the maximum load. After the regular registration
period has closed, no student attending under the above
conditions will be permitted to drop below the minimum
load unless the student successfully petitions the college in
which he or she is enrolled. The minimum load for fulltime
benefits from the VA or Social Security is 12 hours per
quarter.


DUAL ENROLLMENT
1. Definition: Dual Enrollment, as used in this regu-
lation, refers to a student taking on-campus courses
simultaneously at BOTH the University of Florida and
another institution.
2. Dual Enrollment will be permitted ONLY under the
following conditions:
a. Approval in writing for the dual enrollment must
have been secured by the student from the
appropriate official at EACH institution. A copy of
such approval must be furnished at the time of


registration to the registrar at the University of
Florida.
b. A student will not be permitted to register at
the University of Florida for a course which is a
part of the curriculum at the student's parent
institution. This requirement also applies if courses
are available at the parent institution which might
be evaluated as equivalent or acceptable sub-
stitutes for the University of Florida course. The
converse of these statements also applies to
University of Florida students registering for
courses at another institution.
c. Priority in assignment to classes at the Univer-
sity of Florida will be given to regularly enrolled
students.
d. A student taking courses at the University of
Florida will be required to register and attend
classes under the University of Florida calendar.
e. The student will pay appropriate fees at the
University of Florida based on the number of
credit hours for which he or she is registered at
this institution.
It is the student's responsibility to insure that an official
transcript of work completed under a dual registration is
forwarded to the parent institution. Certification to selective
service, social security and veterans administration pro-
grams is also the responsibility of the individual student
who must request each individual institution to furnish
records as might be necessary.



NON-DEGREE REGISTRATION
Anyone interested in registering for a course at the
University of Florida as a non-degree student may register
with a non-degree status. Registration will be on a space
available basis. Procedures for registering are available from
the Registrar's Office.



GRADES
Results of student's work are recorded in the Registrar's
Office as follows:
1. Undergraduate Students: Passing grades are A, B, C,
D, in order of excellence, and S-Satisfactory. Failing
grades are E Failure, I Incomplete, U -
Unsatisfactory, X Absent from examination, EW -
Dropped for nonattendance or unsatisfactory work, and
WF Withdrew failing.
Grades of I and X are considered as failing grades.
They must be changed to passing grades in accordance
with the dates set in the University Calendar, or be
counted as grades of E in considering a student's record
for graduation or in calculating averages.
In special situations where it is not possible to assign
regular grades at the end of the term, a deferred grade
may be assigned. The symbol for a deferred grade is a
grade of H. This grade may be assigned only in special
cases, such as modular course, confined to infirmary,
and similar circumstances. A grade of H will not be
computed in a student's grade point average.
2. Graduate students: Passing grades for graduate
students are A, B, C and S. Grades of "C" in courses
below 500-level are acceptable for credit toward
graduate degrees only if the total program meets the B-
average requirement. C grades in 500-level courses and
above count toward a graduate degree only if an equal
number of credit hours in courses numbered 500 or
above have been earned with a grade of A.








General

STUDENT ACADEMIC REGULATIONS


SATISFACTORY-UNSATISFACTORY GRADE OPTION
It is the University's desire to allow students to receive as
broad an education as possible. Therefore, students are
encouraged to take courses in disciplines in which they may
not have the proper background. They may take such
course work as electives and receive a grade of S -
satisfactory of U Unsatisfactory. These grades become a
part of a student's record, but do not count in the grade
point average. To be eligible to enroll under the S-U option,
a student must 1) be in good standing-may not be on any
type of probation, or warning, 2) be classified as an
undergraduate student, and 3) have approval from proper
university officials.
Only one course will ordinarily be approved in any one
quarter. Approvals for exception to this policy must be
obtained from the dean of the college in which the student
is registered. Standard exception Required Physical
Education courses may be taken under the S-U option even
when the option has been elected in another course.
The deadline for electing the S-U option is the last dayfor
dropping a course as published irrhe calendar. In addition,
students who elect the S-U option may request that their
instructors assign a standard grade. The deadline for
requests is the last day for dropping a course.


AVERAGES
1. Definitions: The term "average," as used in any
university regulations concerning probation or sus-
pension, always refers to the average on work
attempted at the University of Florida. Grades re-
ceived at other institutions are not averaged with
grades received at the University of Florida for the
purpose of meeting any University average require-
ment. Most honorary societies take into consideration
the quality of the work done at other institutions in
meeting any average requirements they may have.
2. How computed: Averages are determined by
computing the ratio of grade points to quarter hours
recorded as attempted. Grade points are established
by equating each quarter hour as follows: A with 4.0,
B with 3.0, C with 2.0, D with 1.0, and E, WF, EW, I,
and X with 0.0. In computing averages, a course
repeated is counted as many times as grades for it are
recorded, unless forgiven under the forgiveness poli-
cy as explained in item 4. Hours for grades of S and U
are not computed in the grade point average.
3. Grade Point Averages: Students' grade point aver-
ages will be based on their overall work at the
University of Florida. That is, when students are
admitted to the University of Florida their grade point
averages begin and their academic averages will be
based upon work taken at the University of Florida.
While work transferred from other institutions toward
a degree program at the University of Florida will
count in total hours earned, such hours will not be a
part of the University of Florida grade point average.
4. Forgiveness Policy: Any student while registered as
a Freshman or Sophomore at the University of Florida
may repeat any course in which he or she made a
grade of "D" or "E" with the privilege of having the
repeated grade used in the calculation of grade point
average; this privilege will be limited to a maximum
total of ten (10) quarter credit hours. The record of
both attempts will remain on the official transcript,
but only the attempt resulting in the higher grade will
be used to satisfy graduation requirements and in the
calculation of grade point averages. Any student while
registered as a junior or Senior will be given the same
privilege outlined above. However, the privilege will
be limited to a maximum total of five (5) quarter
credit hours.


PROBATION, SUSPENSION, AND
EXCLUSION FOR
ACADEMIC REASONS
The University of Florida is responsible for providing the
best possible education in an economical and efficient
manner. In order to discharge this responsibility, the
University expects and requires reasonable academic
progress from its students. Cotinuation of students who
have demonstrated a lack of the necessary ability,
preparation, industry, or maturity to benefit reasonably
from a program of university study is inconsistent with the
University's responsibility as a tax supported institution.
The University of Florida Senate has enacted regulations
covering probation, suspension, and exclusion. These
regulations are directed toward enforcing the academic
standards of the University. The academic standards of the
University require both the maintenance of grade point
averages consistent with a reasonable chance of satisfactory
completion of the University programs and reasonable
conformance to the catalog description of the program of
study in which the student is engaged. Any college of the
University may specify additional academic standards and
students are responsible for observing the regulations
pertaining to such standards.


PROBATION BECAUSE OF
UNSATISFACTORY
ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
The purpose of academic probation is to recognize
formally the fact that a student is not making satisfactory
progress.
The conditions of academic probation are intended to: (1)
relate to quality of achievement below standards required
to ultimately graduate; (2) recognize unsatisfactory work at
an early date; (3) be sufficiently significant to make clear to
the student, and the administration, the shortcomings of
the student's performance; (4) provide occasion for
counseling; (5) give students whose ultimate success is
doubtful further opportunity to demonstrate adequate
performance.
All undergraduate students:
A student with less than a 2.0 grade point average overall
for University of Florida work shall be placed on scholarship
warning if he or she has a grade point deficit which is less
than ten.
A student with less than a 2.0 grade point average overall
for University of Florida work shall be placed on scholarship
probation if he or she has a grade point deficit of ten or
more, but less than twenty.
Any student who is eligible to return to the University
after a suspension because of academic reasons will be
placed on final scholarship probation for his or her next
quarter.
In addition to University probation, students may be
placed on probation by the colleges in which they are
registered if they do not maintain normal academic progress
in the program of study in which they are engaged.


CONTINUATION OF PROBATION
All Undergraduate Students:
A student's scholarship warning shall be continued as
long as he or she has a grade point deficit of less than ten.
A student's scholarship probation shall be continued as
long as he or she has a grade point deficit of ten but less than
twenty. If the grade point deficit places him or her in


I -









STUDENT ACADEMIC REGULATIONS


another probation category, the student shall be subject to
the provisions of that category.


REMOVAL OF PROBATION
All Undergraduate Students:
Scholarship probation or scholarship warning will be
removed when a student's grade point deficit has been
reduced to zero.
Removal of college probation:
A student will be removed from college probation when
it is deemed by his or her college that the student is making
satisfactory academic progress in the program of study in
which he or she is engaged.


SUSPENSION
The purpose of suspension from the University for
academic reasons is to remove from the University
community those students who would not ultimately meet
requirements for graduation if they continued at their
current level of progress.
The conditions of academic suspensions are intended to
(1) select students whose performance indicates that they
will not fulfill the requirements for graduation; (2)
encourage students to leave the University as soon as a high
probability of failure is evident.
All undergraduate students:
Students with a grade point deficit of twenty or more in
their University of Florida work shall be suspended from the
University for one quarter.
A student re-enrolling after a one quarter suspension will
be on final scholarship probation. If the grade point deficit
is twenty or more at the end of the quarter the student re-
enrolls, he or she will be suspended without the possibility
of re-registering, except by committee action.


EARNING CREDIT
WHILE SUSPENDED
A student under any kind of suspension at the University
of Florida may not earn credit toward a degree at the
University of Florida by taking work in residence at another
institution or through extension or correspondence
courses.
However, a student who has not yet earned the Associate
of Arts Certificate who subsequently graduates from an
accredited Florida Community College may appeal to the
Petitions Committee for reinstatement. The Petitions
Committee may then, upon the recommendation of the
college in which the student wishes to enter, admit the
student on academic probation to that college or school.
Credits earned by such students while under suspension
from the University of Florida may be transferred in
accordance with other rules and regulations of the
University of Florida.


EXCLUSION
Lower division students:
A University College student who has attempted 125
quarter hours (this includes all work accepted by transfer
and all work attempted at the University of Florida) shall be
ineligible for further registration at the University unless he
or she is admitted to an upper division degree program.
All undergraduate students:
A student may be excluded from a program of study by


the College responsible for the program if the student fails
or refuses to maintain normal academic progress. Such
exclusion does not prohibit the student from enrolling in
other programs or colleges if he or she meets the
requirements.
Graduate students:
Graduate students may be denied further registration in
the University or in their graduate major when their
progress toward completion of their planned graduate
program becomes unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory progress
has been defined by the Graduate Council to include failure
to maintain an accumulative grade average of B in all work
attempted in the Graduate School.


WITHDRAWALS

All undergraduate students:
It is the responsibility of each student to make every effort
to complete the full quarter at the University. If any student
withdraws after the date published in the catalog, he or she
shall be assigned grades of WF (withdrew failing) in all
courses, and will be subject to the suspension and exclusion
regulations.
A student on scholarship probation who withdraws from
the University prior to the final date published in the catalog
will be continued on scholarship probation for the next
quarter.


ABSENCES OR
UNSATISFACTORY WORK
Absences count from the first meeting of the class rather
than from the date the student first registers for a class.
Students Classified 1 (Freshman)
1. If any student accumulates absences or fails to do
class work to the extent that, in the opinion of the
instructor, further enrollment appears to be of insuffi-
cient value for him or her to continue or detrimental to
the best interests of the class, it shall be the
responsibility of the instructor to warn such student in
writing that further absences or poorworkwill cause him
or her to be dropped from the class with a failing grade.
When possible, this warning should be delivered
personally; in addition to this procedure, a notification
should be given to the Office of the Registrar for mailing
to the proper address. All such warnings should be
reported immediately to the department chairman.
Should any subsequent absences or failure to do
classwork occur, the student shall be dropped from the
class with a failing grade. The instructor should initiate
this procedure by giving the Registrar written notice.
If the instructor is using a system whereby a given
number of absences is allowed, the instructor is
authorized to give double "cuts" for any absence
incurred during the last class meeting before an official
university holiday and the first class meeting following
an official University holiday. For example, if a student
cuts the last class before Homecoming holiday, the
instructor would be authorized to count the student
absent twice.
If the instructor does not use such a system, he or she
is, after warning the class, either at the beginning of the
course or several periods in advance of the forthcoming
holiday, authorized to drop the offending students) at
once. When a student is dropped after a class warning,
the notice to the Registrar must so state.

2. NINE-DAY RULE: No student shall absent himself
from the University for more than nine scholastic days







General

STUDENT ACADEMIC REGULATIONS


per quarter in order to participate in athletic or in
extracurricular activities. (A scholastic day is any day on
which regular class work is scheduled.)
The nine-day rule applies to individual members of
the group rather than to the group as a whole.
Consequently, a schedule of more than nine days for
any group should be rotated so that no student is
absent from the campus for more than nine scholastic
days.
A student who has been warned for absences or
unsatisfactory work in any class should not incur
additional absences in that course, even though he or
she has not been absent from the University for nine
scholastic days. It is the responsibility of the student to
see that his or her class work and attendance are
satisfactory.
Students classified other than 1 (Non-Freshmen):
Attendance in class is optional with students after
successful completion of the Freshman year (45 quarter
hours credit). Nevertheless, students themselves remain
fully responsible for satisfying the entire range of academic
objectives as they are defined by the instructor in any
course.
Post Baccalaureate Students:
The probation, suspension, and exclusion regulations
that apply to undergraduate students also apply to post-
baccalaureate students.


CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
Students will be classified by the Registrar each quarter as
follows:
0. Special transient or other non-degree students who
have been permitted to register at the University of
Florida will be classified as 0.
1. A student with less than 45 hours credit will be
classified as 1.
2. A student who has earned 45 quarter hours or more,
but less than 90, will be classified as 2.
3. A student who has earned 90 quarter hours or more,
but less than 135, will be classified as 3.
4. A student who has earned 135 quarter hours or more
will be classified as 4.


5. A student who is a candidate for degree in program
which normally requires 15 quarters and has earned 180
quarter hours or more will be classified as 5.
6. Post-Baccalaureate students: Degree-holding stu-
dents who have been admitted to post-baccalaureate
status will be classified as 6.
7. A graduate student who is seeking a Master's degree
will be classified as 7.
8. A graduate student who is seeking a degree beyond
the Master's degree, but has not been admitted to
doctoral candidacy, will be classified as 8.
9. A graduate student who has been admitted to doctoral
candidacy will be classified as 9.


PETITIONS AND APPEALS
In case the operation of a student academic regulation
appears to result in an undue hardship on an individual
student, he or she may petition for waiver of the regulation.
When petitions pertain to requests for change of
schedule after the date authorized for change, exceptions
to minimum-maximum load regulation, or permission to
drop a course without a failing grade after the drop date,
such petitions should be presented to the School or College
in which the student is enrolled. Petitions approved by the
School or College must be reported to the Registrar's Office
before the action becomes official.
All other petitions should be presented to the Registrar
who will refer them to the University Senate Committee on
Student Petitions. No petition for readmission may be filed
after regular registration has started for the quarter.
The student seeking waiver of regulation through petition
must remember that no committee on petitions can direct
an instructorto reinstate a student dropped from a course for
absence or unsatisfactory work, nor can the Senate
Committee require any college or school to grant a degree
by waiving any of these regulations.


ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
All actions taken under these regulations shall be
reflected by appropriate notations on the student's record.






General

TIME SHORTENED DEGREE OPPORTUNITIES


Time Shortened

Degree Opportunities

The University of Florida provides numerous op-
portunities by which students may accelerate their
academic careers and reduce the overall length of time
spent in completing degree requirements. These op-
portunities are explained below:
1. Early Admission: The Early Admission program allows
superior students to be admitted to the University
following completion of the junior year in high school.
Applications are encouraged and will be considered on
an individual basis by the Admissions Committee. For
additional information, refer to the Admissions section
of the catalog.
2. Dual Enrollment: Dual Enrollment refers to a student
taking on-campus courses simultaneously at both the
University of Florida and another institution. For
example, a high school student could register at the
University as a non-degree student. The credits earned
prior to high school graduation could then be accepted
for advanced standing placement and degree-credit
when the student is admitted to the University. For more
information, high school students may refer to the
description of non-degree registration within the
Student Academic Regulations sections.
University of Florida students may also earn additional
credit through the dual enrollment program. For more
information, refer to the discussion of dual enrollment
within the Student Academic Regulations section.
3. Increased Course Load: Capable students who
register for more than the normal 15 hours per quarter
may complete the traditional four-year span within three
years.
4. Year-Round Attendance: Students attending the
University every quarter, including Summer sessions,
may advance their graduation date by as much as three
quarters.
5. Credit by Examination: A student may participate in a
variety of credit by examination programs in order to
earn credit toward a degree awarded by the University of
Florida. A maximum of 45 credits may be awarded
through any combination of the Florida Twelfth Grade
Testing Program and the College Level Examination
Program General Examinations. Credit received from
one examination program may not be duplicated by
another. The various credit by examination programs are
explained below:
Twelfth Grade Testing Honors Program: Any student who
earns a total score of 475 or above on the Florida Twelfth
Grade Testing Program may be awarded as many as 36
quarter hours of college credit at the University of Florida
according to the following guidelines.* .


Florida Twelfth
Grade Testing
Program
English
Social Sciences
Mathematics
Natural Sciences


University of
Florida Course
Designation
CEH 101
SSC 101
CMS 101
CBS 101 &CPS101


Maximum
Minimum Score Quarter
Required for Hours
Credit Credit
97th Percentile 9
97th Percentile 9
97th Percentile 9
97th Percentile 9


All eligible students will also be invited to participate in
the special honors courses designed by the University
College.
Advanced Placement Program: This credit by examination
opportunity is sponsored by the College Entrance Examina-
tion Board. Under this program, a student entering the
University offers a nationally graded examination as
evidence of completion of a college level course taken in
high school. If the results of the examination meet the


minimum requirements listed below, the student may
receive University credit for courses covering similar
material.


Advanced
Placement
Examination
American History
European History
Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Languages
English
Classics


University of
Florida Course
Designation
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable
Variable


Maximum
Minimum Score Quarter
Required for Hours
Credit Credit
3, 4, or 5 5 or 10**
3, 4, or 5 4 or 8**
3, 4, or5 5, 10, or 15*
3, 4, or 5 3, 6, or 9**
3, 4, or 5 4
3, 4, or 5 5
3,4, or5 5, 10, or 15**
3, 4, or 5 3, 6, or 9"
3, 4, or 5 4


College Level Examination Program (CLEP): The College
Level Examination Program is another type of credit by
examination opportunity sponsored by the College En-
trance Examination Board. By presenting appropriate
scores, students may receive as many as 45 hours credit
toward completion of general education requirement. Their
scores on the CLEP general examinations must meet the
minimums established by the State University System. CLEP
testing is periodically available on the campus and is
administered by the Office of Instructional Resources.
In accord with the Articulation Agreement (agreement
between public junior colleges and public state universities
on the acceptance of credit by transfer), the University of
Florida awards credit for CLEP scores at the 50th percentile
based on national men-women Sophomore norms. We are
indicating below the guideline for the awarding of credit.


CLEP University of
General Florida Course
Examination Designation
English CEH 101
Social Sciences SSC 101
Biology CBS 101
Physical Sciences CPS 101
Humanities HUM 101
Mathematics CMS 101


Minimum Score
Required For
Credit
Scale Score 494
Scale Score 488
Sub Score 50
Sub Score 49
Scale Score 489
Scale Score 497


Maximum
Quarter
Hours
Credit
9
9
4.5
4.5
9
9


Additional credit may be awarded for satisfactory scores
on the CLEP subject area examinations.
Departmental Examinations: A student may also receive
credit through the challenge of departmental course
examinations. For specific information, contact the depart-
ments or colleges.








*This program was begun on an experimental basis in
September, 1974, and must receive approval of the Board of
Regents to continue in September, 1975. Credit granted for
Florida Twelfth Grade Testing Program scores may not
necessarily be transferred to other institutions.
The program is being evaluated by the Board of Regents at
the time this catalog must go to press and, while we hope
that it will be continued, we cannot assure students that it
will be. In the event Board of Regents approval to continue
this program has not been received by April, 1975, we
recommend that students who would have qualified for the
Florida Twelfth Grade Testing Program complete the
general examinations of the College Level Examination
Program.

**The amount of credit awarded is determined by the test
score.























N


-M.


! .7









The Lower Division
University College


THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
BEHAVIORAL STUDIES
FUNDAMENTAL MATHEMATICS
THE HUMANITIES
THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES


111









The Lower Division
University College


THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
BEHAVIORAL STUDIES
FUNDAMENTAL MATHEMATICS
THE HUMANITIES
THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES


111







Colleges


University College

The University College offers programs in general
education and assists its students in selecting their major
prior to admission to the college from which they will obtain
their bachelor's degree. It awards an Associate of Arts
certificate to those who have successfully completed 96
credits of academic work, including the general education
course work required in their major.


ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT

Initial registration as a University College Freshman for
each Fall class is conducted during the preceding Summer
months. Students and their parents have an opportunity to
attend one of several two-day programs. Notices concern-
ing this are mailed in the late Spring to those students who
have been admitted by the University Admissions Office. At
these Summer Registration Programs, students and parents
attend sessions relating to career choice, student activities,
helping services and course selection. Each student meets
with a University College academic adviser who assists in
selecting courses to take in the Fall.
Those fall students who cannot attend a Summer
Registration Program confer with academic advisers as a
part of the registration period held in the week prior to the
beginning of classes in the Fall. Students entering college
in the Winter, Spring or Summer quarters also have
advisement conferences as a part of the registration period
prior to classes.
In the latter part of each quarter, students register for
their next quarter. Again academic advisers are available to
discuss course selection. It is expected that students shall
accept responsibility for fulfillingcurricular requirements as
stated in the catalog and students who are making
successful progress are not required to see an adviser when
registering. Students who are changing majors or who are
not maintaining a "C" average should talk to an adviser
about course selection.
In the first few days of each quarter (see deadlines in
calendar printed on early pages of this catalog) students
should review their course selection and add or drop
courses if needed to make a reasonable load for the quarter
in view of past grades and current goals. If, during the
quarter, a student feels he must drop a course because of
illness or other emergency he will find academic advisers in
the University College office available for discussion of the
problem. Advisers are also available to help the student
define any other academic problem and find corrective
measures.


COUNSELING AND
RELATED SERVICES

In addition to assistance from academic advisers,
University College students may find that one or more of the
following offices can be of assistance in solving personal
problems, career selection problems or problems relating
to deficiencies in academic skills. The Student Affairs section
of this catalog describes their specific services.
1. Reading and Study Skills Center
2. Speech and Hearing Center
3. Student Health Service
4. University Career Planning & Placement Center
In addition, the University Vocational and Psychological
Counseling Center provides professional psychological
services to students. These include vocational guidance,
career information, assistance with academic problems,


specialized testing, marriage counseling and personal
counseling. Any student may apply in person for such
services as he deems necessary. No charge is made. The
Counseling Center offers consultative services to University
faculty and staff who are engaged in counseling students.
Close relationships are maintained with deans, University
College advisers, housing personnel, the Student Health
Service, and religious centers, for the purpose of expediting
both counseling and consultative services.


METHODS OF
COLLEGE ACCELERATION

Details concerning acceleration are provided in the part
of the catalog entitled "TIME SHORTENED DEGREE
OPPORTUNITIES".
Students who obtain credit via CLEP, Advanced Place-
ment or the Twelfth Grade Testing Program are expected to
do so before starting college or, at the latest, prior to the
end of their first term at the university. Students who obtain
general education credit by examination may take further
work in the areas covered, using it for elective credit. Some
credit by examination may not serve to accelerate a
student's program because the specific course require-
ments of his major are not satisfied by general subject
matter credit.
A student may choose to attend four academic quarters
each year. This would enable him to accomplish the work
of four academic years in three calendar years. Students
may take such Summer work at their local junior college
prior to completion of 96 credits. After completion of 96
credits only work taken at accredited colleges or univer-
sities (not junior colleges) is accepted as transfer credit.
Students are urged to discuss any such plans with a
University College academic adviser prior to enrolling in
courses at another school.
Unusually able students may choose to accelerate by
carrying heavier than average course loads rather than
applying themselves more deeply to normal loads. In some
majors such a student might trim one to two quarters off of
the time required for his degree; however, at considerable
risk to the depth and quality of his education.


SPECIAL COLLEGE PROGRAMS

1. THE SPECIAL SERVICES PROGRAM
This program is designed to give educationally disadvan-
taged students who qualify for admission by evidence of
strong motivation and ability, assistance in developing
those academic skills needed for successful progress in the
University of Florida. The program consists of special
assistance in reading and study skills, structured study
experience via the Personalized Learning Center and
tutoring. In addition efforts are made to obtain some
financial assistance in the form of jobs, loans or scholarships
for students engaged in the program. Admission to the
Special Services Program is selective and only a limited
number of students can be engaged.
2. THE COLLEGE HONORS PROGRAM
This program is limited to students from each entering
class who are issued special invitations to participate. These
students become members of small tutorial classes. The
small size of the classes and the high quality of the students
make possible deep penetration into course materials and
encourage independent work. The students develop their
critical faculties through extensive reading, work on
research papers, and oral performance in class.
The Associate of Arts with Honors is given to students in
the College Honors Program who qualify for the certificate









UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


and who complete at least 27 quarter hours in the program
and have an overall 3.0 average. The Associate of Arts with
High Honors is given to students in the Program if they
complete at least 36 quarter hours in the Program and have
an overall 3.0 average.
3. THE FLORIDA SCHOLARS PROGRAM
Upon Early Admission to the University after completing
eleventh grade, a selected group of gifted and unusual
students may pursue individually designed programs of
study leading to a bachelor's degree from the College of
Arts and Sciences. For details, consult this catalog under
heading ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN.


GENERAL EDUCATION AND THE
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS CERTIFICATE
The University College has primary responsibility for
the administration of the general education program of
the University. To this end its departments provide
general education courses and the college awards the
Associate of Arts Certificate of the University. All gradu-
ates of the university are expected to complete the
general education program specified for their major and
receive the Associate of Arts Certificate prior to gradu-
ation. University college students may transfer to the
college of their major when that college approves. All
general education requirements will be met prior to
graduation from that college. Applications to change
college are obtained from the Registrar. Students who
maintain a 2.0 average may, barring suspension, remain
in the University College beyond 96 credits to complete
requirements for admission to the college of their major
but are expected to enter upper division no later than
125 credits.
In planning each quarter's program the student should
obtain some balance of general and special education, of
science and non-science. The undecided student should
be careful to make progress in his general education
while trying out courses in specific majors. Typically a
student completes the greater part of his general educa-
tion in the first two years while also taking the pre-
professional courses specified for his major.
The Associate of Arts Certificate will be awarded upon
completion.
1. 9 credits including authorized credits in general
education as indicated for the student's major.
2. An overall C average.
Application forms for the Associate of Arts Certificate
are available from the Registrar and should be returned
to him.


AUTHORIZED COURSES FOR
GENERAL EDUCATION

The following courses have been approved by the
University College for use in satisfying general education
requirements. In selecting from among these authorized
courses, the student should keep in mind that the general
education part of his university program should serve to
increase his fund of knowledge outside his major and
should broaden his intellectual horizons. He must not,
therefore, select courses in only one discipline nor use
courses within the scope of his major to satisfy general
education requirements. Only in strongly sequential and
crowded majors such as mathematics and science is it
permissible to use courses in the major for both purposes.
In selecting his courses the student should study course
descriptions in the back of the catalog, since course titles
alone give insufficient information. Stated prerequisites


must be adhered to. A student who wishes to use a course
not listed below for satisfaction of general education
requirements must have it authorized by a University
College academic adviser. University College academic
advisers are authorized to approve courses in addition to
those listed in satisfaction of general education require-
ments when reasonable. They routinely do so in the case of
courses transferred from junior colleges and other
universities.

MATHEMATICS (Minimum Credits Required)................ 4
CMS 101 Elementary College Mathematics (CLEP)
CMS 111 Fundamental Mathematics
CMS 151 Fundamental Mathematics: Special Topics
CMS 191 Fundamental Mathematics: College Honors
Any Mathematics (MS) course
Any Statistics (STA) course

ENGLISH (Minimum Credits Required........................ 9
CEH Elementary English (CLEP)
Students are expected to begin their course work in
English with EH 111 and follow this with two other EH
courses. EH 121, 122, 123 are particularly designed for
freshmen, but courses numbered 200 and above are open
to them. Students should see their English instructors or an
advisor for suggestions of appropriate courses.

SOCIAL SCIENCES (Minimum Credits Required)............ 9
SSC 101 Elementary Social Sciences (CLEP)
The following SSC courses have been specifically
designed as interdisciplinary courses to fulfill general
education requirements. They may also be used as
electives.
SSC 211 American Institutions: Culture and the
Socializing Institutions
SSC 221 American Institutions: The Emergence of the
Economic and Political Institutions
SSC 222 American Institutions: The Economic and
Political Institutions of Urban America
SSC 223 American Institutions: Economic and Political
Institutions from Minority Group Perspectives
SSC 231 American Institutions: America's Role in World
Affairs
SSC 232 -American Institutions in World Perspective
SSC 251 Seminar in American Institutions
SSC 281 -Asia and its Peoples
SSC 291,292,293 -American Institutions: College Honors
SSC 352- American Institutions: Special Topics
SSC 353- American Institutions: Special Topics
One or more of the following courses, while not
originally designed for general education, may also be
used provided the student does not take more than one
course from each field.
Instead of SSC211 American Institutions:
APY 200 Cultural Anthropology
APY 202 Anthropology and Modern Life
SY 201 Principles of Sociology
Instead of SSC221,222, 223 American Institutions:
ES 203 Basic Economics
ES 211 Economic History of the United States
HY 245 United States to 1877
HY 246 United States since 1877
PCL 201 American Federal Government
PCL 220 American State and Local Government
Instead of SSC231, 232 American Institutions:
GPY 200 Geography of World Economies
GPY 201 Geography of World Societies
HY 202 European Civilization since 1815
PCL 209 International Relations
PCL 207 Introduction to Comparative Government







Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


BEHAVIORAL STUDIES (Minimum Credits Required)...... 6
The following BES courses are specifically designed to
satisfy general education requirements.
BES 111 Creative and Critical Thinking
BES 121 -Decision Making
BES 151 -Behavioral Studies: Special Topics
BES 191 Behavioral Studies: College Honors
BES 252- Behavioral Studies: Special Topics
BES 252- Human Sexuality and Society
BES 253 Power and Violence
Other courses which may be used are:
PSY 340 Introduction to Humanistic Psychology
SY 230 Marriage and the Family
HUMANITIES (Minimum Credits Required)............... 12
HUM 101 Elementary Humanities (CLEP)
The following HUM courses have been specifically
designed as interdisciplinary courses to fulfill general
education requirements. They may also be used as
electives.
HUM 211 -Western Humanities
HUM 221 -Western Humanities
HUM 231 -Western Humanities
HUM 232- Asian Humanities
HUM 233- African Humanities
HUM 250-The Humanities: Special Topics
HUM 281 Humanities Forum
HUM 291-292-293 -Western Humanities: College Honors
One or more of the following courses, while not originally
designed for general education, may also be used provided
that the student does not take more than one course from
a particular field.
AE 375 Survey of Architectual History
ART 207 Introduction to the Principals of Art
CH 330 Chinese Culture
CS 201 Myths of the Greeks and Romans
CS 202 Greek Life and Letters
CS 203 Religion of the Greeks and Romans
CS 301 Greek Drama
CS 302 Greek and Roman Epic
CS 303 Ancient Novel
CS 304 Women in Classical Antiquity
CS 339 Mediterranean Narrative
*EH 214- Introduction to World Literature: Ancient
EH 215 Introduction to World Literature: Medieval
EH 216 Introduction to World Literature: Modern
HY 200 European Civilization Through the Middle Ages
HY 201 European Civilization From the Middle Ages
HY 202 European Civilization Since 1815
MSC 210 Introduction to Music
PPY 311 History of Ancient Philosophy
RN 251 Introduction to the Study of Religion
RN 330- Introduction to Judaism
SCH 220 -Theatre Appreciation
*A course in this sequence may not be used to satisfy
general education requirements in both Humanities and
English.

PHYSICAL SCIENCES....... (6-9 credits see note below)
CPS 101 Elementary Physical Sciences (CLEP)
The following CPS courses have been specifically
designed as interdisciplinary courses to fulfill general
education requirements. They may also be used as
electives.
CPS 211 Men and Concepts
CPS 216 Fundamentals of Physical Science A
CPS 223 Our Environment
CPS 225 Man's Interactions with the Physical
Environment
CPS 226 Fundamentals of Physical Science B
CPS 231 The Scientific Basis of Technology
CPS 235 Natural Regions


CPS 236 Fundamentals of Physical Science C
CPS 241 Physical Sciences: Energy and Society
CPS 245 Physical Foundations of Environmental Sciences
CPS 251 The Physical Sciences: Special Topics
CPS 264 Laboratory in the Physical Sciences
CPS 291-292-293 The Physical Sciences: College Honors
Students majoring in science normally fulfill their physical
science requirement by taking chemistry (201, 211, 231
sequences) or other professionally oriented science
sequences.
One or more of the following courses, while not originally
designed for general education, may also be used provided
the student does not use more than one course from each
field.
ATY 141 Descriptive Astronomy
CY 101 Chemistry and Society
EGC 303 World of Technology
GY 109 Exploring the Geological Sciences
MTY 150 Introduction to Weather and Climate
PS 120 Elements of Physics
PS 200 Physics for Skeptics

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.. (6-9 Credits See note below)
CBS 101 Elementary Biological Sciences (CLEP)
The following CBS courses are designed for general
education. They may also be used as electives.
CBS 211 The Biological Sciences
CBS 221 The Biological Sciences
CBS 231 The Biological Sciences
CBS 251 The Biological Sciences: Special Topics
CBS 264 Laboratory in Biological Sciences
CBS 291-292-293 The Biological Sciences: College
Honors
The following courses, though more professionally
oriented, satisfy the requirement for certain science majors
and may be used by others.
AG 200 Agriculture in the Environment
APY 302 Physical Anthropology
BTY 181 Introductory Botany
BTY 203 General Botany
BTY 301 Introduction to Ecology (for CBS 221, only)
CHE 300 Technology and Survival
ENE 301 Environmental Quality and Man
FRC 250 The Ecosystem Man Resource Relationships
FS 201 Man's Food
FS 250 Human Nutrition
HRP 331 Basic Anatomy and Physiology (for CBS 231,
only)
MCY 300 Microbiology (for CBS 231, only)
SLS 333 Agriculture and Environmental Quality
ZY 201 Introductory Zoology Laboratory
ZY 202 Principles of Animal Biology
ZY 321 Evolution Today (for CBS 211, only)
NOTE: The science requirements call for a least six credits
in one science and nine credits in the other.




PLANS OF STUDY
BY COLLEGE OF MAJOR
On the following pages, specific general education
requirements are listed for each college and/or major.
Students are expected to follow the program of general
education specified for their particular baccalaureate goal.
In other words the particulars of a student's general
education depend upon his choice of majors and his choice
of courses within the limits set by that major. Associate of
Arts Certificates are awarded on this basis. Preprofessional
courses for the student's first two years are also listed.








UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


AGRICULTURE
Students planning to enter the College of Agriculture
should take, while in the University College, the following
program of study. The sequence in which courses are to be
taken will depend upon the department in which a student
takes his major in the upper division and will be determined
by counselors in the College of Agriculture.
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.......................................................... 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry......................... 5
*BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ............ 4
SSC American Institutions......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ 12
CY 201 Introductory General Chemistry....................... 4
**PS 120 Elements of Physics............................... ..... 6
ZY 201 Introductory Zoological Laboratory.................... 4
Physical Education................................ .............. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
CY 202, 203 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis... 8
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics........ 5
Electives............................ ................. ....... 17-19
A. Prospective majors in Animal Science, Dairy Science,
Food Science, Poultry Science, Plant Pathology, and Pre-
Veterinary Medicine should take courses listed above
plus ZY 202, BTY 203, and CY 204.
B. Prospective majors in Dairy and Poultry Management
may satisfy the Chemistry requirements by completing
CY 201 and 202.
C. Prospective majors in Agricultural Education,
Agronomy, Entomology, Fruit Crops, Mechanized Agri-
culture, Ornamental Horticulture, Soils, and Vegetable
Crops should take the courses listed above plus BTY 181
and 203. Agricultural Education majors should elect EY
301 and SCH 202 in lower division.
D. Prospective majors in Food and Resource Economics
should take the courses listed above but may substitute
MS 301 or 302 for PS 120 and may fulfill Chemistry
requirements by completing CY 201 and 202 or CY 101,
and 102, and in addition should complete the Botany and
Zoology sequence listed above in either A or B.
Suitable electives in Agriculture: FRE 310 or 320, MCA
303 and 306, AY 301, AL 309, ADP 311, EY 301, FRC 220, FS
201, 202, PT 301, SLS 330, PLS 201, OH 331, FC 341, 335,
and others according to prerequisites completed.
*Four or more credits of Mathematics or Statistics above
College requirements may be substituted.
**Any 5 credit General Physics course may be substituted.
Prospective Mechanized Agriculture Students must take PS
211 and 221.


ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS
Students planning to enter the College of Architecture
and Fine Arts should take, while in the University College,
one of the following programs of study. They should consult
the departmental major adviser for specific information
regarding grade point averages, minimum grades required
in certain courses and other information relating to the
Curriculum. Advisers are listed in the catalog under the
section titled, "College of Architecture and Fine Arts."
To be eligible for admission to the College of Architecture
and Fine Arts, the student is required to have at least a 2.0
(c) average in the courses listed in the appropriate
curriculum for the first two years. In addition the student
must earn a 2.0 (c) average in all preprofessional work
included in the first two years of the program. Please refer
to additional information in the section of this catalog titled
"College of Architecture and Fine Arts", under the heading


Requirements for Admission". Music majors may apply to
the College of Architecture and Fine Arts after one quarter
in University College.
For upper division programs see the College of
Architecture and Fine Arts section of the catalog.
A. FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR OF DESIGN (ARCHITEC-
TURE)
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.................................................... 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................. 5
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ........... 6
SSC American Institutions........................... .......... 9
HUM The Humanities................................... ......... .. 12
CPS 223 Physical Sciences: Our Environment.............. 4
PS 201, 202 Applied Physics..................................... 10
CBS Biological Sciences.......................................... 6
Physical Education.................... .................... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
AE 121 Building Arts........................................ 3
AE 112 Basic Drawing................................. ............ 4
AE 113 Architectural Drawing..................................... 4
AE 115 Architectural Communications......................... 4
AE 235 Architectural Design 1.................................... 4
AE 236 Architectural Design 2................................ 4
AE 245 Mat. & Meth. of Constr. 1................................ 4
MS 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus................ 5
B. FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR OF DESIGN (INTERIOR
DESIGN)
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English................................ ........ ............... 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................. 5
BES Behavioral Studies................................. ........... 6
SSC American Institutions......................... ........... 9
HUM The Humanities............................ ......... .. 12
CPS Physical Sciences................................. .......... .. 10
CBS Biological Sciences............................. ............ 6
Physical Education................................ ............ 3
Preprofessional Requirements
AE 121 Building Arts................................... ........... 3
AE 112 Basic Drawing............................... ........... 4
AE 113 Architectural Drawing 1.................................. 4
AE 115 Architectural Communications.................. 4
AE 235 Architectural Design 1................................... 4
AE 236 Architectural Design 2................................... 4
ATG 201 Elementary Accounting............................... 5
Electives................................. ..................... 8
C. FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR OF LANDSCAPE
ARCHITECTURE
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English ............................ ............................ ... 9
SSC American Institutions........................... ........... 6
SY 201 Principles of Sociology................................... 4
HUM The Humanities....................... .......... .. 12
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................. 5
CPS 223 Physical Sciences: Our Environment.............. 4
*PS 201 Applied Physics............................... ............ 5
BTY 181 Introductory Botany 1................................... 5
Physical Education............................. ... .............. 3
*CPS 225 and 235 (both must be taken) may substitute for PS
201
Preprofessional Requirements
Credits
BTY 203 General Botany....................................... 5
MS 201 Anal. Geometry & Calculus.............................. 5
AE 121 Building Arts............................ .................. 3







Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


AE 112 Basic Drawing..................................... ........ 4
AE 113 Architectural Drawing 1.............................. 4
AE 115 Architectural Communications....................... 4
AE 235 Architectural Design 1................................... 4
AE 236 Architectural Design 2................................. 4
AE 245 Materials and Methods of Construction............... 4
LAE 271 Landscape Architecture 1................................. 4
LAE 272 Landscape Architecture 2............................... 4

D. FOR THE DEGREE IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English................ ........................................... 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................... 5
SSC American Institutions......................... ...... 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............. 12
PS 201, 202 Applied Physics................................. 10
CBS Biological Sciences.................................... 6
Physical Education........................................ .... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
BCN 101 Construction Materials.................................. 4
MS 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus..................... 5
GY 220 Engineering Geology..................................... 4
AE 113 Architectural Drawing...................................... 4
BES 259 Cybernetics and Society.................................. 5
ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting..................... 5
EH 303 Business Communications............................... 4
BCN 201 Construction Mechanics 1............................ 5
Electives................................ ............................ 4
E. FOR THE DEGREES IN ART (ADVERTISING DESIGN,
ART EDUCATION, CRAFTS, FINE ARTS, HISTORY OF ART)
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English............................... .................. ........ 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................... 4
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. .............. 6
SSC American Institutions......................... ...... 9
HUM The Humanities..................................... 12
CPS Physical Sciences........................ ............. 7
CBS Biological Sciences.......................... .... 9
Physical Education................................................ 3
Preprofessional Requirements
ART 101, 102 Beginning Design 1 and 2........................ 6
ART 103,104 Beginning Drawing 1 and 2....................... 6
ART 205 Intermediate Design...................................... 3
ART 206 Int. Drawing and Painting................... ........ 3
ART 207, 208,209 Intro. to History of ART1, 2 and 3.......... 9
Electives................................. ......................... 10
NOTE: Students intending to major in art education are
urged to become familiar with the requirements as listed
under the College of Education dealing with admission to
the Advanced Professional Sequence.
F. FOR ALL MUSIC MAJORS PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE
OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS: BACHELOR OF
MUSIC AND BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION
DEGREES.
NOTE: Music majors must be admitted to the music major
program by the Department of Music. Prospective majors
should see the Department of Music Chairman as early as
possible in their college careers.
General Education Requirements
Credits
SSC Social Science................................................. 9
EH English............................. ..................... 9
BES Behavioral Studies............................. .... 6
HUM The Humanities............................................. 12
Bachelor of Music
Of the 8 courses: CMS 211, CPS 211, 223, 231; CBS 211,
221, 231; PS 485; the student must elect 3 courses, normally


in the Junior year. The student may elect these courses in
the Sophomore year, and take CHN 251, 252, 253 in the
junior year.
Bachelor of Music Education
Of the 7 courses: CPS 211, 223, 231; CBS 211, 221, 231; PS
485; the student must earn a minimum of 15 credits which
include credits in both CPS and CBS. A minimum of one
course in Mathematics is required, and may be taken in
either the junior or Senior year.
Physical Education.............................. .................. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
Freshman Year
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Music: Principal
Instrum ent or Voice...................................... ...... 9
Ensemble: Band, Chorus, or Orchestra........................ 3
MSC 71, 72, 73, Piano Skills............................... 3
Music Theory Sequence
MSC 101, 102, 103, 104,105,106............................ 12
Sophomore Year
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Music: Principal
Instrument or Voice........................................... 9
Ensemble: Band, Chorus, or Orchestra......................... 3
M SC 74,75,76, Piano Skills....................... ................. 3
Music Theory Sequence
MSC 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206.............................. 12
Electives.................. .......... .. .................. 3
NOTE: The Bachelor of Arts degree in music is offered
through the College of Arts and Sciences with the
cooperation of the Department of Music. See the College
of Arts and Sciences sections of the catalog for that degree.
G. FOR THE DEGREE IN THEATRE
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English...................................... ..................... 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics............................. 4
BES Behavioral Studies.................... ....................... 6
SSC American Institutions...................................... 9
HUM The Humanities........................................ 12
CPS Physical Sciences........ ............. ............. ........ 7
CBS Biological Sciences................................. .... 9
Physical Education............ ........................... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
SCH 220 Theatre Appreciation......................... ..... 4
SCH 224 Oral Interpretation 1.................................... 4
SCH 240 Voice and Articulation................................... 4
SCH 331 Stage Movement 1............................ ....... 4
SC H 320 Acting 1 ........................... ............... ......... 4
SCH 327 Stage Makeup.............................. ........ 3
Electives............................................... 14



ARTS AND SCIENCES
The College of Arts and Sciences offers degrees with
majors in twenty-nine different major fields, which are
listed in the Arts and Sciences section of the catalog, plus
an interdisciplinary major. Students who expect to enter the
College of Arts and Sciences should complete the General
Education Courses listed below and elective courses, with
a C or better average. In general, students with a grade of
D in any of these courses must complete an Arts and
Sciences course in the same area with a grade of C or better
before graduation.
A laboratory course is required in the Physical or
Biological Sciences before graduation and may be fulfilled
by taking CBS 264 or CPS 164.









UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English............................................................. 9
CMS or MS Mathematics......................... ............ 4
(Botany, chemistry, computer science, economics,
mathematics, microbiology, premedical, predental, phys-
ics, statistics, and zoology majors should substitute a MS
course for CMS 111.)
BES Behavioral Studies........................ ............ 3
SSC American Institutions......................................... 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ .. 12
CPS Physical Sciences........................... ........... .. 10
(Botany, chemistry, microbiology, physics, premedical,
predental, and zoology majors should substitute courses in
chemistry for CPS.)
Students majoring in CIS may substitute a physics or
chemistry sequence for CPS.
CBS Biological Sciences........................ ............ 9
(Botany, microbiology, premedical, predental, and
zoology majors should substitute courses in zoology and
botany for CBS.
Physical Education .................................................. 3
NOTE: The "Basic Distribution Requirement" described in
the Arts and Sciences section of the catalog is designed to
assure a minimum of breadth for students who may have
entered upper division by transfer from other institutions.
These "Basic Distribution" credit requirements and course
selection lists apply only to such students registered in the
College of Arts and Sciences and do not apply to University
College students.

Preprofessional Requirements
A great amount of flexibility is available to the liberal
arts student. Certain general guidelines are:
1. Study the materials on admission, advisement, and
requirements for degrees in the Arts and Sciences
section of the catalog, and consult with the proposed
major department as soon as you have chosen a major
field.
2. Take courses in your major and take electives.
3. Begin a foreign language. Prior to graduation a student
must show proficiency in a foreign language either by
examination or by successful completion of the third
course of the three course beginning sequence or a
higher level course.
4. Complete one course in science having a laboratory,
prior to graduation (not necessarily prior to admission to
the upper division). A student may satisfy this require-
ment while he is in the lower division by taking CBS 264,
or by successfully completing an Arts and Sciences
course in science which has a laboratory. A grade of at
least C is required.
Teacher Preparation in Arts and Sciences
Students may earn their degrees in the College of Arts and
Sciences and complete requirements for certification as
high school teachers in one or more academic subjects by
following one of the Arts and Sciences Education
Programs described in the College of Education section in
this catalog.
Further information may be obtained in the College of
Arts and Sciences office, 113 Anderson Hall.
Computer and Information Sciences
A student may major in Computer and Information
Sciences through the College of Arts and Sciences. He is
expected, with the aid of his adviser, to satisfy the general
Arts and Sciences requirements. In addition during his
Freshman year he should decide which of two Sophomore
CIS sequences he wishes to take. Prior to the start of his
Junior year he should decide which of three general areas


he wishes, each of which carries different course require-
ments.
Years 1,2, Core Requirements for all CIS majors:
Hours
M S 301, 302, 303................................ ... ................... 15
CIS 311, 312....................... ..... .................... 8
M S 324..................... ....... ....................... ... 4
STA 410....................... ....... ....................... ... 4
CIS 321, 322
or
C IS 331, 332............................. ..................... ... 8


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The College of Business Administration offers degrees in
eight major fields which are listed in the Business
Administration section of the catalog. Students who expect
to receive a degree in one of the business majors must
complete: (1) the General Education courses and the
Preprofessional requirements listed below and elective
courses for a total of at least 96 hours; and (2) satisfactorily
complete the upper division requirements.

General Education Requirements
(For all majors in Business Administration)
Credits
EH English.................................................................. 9
*MS 301 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1..................... 5
*PPY 200 Logic...................................................... 4
SSC American Institutions......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ 12
**CPS Physical Sciences........ .................................. 7-10
**CBS Biological Sciences.......................................... 6-9
Physical Education........................................... 3

Preprofessional Requirements
a. For Accounting, Banking & Finance, Economics,
Insurance, Management, Marketing and Real Estate and
Urban Studies majors:
Credits
***ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting.............. 5
***ATG 203 Elementary Managerial Accounting................. 3
***ATG 285 Elementary non-Profit Accounting................... 3
ES 201-202 Basic Economics.................................. ... 10
MS 302 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 2................... 5
STA 320 Introduction to Statistics................................ 4
ES 361 Economic and Business Statistics........................ 4
Electives to make a total of 96 hours
b. For Computer Information Sciences majors:
Credits
ATG 201-203 Elementary Accounting........................... 8
ES 201-202 Basic Economics..................................... 10
CIS 311 Introduction to Computing............................ 4
CIS 312 Computers and Programming....................... 4
MS 302-303 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 2, 3............ 10
STA 410 Mathematical Statistics with Computer
Applications................................ .................... 5
Electives to make a total of 96 hours
*MS 301 and PPY 200 are also considered preprofessional
courses.
**Students are expected to complete 16 hours of the Sciences.
***The ATG 201, 285 sequence is required for Accounting
Majors. All other Business Administration majors require
the ATG 201,203 sequence.
The following courses offered by the College of Business
Administration may be taken by students in the University
College ATG 201,203,285, ES 201,202, ES 211, RE 340.
Suggested Electives: Courses in EH, GPY, HY, LY, SCH,
and Foreign Languages.







Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


EDUCATION
ELEMENTARY OR EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
General Education Requirements
Credits
American Institutions (SSC)....................................... 9
Physical Sciences (CPS).......................................... 10
English (EH)........................................ ............. 9
Behavioral Studies (BES).................................. .... 6
Mathematics (MS 310, 311)......................................... 6
The Humanities (HUM).......................................... 12
Biological Sciences (CBS).......................................... 9
Physical Education............................... .............. 3
One quarter of CBS or of CPS may either be omitted or
taken as an elective. Students may not use history courses
for Humanities.
*Students who have completed CMS 171 or MS 102 must take
MS 310.
Preprofessional Requirements
A. General preparation requirements
At least 72 hours of general preparation are required to
include the courses outlined above, plus electives. To
obtain breadth, students may distribute their elective
courses among fields rather than concentrating in one.
Coursework in areas of recognized weakness is
especially appropriate. A student must make a grade of C
or better in at least 54 of the 72 hours of general
preparation.
B. Other requirements
1. At least 9 credits are required for admission to
upper division. The College of Education will accept
those students who present the best records and
show the most promise of success in a teacher
education program. See the College of Education
section of the catalog for further information relating
to admission to upper division.
C. Other considerations
1. The following courses may be taken in the
Sophomore year or delayed until the junior year:
a. MSC 260 (Students must have a 2.0 average
and have completed 64 hours)
b. EH 491
2. Speech requirements may be completed in the
Sophomore year or delayed until the junior year. This
requirement is met by successful completion of SCH
201 or by successfully passing the speech screening
test administered by the Speech Department.

SECONDARY EDUCATION OR K-12 PROGRAMS
Secondary Education students wishing certification for
teaching in grades 7-12 may work toward degrees in either
the College of Education or the College of Arts and
Sciences.
Certain other programs prepare students for careers at all
levels of teaching from kindergarten through grade 12 (K-
12). These special programs are:
Art (through either the College of Education or the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts)
Music (through either the College of Education or the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts)
Physical Education (through either the College of
Education or the College of Physical Education)
Special Education Mental Retardation (through the
College of Education)
Speech Pathology and Audiology (through either the
College of Education or the College of Arts and Sciences)
All secondary and K-12 programs are specified in the
College of Education section of the catalog.
All University College students working toward degrees


in Secondary Education or K-12 programs with the exception
of science education and music education will pursue the
following program:
General Education Requirements
Credits
American Institutions (SSC)....................................... 9
Physical Sciences (CPS).......................................... 10
English (EH)...................... .... ................ 9
Behavioral Studies (BES)........................................... 6
Fundamental Mathematics (CMS).............................. 4
The Humanities (HUM).................................. ... 12
Biological Sciences (CBS)......................................... 9
Physical Education............................... ............ 3
One quarter of CBS or CPS may either be omitted or taken
as an elective.
Science education majors should take CY instead of CPS
and ZY and BTY instead of CBS. They should also take MS
courses instead of CMS.
Because of the nature of their program, music education
majors will take their general education requirements over
a four year period rather than only during the first two years.
Pre-Professional Requirements
A. General preparation requirements
At least 72 hours of general preparation are required to
include the courses outlined above plus elective course
work outside of the proposed teaching field at the 100-,
200- or 300-level. These courses should be chosen so as
to further broaden the student's knowledge. To obtain
breadth, students may distribute their courses among
several fields rather than concentrating in one. Course
work in areas of recognized weakness is especially
appropriate. A student must make a grade of C or better
in at least 54 of the 72 hours of general preparation.
B. Teaching field requirements
These teaching fields are listed in the College of
Education section of the catalog together with course
requirements for each field. Some of these courses can
and should be taken while in the University College.
C. Other requirements
1. At least % credits are required for admission to
upper division. The College of Education will accept
those students who present the best records and
show the most promise of success in a teacher
education program. See the College of Education
section of the catalog for further information relating
to admission to upper division.
D. Other considerations
1. Speech requirement may be completed in the
Sophomore year or delayed until the Junior year. This
requirement is met by successful completion of SCH
201 or by successfully passing the speech screening
test administered by the Speech Department. English
and Language Arts majors may meet this requirement
only by successful completion of SCH 201.
2. Psychological Foundations Course. (Students must
have completed 80 credits)
a. EDF 342 for Secondary Education
b. EDF 345 for Special Teaching Fields
3. Students who choose to work toward a teacher
education degree in a college other than the College
of Education should consult that college's portion of
the catalog for admission and graduation require-
ments.


ENGINEERING
Essential Preparation: Modern engineering education
demands much in the way of specific high school
preparation not required in other college programs. The










UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


beginning engineering student should have a good
understanding of the basic physical sciences, a highly
developed ability in mathematics, and the competence to
read rapidly and with comprehension. The College of
Engineering considers that a minimum adequate prepara-
tion would be substantially as follows:
The high school program should include the following
subjects:
Essentials Year
Elem entary algebra......................... ....................... 1
Intermediate and advanced algebra........................... 1
Plane geom etry........................................................ 1
Trigonom etry....................................... .................. /
Chem istry............................... ...... ............... 1
Physics.................... ......................... 1
Desirable
Additional Mathematics........................ ............... /2
Deficiencies in the above subjects may be overcome by
registering in certain foundation courses before proceeding
with parts of the regular engineering program.
A student in University College may request transfer to
the College of Engineering at any time.

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS
The following program is designed for those students
whose high school preparation meets the above criteria. All
Freshmen are required to consult with a College of
Engineering adviser in planning their academic programs.
High school records and test scores are reviewed and a
program of study commensurate with the student's
academic capabilities is assigned. This workload may range
from a minimum of 12 to as much as 20 credit hours per
quarter. A student of average academic capabilities and a
high order of motivation should be able to carry 15-16
credits each quarter and should thus be able to earn a
bachelor's degree in 13 quarters. If he pursues a normal
academic program of three quarters each year it will take
him four years and one quarter of the fifth to earn his B.S.
degree.
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English............................................. ........... .. 9
SSC American Institutions......................................... 9
HUM The Humanities........................... .......... 12
MS 301, 302 Analytic Geometry and Calculus.............. 10
PS 215, 216, 217 General Physics with Calculus............. 9
PS 225, 226, 227 Physics Laboratory........................... 3
PS 235 Recitation for PS 215....................................... 1
Physical Fitness......................... ............ ........ 3
Preprofessional Requirements
CY 211, 212 General Chemistry and Qualitative
A nalysis.................................................... ....... 8
CY 213 or Biological Science Elective.......................... 4
MS 303, 304 Analytic Geometry and Calculus............. 10
ESM 330 Introduction to Engineering Analysis or MS-305
Elementary Differential Equations............................. 3
*ISE 350 Computer Programming for Engineers................ 2
EGC 180 Introduction to Engineering, Electives and
Departmental Requirements............................... 14
*Students entering Chemical Engineering take CHE 303. ISE
350 is not required in the CIS program.
Detailed information about departmental requirements is
found in the section on Engineering in this catalog.
A pre-engineering program, taken in one of the Florida
Community/junior Colleges, consists of courses of two
semesters, or equivalent, in the following areas: English,
social studies, humanities, general chemistry and quali-
tative analysis, and physics (taught with the use of calculus);
mathematics at least through integral calculus; and other
required or elective courses. This program totals at least 64
semester hours (% quarter hours). Satisfactory completion


of this program leads to eligibility to apply for admission to
the College of Engineering. Community/Junior college
counselors are referred to the University of Florida junior
College Counseling Manual sections on General Informa-
tion and Engineering for additional information.

FOREST RESOURCES AND
CONSERVATION
Students desiring to prepare for professional careers in
the many areas of resources management and conservation
(including majors in Forestry, Forest Recreation, Range
Ecosystem Management and Wildlife Ecology) or Forest
Products should select the appropriate program from those
listed below. In addition, they should contact the Director
of the School of Forest Resources and Conservation at the
earliest possible date for assignment to an adviser.
Students with adequate preparation in fundamental
subjects may upon approval of their adviser bypass certain
listed basic courses and proceed with more advanced work
in the fields concerned.

A. PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN RESOURCES MAN-
AGEMENT AND CONSERVATION CURRICULUM I.
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.............................................. ........... .. 9
*MS 301, 302 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1,2........... 10
SSC Social Sciences............................ ............... 9
HUM Humanities ............................... ....... 12
CY 201 and 202 or CY 211 and 212 General Chemistry....... 8
Biological Science (elect one of the following
sequences) ................................ .. .. .. 14-15
(a) BTY 181,203 and ZY 201 ................................. 14
(b) ZY201, 202 and BTY 203.............................. 14
Physical Education...................... ..................... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
Credits
**CY 203 and 204 or CY 213 Qualitative Analysis.............. 4-8
***ES 201,202 or ES 203,204, 205 Basic Economics............ 9-10
****Communications Elective..................................... 4
PS 211, 212 Physics............................... ............... 8
PS 221, 222 Lab for Physics............................... ..... 2
STA 320 Introduction to Statistics 1...............................4

Total 96-102
*Students with inadequate backgrounds in mathematics will
have to complete MS 102 Algebra in Trigonometry (5
credits) or equivalent on a non-credit basis prior to
scheduling the indicated math requirement.
**BTY 370, Organic and Biological Chemistry, may be
scheduled in place of CY 203, 204 by students who are
following programs in areas not requiring additional
chemistry.
***FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Econ. (5 credits)
may be substituted for ES 202.
****Should be in one of the following subject areas: public
speaking, technical report writing, advanced composition
or journalism.

B. PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN
FOREST PRODUCTS CURRICULUM II.
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English............................................................ 9
Mathematics (elect one of the following
sequences)...................................................... 10-15
*(a) MS 301, 302 Analytic Geometry and
Calculus 1, 2.................................... ............. .. 10
(b) MS 301, 302, 303 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1,
2, 3...................................... ..................... 15








Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


SSC Social Sciences....................... ........................ 9
HUM Humanities..................................................... 12
CY 201 and 202 or CY 211 and 212 General Chemistry.... 8
Biological Science (elect one of the following
sequences)..................................... ............ 10-14
(a) BTY 181 and BTY 203...................................... 10
(b) BTY 181, 203 and ZY 201.............................. ... 14
(c) CBS 211, 221, 231 and BTY 203......................... 14
Physical Education.......................... ... .............. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
Credits
CY 203 and 204 or CY 213 General Chemistry............. 4-8
"Communications Elective......................................... 4
*ATG 201,203 Elementary Accounting 8 cr. or
EGR 193 Engineering Graphics 3 cr............................ 3-8
Physics (elect one of the following sequences).......... 10-12
*(a) PS 211, 212, Physics and 221,222 Physics Lab.......... 10
(b) PS 215, 216, 217 Physics with Calculus
and 225, 226, 227 Lab......................................... ..... 12

Total 96-102
*Students who elect ATG 201 should schedule sequence (a)
in both Math and Physics. Those who elect EGR 193 should
schedule sequences (b) in both Math and Physics.
**Should fall in one of the following subject areas: public
speaking, technical report writing, advanced composition
or journalism.
Technician Training
Sub-professional, technician-type training is not offered
at the University of Florida. However, the School of Forest
Resources and Conservation will be glad to provide
information regarding such programs conducted by a
number of "forest ranger" schools, one of which is located
in Florida.


HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS
University College students planning to apply for Upper
Division status in the College of Health Related Professions
are urged to study the section of the catalog dealing with the
College and its programs in Clinical and Community
Dietetics, Medical Technology, Occupational Therapy, and
Physical Therapy. Special attention should be given those
paragraphs on admission policies.
Limitations in available staff, faculty and facilities make it
necessary that the College reluctantly establish quotas for
the admission of students.
Each department has its own application procedures.
Preprofessional students should contact the department of
their major objective as early as possible (Clinical and
Community Dietetics, Room A-3 in the Shands Teaching
Hospital, Medical Technology, Room 4111 in Jennings Hall;
Occupational Therapy, Room A-92; and Physical Therapy,
Room A-98 in the Shands Teaching Hospital). The sequence
of professional courses in all programs begins only in the
Fall quarter of the Junior year. The deadline for receipt of
applications for September enrollment is the preceding
March 15.
Students who plan to earn a baccalaureate degree in the
College of Health Related Professions elect one of the
following programs:
A. FOR THE DEGREE IN CLINICAL AND COMMUNITY
DIETETICS
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English............................... .. ..... .................. 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics............................ 4
BES Behavioral Studies......................... ............ 6
SSC American Institutions.................... ............. 9
HUM Humanities..................... .................... 12


CY 201 General Chemistry....................................... 4
Physical Education..................... ....................... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
Credits
ZY 201, 202 General Zoology....................................... 9
CY 202, 203, 204 General Chemistry........................... 12
BTY 203 General Botany.............................................. 5
FS 250 Fundamentals of Nutrition................................ 4
PSY 201 General Psychology................................... 4
HRP 101 Introduction to Health Related
Professions.............................................. 3
Electives........................ ... .................... 12

B. FOR THE DEGREE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English...................................... ....................... 9
CMS or MS Fundamental Mathematics or Calculus....... 4
BES Behavioral Studies................................. ............ 3
SSC American Institutions......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities...................................... 12
CY 211 General Chemistry...................................... 4
PS 120 Elements of Physics.................................... .... 6
ZY 201, 202 General Zoology..................................... 9
Physical Education..................................... ............. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
CY 212 General Chemistry...................................... 4
CY 213 General Chemistry................................... ..... 4
CY 362, 363 Organic Chemistry.................................. 6
CY 331, Quantitative Analysis.................................... 5
HRP 101 Introduction to Health Related Professions...... 3
MET 201 Introduction to Medical Technology.............. 2
Electives........................... ...................... 13

C. FOR THE DEGREE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English........................................... .............. 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................. 4
BES Behavioral Studies......................................... 6
SSC American Institutions.......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities............................................ 12
CPS Physical Sciences............................................. 7
CBS 211, 221, 231 and 264, Biological Sciences............ 10
Physical Education.................................... ............... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
HRP 101 Introduction to Health Related Professions...... 3
PSY 201 General Psychology...................................... 4
PSY 345 Psychology of Personality.............................. 4
OCT 201 Introduction to Occupational Therapy........... 2
Electives.......................... ....................... 23

D. FOR THE DEGREE IN PHYSICAL THERAPY
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English........................................... .................. 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry (or more advanced
mathem atics)..................................... ............. 5
BES Behavioral Studies............................ ..... 6
SSC American Institutions..................................... 9
HUM The Humanities................................. ............ 12
*CY 201 Introductory General Chemistry....................... 4
*PS 120 Elements of Physics (or the PS 211
sequence with laboratory).................................... 6
*ZY 201, 202 General Zoology...................................... 9
Physical Education................... .. .................... ... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
CY 202, 203 General Chemistry.................................... 8
PSY 201 General Psychology................................... 4


I I









UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


HRP 101 Introduction to Health Related Professions........ 3
ZY 309 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy..................... 5
PSY 345 Psychology of Personality................................ 4
Electives........................................................... 8
*These are also preprofessional requirements.


JOURNALISM AND
COMMUNICATIONS
The College of journalism and Communications offers
curricula leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science in
Advertising, Broadcasting, or Journalism, and sequences in
Public Relations, Technical Communications, Urban Affairs
Reporting, and Criminal Justice Public Relations. Detailed
information about upper division course requirements is
given in the section on Journalism and Communications in
this catalog.
In the University College, the program for students
expecting to enter the College of Journalism and Com-
munications at the start of their Junior year is:
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.............................. ............ ................ 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................ 4
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ............ 4
SSC American Institutions......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ 12
*CPS Physical Sciences............................ .............. 9
*CBS Biological Sciences.......................... ............. 9
*Three credits of one of these may be omitted.
Preprofessional Requirements
BES 259 Cybernetics and Society............................. 4
JM 201 Writing for Mass Communications (Student
may be exempted by passing a proficiency
exam nation in writing.......................................... 4
SCH 202 Public Speaking.......................................... 4
tHY 245, 246 American History.................................... 10
tES 201 Basic Economics........................... ............. 5
BR 212 Introduction to Broadcasting (Broadcasting
M ajors only)............. ....................................... 3
Physical Education.......................... ......... ........ 3
Electives to make a total of 96 hours.
tPublic Relations majors see block marked "General
Education Requirements" in PR Upper Division program.


LAW
The College of Law offers a program leading to the degree
of juris Doctor. Admission is limited to those with a
bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university
who have satisfactory undergraduate records and have
attained a satisfactory score on the Law School Admission
Test. Also offered is a one-year program leading to the
degree of Master of Laws in Taxation. This program is open
to those students who hold the J.D. degree and who show
significant potential for success in the L.L.M. program. For
detailed information on admission requirements, course
and programs, see the College of Law catalog.
PRELAW PROGRAMS
Admission to law school is highly selective. Applicants are
selected primarily on these factors: the Law School
Admission Test, which should be taken in the junior or
Senior year; a writing ability score, which is a separate part
of the LSAT; the overall grade point average; co-curricular
activities and maturing experiences. Most law schools,
including Holland Law Center, also require recommenda-
tions by persons familiar with the applicant's achievements.
The College of Law advises that to be admitted students
should have at least a 3.0 overall average on a 4.0 system,


well over 600 on the LSAT, and well over 55 on the writing
ability test. The class entering in September 1974 averaged
3.38 GPA, 640 LSAT, and 60 writing ability.
While any undergraduate specialization will prepare a
student for law school, the beginning law student must
possess the fundamental skills necessary for effective oral
and written communication. The student who lacks writing
skills should study advanced English composition. Any
course that tests one's ability to organize a body of data and
reason from it will be beneficial. Also useful will be courses
in constitutional law, English and American history,
economics, political processes, and sociology. A course in
basic accounting principles is recommended.
Prelaw students should consult the current PreLaw
Handbook prepared by the Law School Admission Test
Council and the Association of American Law Schools. A
one-credit course, ASC 180, Introduction to the Legal
Profession, is available under the S-U option.
Advisers for prelaw students are available in University
College and in the Departments of Economics, English,
History, Philosophy, Political Science, and Sociology.


MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY
The College of Medicine and the College of Dentistry are
units of the University of Florida's J. Hillis Miller Health
Center, located on the main campus of the University in
Gainesville. Other units of the Health Center are the
Colleges of Nursing, Pharmacy, Health Related Professions
and the Shands Teaching Hospital and Clinics.
Educationally the programs of the Colleges of Medicine
and Dentistry are designed to provide the very finest
education possible in the scientific aspects of medicine. The
proximity of the Colleges to the University proper offers an
unusual opportunity for many of the varied resources of the
University to be applied not only to the training of
physicians but to the training of basic medical scientists as
well. While modern practice in patient care is the central
theme of the educational program, considerable stress is
placed on research and teaching in all fields related to
health.
For information on admission requirements and courses
for the program leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine
or Doctor of Dentistry, see those college bulletins.
For information on graduate programs in medical
sciences leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy see
the Graduate School Catalog.
PREMEDICAL AND PREDENTAL PROGRAMS
The University of Florida, rather than having a separate,
organized premedical or predental major program, allows
an undergraduate student to major in any field or college.
Medical and dental schools expect applicants to have
performed at a high level of academic accomplishment,
including basic work in science.
Freshman students planning careers in medicine and
dentistry should register with the Office of Preprofessional
Education, 111 Anderson Hall, during their first quarter at
the University. Students who have selected a major in Arts
and Sciences are encouraged to apply for admission to the
College of Arts and Sciences at the end of the first quarter
of residence. Students transferring from other colleges and
universities should also register with this office during their
first quarter of residence.
In addition to serving as a central source of information
on all matters pertaining to the preprofessional curricula,
the Office of Preprofessional Education acts as a clearing-
house for information relating to medical and dental school
requirements and admission procedures. The office
provides students with academic advisers and serves as a
central office for forwarding recommendations and eval-
uations to the schools selected by the student.







Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


The Office of Preprofessional Education coordinates the
activities of the preprofessional advisers located in various
departments and provides them with current data and
procedures needed for effective advisement. Thus, follow-
ing initial contact with this office, the student will be
assigned to an adviser who will help him plan a program and
upper division major best suited to the student's aims and
abilities. The adviser will remain aware of the student's
progress, and will inform the Office of Preprofessional
Education of changes in departmental majors, academic
difficulties and particularly academic excellence. In the
latter case, the adviser may recommend a student for the
junior Honors Medical Program described belowand/or for
departmental honors programs.
Students who reach a decision to prepare themselves for
a career in medicine or dentistry during or after year one in
college will usually have to complete requirements at a
more accelerated rate if they wish to graduate on schedule.
The degree of acceleration should be discussed with a
preprofessional adviser.

PREMEDICAL PREDENTAL CURRICULAR OPTIONS
The premedical and predental student must satisfy the
following core requirements (usually prior to application to
the professional schools): 1) a complete general chemistry
sequence (terminating with CY 204, 213, 330 or 223), 2) a
complete organic chemistry sequence (terminating with CY
385 and 382 or 388), 3) 14 hours of zoology (usually ZY 201,
202 and 301), 4) a complete physics sequence (terminating
with PS 213 and 223 or PS 217 and 227), and 5) analytic
geometry and calculus (MS 301 and 302).
Premedical students wishing to qualify for the University
of Miami Medical School must also complete ZY 301, ZY 310
and CY 341 prior to graduation.

STANDARD PROGRAM FOR YEAR ONE
Any sequence of general chemistry is acceptable. The
basis for choice among CY 201, 211, 221 (Honors), and 231
is outlined in the catalog section preceding chemistry
course listings. For qualified students the CY 231 sequence
offers a number of advantages, including time flexibility. MS
301 and 302 and ZY 201 should be completed this year.
American Institutions and English requirements should be
completed. Liberal arts elective courses, a foreign language,
and physics are among options for students who have
completed American Institutions and English.

STANDARD PROGRAM FOR YEAR TWO
If a student has not finished general chemistry, it should
be completed in this year. Organic chemistry (the CY 381
series) should be begun and completed this year. CY 362 is
not acceptable. Qualified students are advised to consider
application to the honors sequence (CY 387 and 388). Three
quarters of zoology (ordinarily ZY 201, 202 and 301) should
be completed by the end of this year. BCH 351 may be
elected during the second year as an introduction to human
molecular biology and biochemistry. Students should also
complete the humanities requirements. Students with
available time might consider completing either a physics or
foreign language sequence during this year. Those having
a background in foreign language prior to entering the
University may satisfy all or part of the foreign language
requirement by taking a proficiency examination.
Second-year premedical students who have a 3.5 average
or higher and who have completed the above core
requirements may want to apply for admission to the Junior
Honors Medical Program. This program allows early
acceptance to the University of Florida College of Medicine
and participation in third-year medical school seminars,
while completing Bachelor of Science degree requirements
in the College of Arts and Sciences with a major in
Interdisciplinary Studies in Basic Biological and Medical
Sciences. Interested students should contact the Assistant


Dean for Preprofessional Education in the College of
Medicine (128 Medical Sciences Building).
YEARS THREE AND FOUR
During year three students generally complete any core
requirements as yet unfilled. During year three or year four
the foreign language requirement must be completed. In
the Spring of year 3 the Medical College Aptitude Test
(MCAT) or Dental Aptitude Test (DAT) should be taken.
Application to medical or dental school should take place
during the Summer between years three and four.
The remainder of years 3 and 4 is devoted to completion
of a departmental major and elective courses in science and
other areas. Medical and dental schools attach no bias
towards any particular major. Thus, although most students
major in one of the sciences, it is equally possible and
desirable to major in some other area. In general, the better
the student's record during the first two years, the greater
the latitude that student will have in choiceof a major. Since
most students do major in one of the sciences, the various
common premedical, predental science options are out-
lined below.
1. Botany major: Students planning a major in botany
through the College of Arts and Sciences should
schedule BTY 203 by Fall quarter of the third year (or
sooner if scheduling permits). During the third year BTY
310, BTY 380 or 532, BTY 342 or 542, and ZY 325 or AY
362, 363 should be completed. During the fourth year
BTY 301 should be scheduled. Remaining hours needed
for the major in botany will be chosen as elective credits
to meet the specific interest of the student. Students
interested in research or departmental honors should
schedule BTY 499 during the fourth year.
2. Chemistry major: If CY 330 has not been taken, CY
331 or 332 is required. A student may elect either the
physical chemistry sequence, CY 451-454 (MS 305 is
corequisite) or CY 341-343. Students who choose the CY
341-343 sequence must also take either CY 431 or 432.
Students interested in a research experience should
consider CY 499 in their last year.
3. Microbiology major: Students interested in a micro-
biology major should schedule MCY 302 after at least
one quarter of organic chemistry (CY 381 or CY 387) and
after ZY 301. During the third year, MCY 302, BCH 411-
412, BTY 203 and either ZY 325 or AY 362 should be
completed. During the fourth year, MCY 419 and/or
421, 410, or 420, 405, 406 or 507 should be completed.
Students interested in research leading to departmental
honors should consider MCY 430. CY 331 must also be
taken during the fourth year.
4. Zoology major: A predental or premedical zoology
major must take ZY 325 and at least one course from
each of the following three sets:
a.) ZY 309,310
b.) ZY 306, 308, 309, 318, 516
c.) ZY 510 or 405
At this point the student will have 34 hours of major credit.
Zoology courses in physiology (ZY 570,574) or histology (ZY
521) are appropriate electives to complete the major. The
student should also be aware of the possibility of research
experience through ZY 430. Two quarters of ZY 430 are
required for departmental honors.
5. Biochemistry: Although an undergraduate major is
not currently available, the undergraduate biochemistry
program (see description under Biochemistry) offers a
comprehensive series of courses providing a concentra-
tion in biochemistry and molecular biology. Courses in
the sequence BCH 351, 411, 412, 578 and 579 may
supplement or substitute for comparable courses in
related major programs. Students desiring research
experience in this area should consider BCH 430.
6. Interdisciplinary major: This major, described


1~










UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


elsewhere in the Arts and Sciences section, is available
for superior predental and premedical students.
Transfer students who have received credit for the first
two years of college at another institution should have no
difficulty in adapting themselves to the above format with
the help of an adviser. Since relatively heavy weight is
placed by medical and dental schools upon the per-
formance of transfer students in their third year, such
students should plan on taking at least 30 hours in science
during the first three or four quarters at the University of
Florida.
Choice of electives: Medical and dental schools do not
appear to have any significant bias towards elective courses
chosen by students. These schools, in fact, look with favor
upon students who have shown broad interests and
educational development during their college career.
Commonly selected science electives include senior
research, BCH 351, BCH 411-412, MCY 302, ZY 570 and ZY
574. Students who have displayed academic weakness in
any of the required core course areas (especially 1-3)
generally are advised to offset such weaknesses by stronger
performances at a more advanced level. It should be
reemphasized that students applying to the University of
Miami School of Medicine must complete ZY 301, 310 and
CY 341 prior to graduation regardless of their major.
Post-baccalaureate undergraduate work: Students who
have received a BS or BA degree and have not qualified for
medical or dental school because of a lack of quality and/or
quantity of premedical-predental work may want to
consider additional work at the undergraduate level to
make up these deficiencies. Students interested in this
possibility should consult the Director of the Office of
Preprofessional Education.
PREVETERINARY MEDICINE CURRICULUM
The core program and upper division major options
described above (particularly Zoology and Microbiology)
are suitable for preveterinary medicine students. In
addition to the core requirements, preveterinary medicine
students are required to submit credit totaling 13-15 hours
in Animal Science courses, of which 5 credit hours should
be taken in years 1 and 2. Students intending to make a
career of veterinary medicine should contact the Dean of
the College of Agriculture, 1001 McCarty Hall, for
advisement.



NURSING
General Education Requirements
Credits
HUM Humanities.............................. .......... .. 12
EH English........................................ ............... 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................. 4
BES 111 or BES 121 and PSY 340................................ 8
SSC 211, SSC 221 or 222, APY 202............................ 11
CPS 223, 225, 231................................................ ... 10
CBS 211, 221, 231.................................... ............ 9
Physical Education................................................. 3
*Electives.................................... .......... 12 or 16

Preprofessional Requirements
MCY 300 Microbiology......................... .............. 5
FS 250 Fundamentals of Human Nutrition.................. 4
PSY 303 Developmental Psychology............................ 4
*MED 331 Physiology............................. .......... 4

TOTAL 95
*If MED 331 is not available it may be deferred and taken in
the first quarter of upper division. Should MED 331 not be
taken in lower division, a total of 16 credit hours of electives
must be taken.


PHARMACY
The program of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Pharmacy is divided into two parts -two years of
prepharmacy in the University College and three years in
the College of Pharmacy.
In keeping with the accreditation requirements of the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, all stu-
dents must be enrolled in one or more required pharmacy
courses for a minimum of nine quarters, regardless of the
number of studies completed in other fields. Upon
enrolling in required pharmacy courses for the first time,
students must sign the register in the office of the Dean of
the College of Pharmacy.
The program for the first two years is as follows:
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.................................. ............ ................ 9
M S M them atics............ ...... ............................. 5-10
Recommended courses are MS 102 and at least one of the
following: MS 201, MS 204, or the MS 301-302 series.
Students planning to pursue the industrial or research
option in pharmacy should take the MS 301-302 series.
BES Behavioral Studies......................................... 3
SSC American Institutions......................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ 12
CY 211 General Chemistry........................... ............ 4
PS 211, 221 General Physics and Laboratory................... 5
ZY 201, 202 General Zoology...................................... 9
Physical Education.................................................. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
CY 212, 213 General Chemistry.................................... 8
(Students not qualified for the CY 211 series take CY 201,
202, 203,204)
PS 212 or 213 and 222 or 223......................................... 5
A minimum of 10 credits of physics is required for
students planning to pursue the community and hospital
pharmacy areas. Students wishing to major in industrial and
research pharmacy should complete the entire sequence.
CY 381, 382 Organic Chemistry.................................. 7
CY 384, 385 Organic Chemistry................................... 3
Approved Electives............................................... 9-14
Elective credits are to be chosen by the student according
to his interest. However, the student is advised to see a
counselor in the College of Pharmacy for suggested
courses.
Only students having an average of C or higher will be
admitted to the College of Pharmacy and/or pharmacy
courses. Ninety-six quarter hours or 64 semester hours of
course work are required for admission to the College of
Pharmacy. Students deficient in certain basic courses, such
as organic chemistry, biology, mathematics, and physics
and having at least % quarter hours of credit, may be
admitted to the College of Pharmacy on approval of the
Admissions Committee during any quarter term upon
application. However, in such instances the student must
make up the deficiencies as soon as possible.
The professional sequence of courses is on an annual
basis only beginning in September each year. Students
transferring to pharmacy and planning to enter at times
other than September should contact the Admissions
Committee, College of Pharmacy, J. Hillis Miller Health
Center, for a program of study.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH
AND RECREATION
University College students expecting to earn a degree in
the College of Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
should pursue one of the following programs:








Colleges

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE


A. FOR MEN INTENDING TO MAJOR IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English....................... ............. 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................ 4
*BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ........... 6
SSC American Institutions........................... ............ 9
HUM The Humanities............................ ............ 12
*CPS Physical Sciences............................................ 10
CBS Biological Sciences........................................... 9
Physical Education...................... .................... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
PHR 100 Men's Team Sports....................................... 2
PHR 101 Men's Soccer and Related Sports...................... 2
PHR 126 Swimming........................................ 3
PHR 201 Football Fundamentals......... ....................... 3
PHR 202 Men's Basketball Fundamentals....................... 3
PHR 203 Men's Track and Field.................................... 2
PHR 205 Wrestling and Conditioning Programs............. 2
PHR 207 Men's Gymnastics......................................... 3
PHR 224 Golf ......................................... ............. 2
PHR 225 Tennis.................................................. ..... 2
PHR 261 Individual and Family Health......................... 5
PHR 266 First Aid and Medical Self-Help......................... 3
Second Teaching Field Electives.................................. 9
B. FOR WOMEN INTENDING TO MAJOR IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English.......................................... ............... 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics.................................. 4
*BES Behavioral Studies............................ ..... 6
SSC American Institutions.......................... ........... 9
HUM The Humanities.......................................... 12
*CPS Physical Sciences................................. ............ .. 10
CBS Biological Sciences.......................................... 9
Physical Education..................................... ........ 3
Preprofessional Requirements
PHR 111 Women's Soccer and Related Sports................. 2
PHR 113 Women's Track and Field............................ 2
PHR 114 Women's Softball.......................... ... 2
PHR 126 Swimming.................................. ............ .. 3
PHR 210 Women's Volleyball and Field Hockey............. 3
PHR 217 Women's Gymnastics.......................... ... 3
PHR 220 Recreational Sports.................................. 3
PHR 224 Golf........................................... ............ 2
PHR 225 Tennis................................................... 2
PHR 231 Folk and Social Dance.................................... 3
PHR 232 Modern Dance............................................ 3


PHR 261 Individual and Family Health.......................... 5
Second Teaching Field Electives.................................. 8
*Three credits of one of these may be omitted.

C. FOR MEN AND WOMEN INTENDING TO MAJOR IN
HEALTH EDUCATION
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English........................................ ................ 9
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry.............................. 5
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ............ 6
SSC American Institutions.................................... 9
HUM The Humanities........................... ............ 12
CPS Physical Sciences........................... .............. 4
GY 201 Physical Geology............................................. 4
CY 201 Introductory Chemistry.............................. 4
ZY 201 Introductory Zoology Laboratory (or CBS-9)......... 4
BTY 181 Introductory Botany...................................... 5
Physical Education................................ .............. 3
Preprofessional Requirements
PHR 261 Individual and Family Health......................... 5
PSY 201 General Psychology..................................... 4
SCH 201 Introduction to Oral Communication............... 4
SY 201 Principles of Sociology................................... 4
PHR 262 Community and Environmental Health.............. 4
PHR 266 First Aid and Medical Self-Help....................... 3
Approved Electives............................. .............. 10
D. FOR MEN AND WOMEN INTENDING TO MAJOR IN
RECREATION
General Education Requirements
Credits
EH English....................................... ................ 9
CMS Fundamental Mathematics................................... 4
BES Behavioral Studies................................. ........... 6
SSC American Institutions.......................... ........... 9
HUM The Humanities.......................... ............. 12
*CPS Physical Sciences.............................................. 10
CBS Biological Sciences.......................... .......... .. 9
Physical Education.............................. ............ ... 3
Preprofessional Requirements
M SC 260 M music Skills.................................... .......... 4
PHR 204 Baseball or PHR 114 Women's Softball............... 2
PHR 203 or PHR 113 Track and Field........................... 2
PHR 220 Recreational Sports................................. 3
PHR 231 Folk and Social Dance................................... 3
PHR 100 Men's Team Sports................................. 2
PHR 245 Leadership in Recreation.......................... 4
Electives.............................................................. 17
*Three credits of one of these may be omitted










College of Agriculture

















AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
(See College of Engineering)
AGRONOMY
ANIMAL SCIENCES
ANIMAL SCIENCE
BOTANY
DAIRY SCIENCE
ENTOMOLOGY AND NEMATOLOGY
FOOD AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS
FOOD SCIENCE
FRUIT CROPS
MECHANIZED AGRICULTURE
MICROBIOLOGY
ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE
PLANT PATHOLOGY
PLANT SCIENCES-GENERAL
POULTRY SCIENCE
SOIL SCIENCE
VEGETABLE CROPS
VETERINARY SCIENCE
SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION







Colleges


College of Agriculture
The aim of the College of Agriculture is to provide
students with the best education possible for service in
agricultural business, technology, and science.
The departments in the College are: Agricultural and
Extension Education, Agricultural Engineering, Agronomy,
Animal Science, Dairy Science, Entomology and
Nematology, Food and Resource Economics, Food Science,
Fruit Crops, Ornamental Horticulture, Plant Pathology,
Poultry Science, Soil Science, Vegetable Crops, and
Veterinary Science. Degree programs are available through
the College of Agriculture in Botany and Microbiology,
departments administered in the College of Arts and
Sciences. The School of Forest Resources and Conservation
is a specialized faculty within the College of Agriculture.


REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSIONS
The University of Florida and the College of Agriculture
encourage applications from qualified students from all
cultural, racial, religious, and ethnic groups. Listed below
are the specific requirements for admission to this college.
University College Students: Any student in University
College who has finalized his decision to study Agriculture
may transfer to the College of Agriculture after completing
one quarter in University College. To be eligible for
admission students must have a minimum of a C average on
all work completed.
Transfer Students: To be eligible for admission to the
College of Agriculture, a transfer student must satisfy the
minimum requirements for admission to an Upper Division
College that are set forth in the ADMISSIONS Section of this
catalog. Additionally, the applicant must satisfy the
following specific requirements for admission to the
College of Agriculture: (1) Complete the courses required
for the desired curriculum as indicated in the program for
the Freshman and Sophomore years in the University
College section of this catalog or their equivalent, and, (2)
pass all required preprofessional courses with a minimum
grade of C. The following conditions will serve as a guide
in expediting transfer to the College of Agriculture in
compliance with the above requirements.
A. Students attending four-year colleges, who wish to
transfer after two years, should follow a program of
general education and preprofessional courses similar
to the Basic Curriculum for the Freshman and
Sophomore years for students planning to enter the
College of Agriculture as outlined in the University
College section of this catalog.
B. Junior College students should:
1. Complete the two-year college parallel program at
the junior college.
2. Satisfy the general education requirements
established for the junior college.
3. Complete a program of chemistry through
qualitative analysis and mathematics through college
algebra and trigonometry.
4. Complete basic courses in botany and zoology.
5. Complete a course in general economics.
6. Choose elective courses in fulfilling the required
total hours in the college-parallel program from the
areas of general education, basic science, and
mathematics.
7. Avoid specialized professional courses. Pro-
fessional courses can be taken to much better
advantage after the student has acquired the
appropriate background in general education and
basic science courses.
Provisional Admission: Within space limitations, students
who do not meet precisely the admission requirements


indicated in the appropriate section above may be granted
provisional admission to the College of Agriculture by the
College's Committee on Admissions. The Dean of the
College of Agriculture will specify the courses to be
completed and minimum grade points to be earned by the
student during the term of his provisional admission.
Provisional status will be removed and the student fully
admitted to the College of Agriculture provided he fulfills
the conditions set forth in his provisional admission. The
student will be excluded from further enrollment in the
College of Agriculture if he fails to satisfy the conditions of
his provisional admission.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE
BASIC CURRICULUM
In addition to the 96 credits required for entrance to the
College of Agriculture, 96 credits must be earned in the
College of Agriculture curriculum for a combined total of
192 credits required for the Bachelor of Science in
Agriculture degree. The following curriculum common to
all areas of agriculture designates specific requirements and
electives for the degree Bachelor of Science in Agriculture.
Some of these courses may be taken as electives in the lower
division. It is especially important that students in junior
colleges, planning to transfer to the College of Agriculture,
select courses from the core requirements as electives.
Curriculum College of Agriculture 96
Core Requirements 8 Credits
Courses Credits
Communications.............................................. 8
Electives selected from SCH 202, EH 302, 303, 403, and
JM 420
Other Requirements and Electives 88 Credits
Requirements and electives in student's major
department......................... ....... min. 20 max. 40
Other requirements, free and approved electives.... 48-68
PRACTICAL WORK EXPERIENCE
By prior arrangement with individual Department
Chairmen and approval of the Dean, students may, during
their course of study, receive credit for practical work under
competent supervision in any recognized and approved
agricultural or related pursuit relevant to their college
program. Credit is normally earned at the rate of one credit
per month of full-time work and may not exceed a total of
four in any combination of experiences. A formal written
report must be submitted before a grade (S-U) will be
issued.
Departments offering this option have listed the course
number 400 in their catalog listing of courses. Student
transcripts will indicate the specific practical work ex-
perience. Guidelines are available from the College and
individual departments, establishing minimum criteria for
credit eligibility and performance.
DEAN'S LIST AND GRADUATION
WITH HONORS OR HIGH HONORS
A student who carries 15 hours per quarter with a grade
point average of 3.3 or better and no grade less than C in
any course will have his name placed on the Dean's list for
that quarter.
Students completing the requirements for the B.S. in
Agriculture degree are eligible to be considered for
graduation with Honors or High Honors.
To graduate with Honors a student must have a University
of Florida Upper Division grade point average of 3.5, or
above. (For purposes of honors the University of Florida
Upper Division courses are defined as all courses taken at
this University after the student has earned 96 credits,
wherever taken.)
To graduate with High Honors the same requirements
apply as for Honors except that the grade point average
must be 3.75 or above.


I1









COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


GRADUATE TRAINING IN AGRICULTURE
The College of Agriculture offers six advanced degrees:
Master of Agriculture and Master of Science in Teaching
(Non-thesis), Master of Science in Agriculture, Master of
Science, Master of Agricultural Management and Resource
Development, and Doctor of Philosophy.
Students contemplating graduate study should consult
with their adviser as early as possible to insure proper
program planning.


SPECIAL PROGRAMS
SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND BUSINESS
Students in agriculture may specialize in one of three
broad areas of knowledge Agricultural Science, Agricul-
tural Technology, and Agricultural Business, all within the
framework of 192 credits for the degree Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture.
For a specialization in Agricultural Science at least 18
credits of the 192 total are required in one or more of the
areas of the Physical (CY,GY, PS) and Biological Sciences
(MCY, BTY, EY, PT, AY 362) and Mathematics (MS), in
addition to those required in the University College.
For a program in Agricultural Technology a choice of
courses in applied agriculture is planned by the separate
departments of the College of Agriculture in areas of the
student's special interest.
For Agricultural Business Specialization at least 20 credits
of the 192 total required must be completed from the areas
of Food and Resource Economics (FRE) and Business
Administration (ATG, ES, Fl, MGT, MKG), in addition to
those required in the University of College plus a
departmental major.
The chairman of the department in which the student
majors (or his appointee) will act as the student's adviser,
assist the student in arranging his course of study, and make
necessary recommendations to the Dean. The student's
courses for each quarter are subject to the approval of the
Dean and the Department Chairman.

TROPICAL AGRICULTURE
A program for a specialization (with certificate) in Tropical
Agriculture for undergraduate and graduate students in the
College of Agriculture is available. The program provides
course selection to broaden the normal degree require-
ments for those interested in specializing in Tropical
Agriculture. Students enrolled in any one of the existing
major programs in the College of Agriculture may pursue
this specialization.
The Certificate in Tropical Agriculture specialization will
include courses from four basic groups as follows: Area
Studies, International Economics, Tropical Ecosystems, and
Tropical Agriculture. A total of at least 20 quarter credits
from courses which relate to non-U. S. tropical areas of the
world is required from Area Studies, International Econom-
ics and Tropical Ecosystems with at least 4 credits from each
category. In addition, a minimum of 20 credits from Tropical
Agriculture courses related to production of agricultural
commodities in tropical areas of the world is required.
The courses required for this specialization will be
determined by the student in consultation with a de-
partmental adviser from an approved list of courses as
indicated in the Tropical Agriculture Specialization
guidelines. In most cases the requirements may be met
through a wise choice of electives. Students interested in
this specialization should consult their departmental
adviser.
A certificate program for non-agriculture students
desiring to broaden their major program with courses
relating to Tropical Studies with an emphasis in Agriculture
is also available.


The Certificate in Tropical Studies will require 20 quarter
credits in courses from the four basic groups as indicated
above but with a minimum of 15 credits from Tropical
Agriculture courses.
The courses required for this Certificate will be
determined by the student in consultation with a de-
partmental adviser and approved by the Dean of the College
of Agriculture. Students interested in this program should
consult the Dean of Agriculture.
The departments or disciplines from which courses may
be selected are listed below. The specific courses as well as
all details of the program are given in a Tropical Agriculture
Specialization guideline statement to be used by de-
partmental advisers.
Area Studies
Anthropology
Education
Geography
History
journalism
Latin American Studies
Law
Political Science
Sociology
Others as appropriate
International Economics
Economics
Food and Resource Economics
Marketing
Others as appropriate
Tropical Agriculture
Agricultural Engineering
Agronomy
Animal Science
Entomology
Food and Resource Economics
Fruit Crops
Ornamental Horticulture
Plant Pathology
Soil Science
Vegetable Crops
Veterinary Science
Others as appropriate
Tropical Ecosystems
Agronomy
Biological Sciences
Botany
Forestry
Zoology
Others as appropriate
PEST MANAGEMENT AND PLANT PROTECTION
Students in the Pest Management and Plant Protection
Specialization will receive instruction in the principles of
Entomology, Nematology, Plant Pathology, and Weed
Science. An understanding of the component parts of the
crop-plant ecosystem as related to management of all
groups of pests through the application of biological,
chemical and integrated systems compatible with a quality
environment will be provided.
Students who select the Pest Management and Plant
Protection Specialization will major in one of the following
programs in the College of Agriculture: Agronomy,
Entomology and Nematology, Fruit Crops, Ornamental
Horticulture, Plant Pathology, Plant Sciences, or Vegetable
Crops. Students who complete the requirements for the
Bachelor of Science degree with this specialization should
find many employment opportunities in agri-business
enterprises or government agencies concerned with plant
pest management, crop production, and/or environmental
protection. In addition the successful completion of this







Colleges

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


undergraduate program will place the student in excellent
competitive position as a candidate for graduate studies in
any one of the programs cooperating in the undergraduate
major program at the University of Florida or any other
university.
Interested students should contact an academic adviser
and should complete the following required courses in
addition to the major program requirements. In most cases
the requirements of this specialization may be met through
the course requirements of the major program, a wise
choice of electives and within the 192 credits required for
the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture.

Credits
PM 313 Fundamentals of Plant-Pest Management.......... 3
PM 321 Seminar in Basic Plant-Pest Management.......... 2
PM 340 Internship in Plant-Pest Management.............. 3
PM 421 Seminar in Applied Plant-Pest Management....... 1
PM 435 Systems of Pest Management and Plant
Protection............................ ........ ......... 3
PLS 201 Fundamentals of Crop Production................. 4
BTY 301 Introduction to Ecology................ ............... 5
BTY 310 Elementary Plant Physiology....................... 5
BTY 370 Elementary Organic and Biological Chemistry... 5
SLS 330 General Soils...................... ....... ......... 5
AY 362 Genetics........................... ......... ... 4
Required Electives, AY, PLS, FC, OH, VC
(Production Courses)................ .................... 8
CERTIFICATE MINOR IN
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
A program for a minor (with certificate) in environmental
studies has been developed. The program provides course
selection to obtain a broad knowledge of the environment,
especially the inter-relationships between the activities of
man and environmental quality. Students enrolled in one of
the existing major programs in the College of Agriculture
and for this minor will learn to apply their major discipline
to the solution of environmental problems.
The environmental studies minor will include environ-
mental courses in three basic groups as follows: biological
sciences, physical sciences, and social sciences. At least one
course from each of these three groups is required. A
minimum of 18 quarter hours credit is required for the
minor. Courses required for the major cannot be counted
toward the minor requirement. A minimum of three hours
outside the College of Agriculture is required.
The courses required for this minor will be determined by
the students in consultation with their departmental adviser
from an approved list of courses prepared by the
department, the College of Agriculture and the University.
In most cases these requirements may be met through a
wise choice of electives. Students interested in this minor
should consult their departmental adviser.
PRE-VETERINARY MEDICINE
In accordance with the Regional Plan for Veterinary
Education a limited number of bona fide residents of Florida
are admitted each Fall to the School of Veterinary Medicine,
Auburn University; to the School of Veterinary Medicine,
Tuskegee Institute; and to the College of Veterinary
Medicine, Ohio State University.
The minimum educational entrance requirement is the
satisfactory completion of a prescribed course of study in an
approved, accredited college or university. A total of 125
quarter hours of college work must be completed with no
grade less than C and a grade point average of at least 2.25.
Required courses include general chemistry and qualitative
analysis, organic chemistry, mathematics, physics, English,
American Institutions, botany, zoology, microbiology,
medical vocabulary or a foreign language, certain animal
science courses, and electives. In addition, applicants must
meet military and physical fitness requirements in effect at
the institution attended.


Because of the rigid course requirements, most students
require somewhat more than two years to complete this
curriculum. Also, since certification and admission to
Veterinary School is competitive, based on a quota under
the Regional Educational Plan, students usually need to
make considerably more than the minimum grade point
average of 2.25.
Pre-veterinary students should consult the Dean of the
College of Agriculture before registering for the pre-
veterinary curriculum.
Residents of Florida who will have completed the pre-
veterinary requirements in June of the year that entrance
into the School of Veterinary Medicine is desired in the Fall,
and who wish to be included in the State's list of eligibles,
should contact the Dean of the College of Agriculture.
The Department of Veterinary Science offers service
courses, but no curriculum leading to the D.V.M. or
baccalaureate degree. Students interested in a degree in
this field should consult with the Dean regarding courses
which are acceptable substitutes for requirements in certain
schools of veterinary medicine.

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION
The curriculum in Agricultural and Extension Education
meets the requirements for those interested in professional
courses in agricultural education and the cooperative
extension service. It is designed to offer students a
combination of courses in technical agriculture, pro-
fessional education and extension methodology which will
prepare them for future employment and advanced study in
the field of agricultural and extension education. Students
majoring in this department will be advised by the
department chairman or his appointee to be sure that the
courses in their program meet the requirements.
Students registering in this curriculum will take the
program of study recommended in the University College
for Agricultural and Extension Education.
The student planning to qualify in this program will need
to satisfy the College of Agriculture core requirements.
The student planning to qualify to teach in the public
schools will complete a minimum of 46 quarter hours from
the following list of professional courses. The courses
indicated by an asterisk (*) are required.
A student preparing for a career in agricultural extension
will complete a program designed by the student's adviser.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 credits
Departmental Requirements 46 credits
Credits
AED 180 Food and Agricultural Science
Concepts and Studies.................................... 3
*AED 321 Development and Philosophy of
Agricl. & Vocl. Programs........... ................... ........ 4
*AED 324 InstructionalTechniques in
Agricl. & Vocl. Education.......................... ........... 4
*AED 419 Organization of Agricultural
& Vocational Programs................................... 4
*AED 421 Special Methods in Teaching
Vocational Agriculture........................................ 4
*AED 423 Laboratory Practices in Teaching
Agriculture & Vocl. Educ..................................... 4
*AED 439 Agricultural and Extension
Education Practicum.......................... ........ 4-16
*EDF 342 The Adolescent (or equivalent)....................... 5
AED 428 Agricultural & Vocational Career Education........ 4
AED 301 Development and Role of
Extension Education.................................. .... 4
AED 407 Agricultural Youth Programs.......................... 4
AED 430 Individual Work in Agricultural
& Extension Education.......................... 1-8
Other Requirements and Electives 42 credits**
MCA 303 Agricultural Mechanics 1.............................. 4










COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


MCA 407 Agricultural Mechanics 2.............................. 5
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics........ 5
ADP 311 Introduction to Animal Science....................... 5
PLS 201 Fundamentals of Crop Production.................... 4
SLS 330 General Soils................................ ............. 5
EY 301 Principles of Entomology.................................. 4
***Electives in Agriculture......................... ........... ... 10
*Substitutions must be approved by the Chairman of
Agricultural & Extension Education
***To be planned by department counselor.


AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING (Agricultural
Engineering)
The Agricultural Engineering curriculum is offered
cooperatively by the College of Agriculture and the College
of Engineering. Students in this major receive basic training
in engineering and agriculture so that they are prepared to
solve the specialized and unique engineering problems of
agricultural production and processing systems and the
management and conservation of agricultural land and
water resources. Since engineering problems in agriculture
relate to biological production and processing of biological
products, training in agricultural and biological courses is
obtained. Students desiring careers in Agricultural Engi-
neering will register in the College of Engineering. See
College of Engineering for curriculum.


AGRONOMY
(See Plant Sciences)


ANIMAL SCIENCES
Animal Science, Dairy Science, Poultry Science
Animal Science, Dairy and Poultry Science students in
certain options have a common core requirement of
courses. Additional requirements and electives within all
options should be discussed with the Chairman or
Counseling representatives of the Department in which the
student chooses to major.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Animal Sciences Core Requirements 39-50 Credits
Credits
ADP 311 Introduction to Animal Science................. 5
ADP 322 Principles of Animal Breeding...................... 5
ADP 312 Feeds and Feeding.................................... 5
ADP 421 Seminar............................. .. ............. 1
*SLS 330 General Soils........................... ............. 5
VY 321 Anatomy and Physiology.................................. 5
AY 362 Genetics................................... ............. 4
*AY 432 Forages and Pasture Science............................ 5
MCY 302 Basic Biology of Microorganisms.................... 5
ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting...................... 5
or
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management............................. 5
BTY 370 Elementary Organic and Biological Chemistry..... 5
Approved Electives AL, DY, PY............................... 12-26
Free Electives................................. .................... 22-26
*Students in Poultry Science and Laboratory Animal science
are not required to take AY 432 and SLS 330.


ANIMAL SCIENCE
Curricula in Animal Science meet the educational
requirements for those interested in options in Animal
Science and in Laboratory Animal Science. Animal Science


is designed to give students a foundation in the basic
sciences and fundamental training in the various phases of
the beef cattle, swine, horses, sheep, laboratory animals
and meat industries. Early in their college planning,
students should discuss the programs and their implications
with the Department Chairman or his counseling represent-
atives.
College ofAgriculture Core Requirements -8 Credits
Animal Science Core Requirements 39-50 Credits
Requirements for options in Animal Science 12-26 credits
Free and approved electives -22-26 Credits
Students selecting the Animal Science option are
required to take 12 hours in the following courses: AL 411,
AL 413, AL 414, AL 415, AL 434, and AL 423.
Students selecting the Laboratory Animal Science option
are required to take AL 332, AL 430, AL 431, VY 405, EY 301,
MGT 350 (or STA 320) and may also omit ADP311 but should
elect one additional Animal Science course.
Furthermore, it is the prerogative of the student to select
additional courses which will satisfy a specialization in
Science, Technology or Business in their field of major
interest.


DAIRY SCIENCE
Two curricula are offered. Students should consult with
department chairman or guidance counselor in selecting
the curriculum and in choice of electives.

CURRICULUM I DAIRY SCIENCE
This curriculum is designed for students interested in
dairy production, pre-veterinary medicine or post-graduate
study.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements -8 Credits
Animal Sciences Core Requirement 49-50 Credits
Departmental Requirements 18 Credits
Credits
DY 301 Dairy Cattle Management................................ 4
DY 405 Dairy Cattle Nutrition...................................... 3
DY 407 Physiology of Lactation or
ADP 407 Reproduction in Farm Animals....................... 4
ADP 422 Dairy Judging............................. ............. 1
Electives in Dairy Science..................................... 6
Approved Electives............................................. 20-21

CURRICULUM II DAIRY MANAGEMENT
The curriculum is designed for students interested in
managing dairies or dairy enterprises, or careers in allied
agribusinesses.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements -8 Credits
Required Courses from Animal Sciences Core 34 Credits
(ADP311, ADP312, AY 362, AY 435, BTY370, SLS330, VY321)
Management Core Requirements 21 Credits
Credits
FRE 304 Computer and Linear Programming for
Agriculture............................................ ........... 3
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management................................. 5
MS 204 Calculus for Economics and Business or
MS 301 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I................... 5
ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting..................... 5
ATG 203 Elementary Managerial Accounting.................. 3
Departmental Requirements 18 Credits
DY 301 Dairy Cattle Management................................ 4
DY 405 Dairy Cattle Nutrition............................ ... 3
DY 407 Physiology of Lactation or
ADP 407 Reproduction in Farm Animals....................... 4
ADP 422 Dairy Judging.............................. ..... 1
Electives in Dairy Science......................... ....... 6
Approved Electives................. ........ .............. 15








Colleges

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


POULTRY SCIENCE
Two curricula are offered by the Department of Poultry
Science. Students should consult the Chairman or the
departmental counselor for guidance in making their
curriculum choice and for approval of electives.
CURRICULUM I GENERAL OR SCIENCE
This curriculum is designed for those students interested
in training in poultry production, pre-veterinary medicine
or in preparing for graduate study.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8
Animal Sciences Core Requirements 39-40
Departmental Requirements 15-29 credits
Students selecting this curriculum are required to take a
minimum of 15 hours from the following Poultry Science
and related courses: PY 312, PY 415, PY 453, ADP 420, ADP
422, VY 401, PY 414 and PY 222.
Electives (Free and Approved).............................. 20-34
CURRICULUM II MANAGEMENT OR BUSINESS
This curriculum is designed for those students who plan
a career in any of various phases of the poultry or allied
industries with major emphasis on the management or
business aspect.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8
Courses from Animal Sciences Core 24 credits
The following courses are required: ADP311, ADP312,VY
321, AY 362 and BTY 370.
Required Management Core 21 credits
Credits
FRE 304 Computers and Linear Programming for
Agriculture.......................................... ................ 3
MS 204 Calculus for Economics & Business or
MS 301 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I.................. 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management................................. 5
ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting................... 5
ATG 203 Elementary Managerial Accounting................. 3
Departmental Requirements 15 credits
Students are required to take PY 415 and a minimum of
11 hours from the following Poultry Science and related
courses: PY 312, PY 453, ADP 420, ADP 422, VY 401, PY 414
and PY 422.
Free Electives....................... ............ ........ 11
Approved Electives 17 credits
Approved electives are to be taken from Poultry Science
and related courses listed above or from the following
courses: STA 320, FRE 320, FRE 330, FRE 460, FRE 465, MGT
350, BA 402, ADP 322, MCY 300 and AL 527.


BOTANY
A major in botany is offered through the College of
Agriculture. Students should consult with the Under-
graduate Coordinator for curriculum. (See Botany, College
of Arts and Sciences for course listing.)


DAIRY SCIENCE
(For Dairy Foods see Food Science-General)
(For Dairy Production see Animal Science-General)


ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY
Entomology and nematology are biological sciences
dealing with two principal groups of Invertebrate animals.
The curricula are designed to give basic training in
entomology and nematology and specialized programs in
various areas of these two sciences.


College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 credits
Departmental Requirements 30 Credits
EY 301 Principles in Entomology or EY 318 General
Entomology.................................... ............... 4
EY 410 Insect Physiology and Morphology.................. 5
EY 412 Insect Ecology, Behavior, and Systematics.......... 5
EY 460 Insect Identification...................... ............. 5
EY Electives........................... .................. .... 11
Other Requirements and Electives
58 Credits
BTY 370 Organic & Biochemistry or equivalent........... 5
Electives in Agriculture and/or Biological
Sciences...................................... ................. 32
Suggested Courses: AY 362, ZY 308
Approved Electives............................ ............ ... 21
For the Pest Management and Plant Protection Special-
ization, students must consult the department chairman for
approved courses.


FOOD AND RESOURCE
ECONOMICS
Six curricula are offered by the Department of Food and
Resource Economics. The curriculum selected by the
student will depend upon the nature of his interest in the
field. Students should consult the chairman of the
department or the departmental counselor for guidance in
making their choice of a curriculum and for approval of
electives.
CURRICULUM I FOOD AND RESOURCE
ECONOMICS
This curriculum is designed for those students interested
primarily in training as professional agricultural economists
or in preparing for graduate study.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 31 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics Junior Seminar.. 1
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics...... 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management................................. 5
FRE 320 Marketing............................ ... .............. 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.. 1
FRE 425 Agric. Price Analysis and Consumer Behavior.... 4
FRE 440 Public Policy in Agric.................................... 4
Electives in Food and Resource Economics.................. 6
Other Requirements and Electives 57 Credits
ES 201 Basic Economics........................... ............. 5
ES 401 M acro Theory................................. ............ 5
ES 402 M icro Theory............................... ............. 5
M S 301 Calculus 1.................................. ........... 5
M S 302 Calculus 2................................... ........... 5
STA 320 Statistics................................ .............. 4
STA 420 Sampling..................................... .............. 3
Free and Approved Electives.............................. 25
CURRICULUM II AGRICULTURAL
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
This curriculum is designed for those students interested
in administrative and service aspects of agriculture or
related businesses. Students who elect this curriculum and
later decide to do graduate study will be required to take
without credit toward a graduate degree courses required
under Curriculum I that they have not taken under
Curriculum II.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 31 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics junior Seminar.. 1
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics...... 5










COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


FRE 310 Farm Firm Management................................. 5
FRE 320 Marketing......................... ................. 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.. 1
FRE 425 Agric. Price Analysis and Consumer Behavior.... 4
FRE 440 Public Policy in Agric.................................... 4
*Quantitative M ethods............................................ 3-4
Electives in Food and Resource Economics.............. 2 or3
Other Requirements and Electives 57 Credits
ES 201 Basic Economics........................... ............. 5
MS 204 Calculus for Economics & Business................... 5
or
MS 301 Analytical Geometry & Calculus 1.................... 5
ES 301 National Income Determination & Policy.............. 3
ES 302 Prices & Markets............................ ........ 3
STA 320 Statistics......................- ... ....... 4
ATG 201 & 203 Elementary Accounting........................... 8
BA 402 Business Law.................................... ............. 5
or
FRE 305 Law Applied to Agriculture.............................. 4
Free and Approved Electives.............................. 24-25
*This requirement can be satisfied with FRE 465, STA 420,
MGT 470.

CURRICULUM III CO-MAJOR WITH
OTHER DEPARTMENTS
Students majoring in other departments who feel the
need for a better understanding of the economics of
agriculture and the relationship of agriculture to the general
economy can also take a Co-Major in Food and Resource
Economics. The curriculum for such Co-Major includes 23
quarter hours of required courses in Food and Resource
Economics, 9 quarter hours in related fields, and 62 hours to
meet the requirements of other participating departments
and for electives. Elective courses will be selected to fit the
needs and interests of the student.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements* 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 25 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics Junior Seminar..... 1
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics........ 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management........................... ... 5
FRE 320 Marketing......................................... 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.... 1
FRE 425 Agric. Price Analysis and Consumer Behavior...... 4
FRE 440 Public Policy in Agric.......................... ..... 4
Other Requirements and Electives 61 Credits
STA 320 Introduction to Statistics................................ 4
ES 201 Basic Economics........................... ............. 5
Free and Approved Electives................................. 54
*Students taking a Co-Major in Food and Resource
Economics and graduating in some other college will not be
required to meet the curriculum core requirements of the
College of Agriculture. Such students will have 69 instead of
61 hours of free and approved electives.

CURRICULUM IV RURAL SOCIOLOGY
This curriculum is designed to train rural sociologists for
teaching, research, and as consultants because of rapid
social and economic changes on the national and
international levels.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 25 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics Junior Seminar..... 1
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics........ 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management.................................. 5
FRE 320 M arketing................................. .............. 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.... 1
FRE 430 Land Economics................................. ...... 4
FRE 440 Public Policy in Agric...................................... 4


Other Requirements and Electives 63 Credits *
STA 310 Statistics for the Social Sciences........................4
SY 355 Rural Sociology............................................. 4
SY 442 Methods of Social Research..............................
SY 471 Population................................. .............. 4
SY 464 Comparative Sociology Theory and Methods........ 4
Free and Approved Electives.................................... 43
*SY 201, Principles of Sociology, required during second
year.
CURRICULUM V FOOD MARKETING AND
DISTRIBUTION
This curriculum is designed for students interested in
employment at the managerial level in the Food Industry.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 31 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics Junior Seminar.. 1
FRE 301 Principles of Food and Resource Economics...... 5
FRE 320 Agric. Marketing............................ .......... 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.. 1
FRE 421 Terminal M arkets........................................ 2
FRE 425 Agric. Price Analysis.................................... 4
FRE 426 Food Wholesaling.............................. ........... 3
FRE 427 Food Retailing.............................. ............. 3
FRE 424 Case Studies of Agricultural Marketing Firms.... 3
FRE 465 Activity Analysis Decision Making.............. 4
Other Requirements and Electives 57 Credits
ES 201 Basic Economics................................ ...... 5
ES 302 Prices and Markets.................................. 3
MS 204 or
M S 301 Calculus..................................... ............. 5
STA 320 Introduction to Statistics............................. 4
ATG 201 & 203 Elementary Accounting......................... 8
BA 402 Business Law................................... ............ 5
Free and Approved Electives.................................. 27
CURRICULUM VI NATURAL RESOURCE AND
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
This curriculum is designed for those students interested
in natural resources and environmental quality with
emphasis on economic problems and decision making
relating to these areas. Students who elect this curriculum
and later decide to do graduate study will be required to
take without credit toward a graduate degree courses
required under Curriculum I.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 31 Credits
Credits
FRE 300 Food and Resource Economics Junior Seminar.. 1
FRE 301 Principles of Agric. Econ................................ 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management................................. 5
FRE 320 M arketing................................ .............. 5
FRE 401 Food and Resource Economics Senior Seminar.. 1
FRE 425 Agri. Price Analysis and Consumer Behavior..... 4
FRE 465 Activity Analy. for Econ. Decisions.................. 4
FRE 460 Quantitative Methods in Agri. Econ................. 4
FRE 332 Economics of Environmental Quality............... 4
FRE 430 Land Economics......................... ............ 4
Other Requirements and Electives --51 Credits
ES 201 Basic Economics......................... ............... 5
ES 301 National Income Determination & Policy............ 3
ES 302 Prices & Markets................................. ........... 3
STA 320 Statistics............................. ................ 4
ATG 201 & 203 Elementary Accounting........................ 8
MCA or
SLS 333 Agri. and Environmental Quality.................... 4
Free and Approved Electives.............................. 24
*At least three electives must be chosen from courses that
include the following: MCA 301, SLS 330, EY 301, FRC 353,
ENE 301, ES 331, GPY 351, GPY 438, RE 350, RE 470, BTY 301.







Colleges

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


FOOD SCIENCE

The Department of Food Science offers three curricula,
Food Science, Food and Consumer Protection, and
Nutrition and Dietetics. These curricula are designed to
provide an understanding of the applications of basic
sciences, engineering and management to the handling,
processing, manufacturing, marketing and utilization of
human foods and the effects of these functions upon our
environment. Wholesomeness, nutritive value, safety,
convenience and availability of foods are stressed, with
further emphasis on ecological and environmental effects.
Students in all curricula take a common core of courses,
required courses for their area of concentration, and
electives. The Food Science curriculum offers ample
opportunity for electing courses in areas of special interest,
such as food processing and manufacturing, management
or sales; and graduate study and research in Food Science
or related fields. For those wishing to specialize in the
manufacture, handling and evaluation of products of dairy,
fruit, meat, poultry and vegetable origin, an opportunity is
available for cooperative programs with the commodity
departments. Students interested in the environmental
aspects of food and life systems should choose the Food and
Consumer Protection curriculum. This curriculum will
prepare students for employment in the areas of food
regulation, quality control, and environmental control.
The Nutrition and Dietetics curriculum is designed to
prepare students for a general dietetics internship program
upon graduation. Students should consult the departmen-
tal counselors for guidance and approval of electives.

College of Agriculture Core Requirements -8
Department Core Requirements 38 credits
Credits
FS 250 Fundamentals of Human Nutrition.................... 4
FS 301 Introductory Food Science................................ 4
FS 403 Food Microbiology..................................... 5
FS 408 Food Chemistry and Analysis 1.......................... 5
FS 409 Food Chemistry and Analysis 2.......................... 5
CY 362-363 Organic Chemistry.................................... 6
MCY 302 Basic Biology of Microorganisms.................... 5
STA320 Introduction to Statistics................................. 4
CURRICULUM I FOOD SCIENCE
Additional requirements and electives -50 credits
Credits
FS 404 Principles of Food Engineering.......................... 5
FS 421 Food Science Seminar...................................... 1
FS 450 Principles of Food Processing........................ 5
MS 301 Analytical Geometry & Calculus....................... 5
Electives................................................................. 34

CURRICULUM II FOOD AND CONSUMER
PROTECTION
Additional requirements and electives 50 credits
Credits
FS 202 Food and Consumer Protection, or
FS 411 Food Standards and Regulations..................... 2
FS 415 Environmental Toxicology and Public Health....... 4
FS 421 Food Science Seminar.................................... 1
FS 441 Food Epidemiology......................... ........... 4
EY 301 Principles of Entomology................................ 4
MS 301 Analytical Geometry & Calculus...................... 5
Electives............................................... ................ 30
NOTE: Recommended Electives for Curriculum II -AG 200
Agriculture in the Environment; FS 203 Toxic
Substances in Foods; EY 420 Medical and Veterinary
Entomology; MGT 401 Business Law; ZY 505 General
Ecology; ENE 420 Environmental Biology; ENE 422 -
Public Health Engineering.


CURRICULUM III NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
Additional requirements 50 credits
Credits
FS 405 Human Nutrition............................ ............ 4
FS 406 Nutrition and Disease..................................... 4
FS 407 Food Systems Management............................ 4
ATG 201 Elementary Financial Accounting................... 5
BCH Biochemistry.......................... ................. -
EDF 442 Educational Psychology................................. 5
FRE 320 Marketing........................................ ........ 5
HRP 101 Introduction to Health Related Professions...... 3
HRP 331 Basic Anatomy & Physiology (MED 331)........... 4
MGT 310 Principles of Management.......................... 4
MGT 350 Personnel Management............................... 4
PSY 201 General Psychology or
SY 201 Principles of Sociology......................... .... 4

FRUIT CROPS
(See Plant Sciences)

MECHANIZED AGRICULTURE
Students who major in mechanized agriculture become
specialists in the area of agricultural machines and
management. The curriculum provides basic and practical
training relating to agricultural machines, processing
systems and structures and mechanized processing and
handling systems. Graduates from this program are well
prepared for careers in those parts of the agribusiness
industry where mechanization of agricultural production
and operations are involved. Consultation with counselors
in the Department of Agricultural Engineering permits the
students to wisely select elective courses so that their career
objectives are satisfied.
For a major in mechanized agriculture'the following
program is offered.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Requirements in Mechanized Agriculture 24 Credits
Credits
MCA 301 Agricultural Water Management.................. 4
MCA 303 Agricultural Mechanics 1............................ 4
MCA 306 Farm Machinery................................... 4
MCA 401 Farm Buildings............................ ............ 4
AGE 403 Special Topics.............................. ............ 3
MCA 404 Engineering Principles of Food Science.......... 5
Other Requirements and Electives 64 Credits
*MS 301 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1.................... 5
EY 301 Principles of Entomology.................................. 4
SLS 330 General Soils.................................. ............ 5
CY 204 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis......... 4
*PS 212-222 General Physics............................. .... 5
*PS 213-223 General Physics....................................... 5
FRE 310 Farm Firm Management.................................. 5
**Free and approved electives.................................... 31
*These courses, including PS 211-221 should be taken as
electives during the first two years.
**Approved electives within the 192 credits required include
the following courses: AL 309, MKG 352, MGT310, MGT401,
FC 341, PLS 201, AY 311, and others.

MICROBIOLOGY
A major in Microbiology is offered through the College of
Agriculture. Students should consult with the Under-
graduate Coordinator for curriculum. (See Microbiology,
College of Arts and Sciences, for course listing.)

ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE
(See Plant Sciences)










COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


PLANT PATHOLOGY
The curriculum in Plant Pathology permits students to
learn the principles of Plant Pathology and their applications
to scientific agriculture. The following program is offered
for a major in Plant Pathology with specialization in either
Agricultural Science or Agricultural Technology. For the
Pest Management and Plant Protection Specialization,
students must consult the department chairman for
approved courses.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 20 Credits
Credits
PT 301 Lectures in Basic Plant Pathology..................... 2
corequisite:..................................... ................. 3
PT 311 Laboratory in Basic Plant Pathology, or
PT 313 Laboratory in Forest Pathology
PT 402 Principles of Plant Disease Control.................. 4
PT 440 Transmission of Plant Pathogens by Vectors....... 3
EY 303 Principles of Nematology................................ 4
MCY 302 Basic Biology of Microorganisms................. 4
*PT 490 Problems in Plant Pathology............................. 1-5
Other Requirements 32 Credits
AY 362 Genetics ................................................... 4
BTY 203 General Botany....................................... 5
BTY 310 Plant Physiology................................ ...... 5
BTY 370 Elementary Organic and Biological Chemistry... 5
EY 301 Principles of Entomology................................ 4
PLS 301 Plant Propagation.......................... ........... 4
SLS 330 General Soils................................................... 5
Approved Electives 36 Credits
*Departmental elective.


PLANT SCIENCES
(Agronomy, Fruit Crops, Ornamental Horticulture, Vege-
table Crops)
In addition to the departmental options in Agronomy,
Fruit Crops, Ornamental Horticulture and Vegetable Crops,
a curriculum is available for students interested in majoring
in the broad area of Plant Science. The curriculum is
designed to give an adequate foundation in both the basic
and applied plant sciences.
Students desiring to major in Plant Science must take the
core requirements of the College of Agriculture and Plant
Science and a minimum of 20-30 hours of approved electives
in the applied plant sciences. These electives should be
selected with the advice and approval of the Chairman of
the Plant Science curriculum.
College of Agriculture Core Requirements 8 Credits
Core Requirements of Plant Science 37 Credits
Credits
PT 301 Basic Plant Pathology................................ 2
PT 311 Laboratory in Basic Plant Pathology..................... 3
EY 301 Principles of Entomology.................................. 4
SLS 330 General Soils................................ ........... 5
AY 362 Genetics ....................................................... 4
BTY 310 Elementary Plant Physiology............................ 5
BTY 370 Elementary Organic and Biological Chemistry..... 5
PLS 201 Fundamentals of Crop Production.................... 4
PLS 301 Plant Propagation......................... ....... 3
PLS 311 Plant Propagation Laboratory....................... 2
Approved Electives: PLS, AY, FC, OH, VC................. 20-30
Free Electives......................... ....... ........ 21-31


AGRONOMY
Curricula in Agronomy provide a sound educational
experience for students in Agronomic Science, Technology,
or Business, or General Agronomy. Detailed programs are


available in crop production including field, forage, and
pasture crops as well as weed science, genetics, and plant
breeding. To discuss these programs and the implications
of each, students should consult the Agronomy Department
Coordinator of Resident Instruction as early as possible.
Core Requirements of the College of Agriculture
and of Plant Science 44 credits
Departmental Requirements 16 credits
Credits
AY 301 Principles of Agronomy.................................. 3
AY 465 Plant Breeding............................... ............ 4
AY 484 Agronomy Seminar................................. 1
Electives in Agronomy............................. ............ 8
Other Requirements 3 or 4
*PLS 452 Field Plot Technique........................... .... 3
**STA 320 introduction to Statistics.............................. 4
Approved Electives............................................. 32-33
Science Specialization:
BCH 411-412; CY 331; 381-382-384-385; EH 403; MCY 302;
MS 301-302; PS 211-212-221-222.
Technology Specialization:
AY 311 or 432; ADP 312; FRE 310; EY 303; MCA 306; PLS 442;
SLS 426; VY 321.
Business Specialization:
FRE 303-304-310-320-410; ATG 201; EH 303; Fl 322; MGT310;
PSY 201.
General Agronomy:
AY311 or 432; ADP312; FRE 303-304-305-310; EH403; EY303;
MCY300; MGT310; PSYVfi?ff.
*Technology and Business Specializations, and General
Agronomy.
**Science Specialization.
Each student has the prerogative of choosing approved
electives from the respective group of courses listed above
to meet the requirements of a specialization in Agronomic
Science, Technology, or Business, or in General Agronomy.
For the new Pest Management for Plant Protection
Specialization, students must consult the Agronomy
Department Coordinator of Resident Instruction for
approved courses.


FRUIT CROPS
Plant Science majors selecting an option in Fruit Crops
receive a broad foundation in the science and technology of
fruit production, handling and marketing, with emphasis on
citrus and tropical fruits. Programs of study leading to
specializations in technology, science and business are
available. It is important that students consult with the
departmental counselor as early in their university careers
as possible.
Core Requirements of the College ofAgriculture
and of Plant Science 45 credits
Departmental Requirements -21 credits
Credits
FC 335 Introduction to Citrus Culture...........................4
FC 403 Physiology of Fruit Production........................... 5
FC 437 Citrus Maturity and Packinghouse Procedure........ 4
FC441 Citrus Production............................. ............ 4
FC 450 Fruit Crops Laboratory 1.................................... 2
FC 451 Fruit Crops Laboratory 2................................... 2
Approved Electives............................. ............ .. 30
For the Agricultural Technology Specialization students
must select appropriate electives in technical agriculture
and related courses to give them the proper background for
careers in fruit production.
Those choosing the Agricultural Science Specialization
will select electives in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and








Colleges

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


biology as a background for graduate work and careers in
research, teaching, and extension.
For the Agricultural Business Specialization students will
select approved electives in the fields of business,
economics and management.
For the Pest Management and Plant Protection Special-
ization, students must consult the department chairman for
approved courses.




ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE
Plant Science majors selecting an option in Ornamental
Horticulture receive scientific or technical training in the
production of flower, foliage, nursery and turf crops.
Students should consult a departmental counselor as early
in their university careers as possible.
Core Requirements of the College of Agriculture
and of Plant Science 44 Credits
Departmental Requirements 28 Credits
Credits
OH 331 Fundamentals of Ornamental Plant
Classification................................... ................. 4
OH 420 Principles of Nursery Operations or................. 4
OH 441 Physiological Aspects of Ornamental
Plant Production......................... ..... ........ 4
OH 442 Production of Floricultural Crops................ 4
OH 462 Management of Southern Turfgrasses............ 4
OH 403 Ornamental Horticulture Seminar.................. 1
Ornamental Horticulture electives............................. 7
Approved electives...................................... 23
96
Emphasis on science, technology or business training on
the basis of student career interest is possible by proper
selection of electives under supervision of the departmental
counselor.
Ornamental Horticulture electives: (may also be used as
approved electives)
Nursery Specialization OH 332, 333, 363, 364, 400, 421, 499,
and LAE 353
Floriculture Specialization OH 332, 333, 340, 400, 443, 444,
499, and 511
Turf Specialization OH 332, 333, 363,364, 400,421,463, and
499
Landscape Horticulture Specialization OH 332, 333, 343,
363, 364, 365, 400, 499, and LAE 353
For the Pest Management and Plant Protection Special-
ization, students must consult the department chairman for
approved courses.




VEGETABLE CROPS
The option in Vegetable Crops is designed to give the
student an adequate foundation of basic plant science
which, together with specific courses in the principles of
production and marketing of vegetables, will prepare them
for primary employment in any phase of the specialized
vegetable industry.
Core Requirements of the College of Agriculture
and of Plant Science 44 Credits
Department Requirements 20 Credits
Students selecting the Vegetable Crops options are
required to take 20 credit hours selected on the advice of
the faculty adviser from the following courses:
VC411, VC412, VC413, VC415, VC 420, VC 451, VC 499, PLS
442, FC 442.


Credits
Approved Electives................................................. 32
Sufficient elective hours enable students to study in
agricultural science or business specialization.
For the Pest Management and Plant Protection Special-
ization, students must consult the department chairman for
approved courses.


POULTRY SCIENCE
(See Animal Sciences)


SOIL SCIENCE
The Department of Soil Science offers two curricula (Soil
Science and Soil Technology) each of which is designed to
meet the specific needs of the individual. Students should
consult the chairman of the department or the departmental
counselor for approval of electives in their field of
specialization.
SOIL SCIENCE
This program of study emphasizes the basic sciences.
Students following this curriculum can qualify for graduate
study and research in Soil Fertility, Soil Chemistry, Soil
Microbiolgy, Soil Physics, or Soil Genesis and Classification
by a careful selection of elective courses.
Core Requirements in College of Agriculture 8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 22 Credits
Credits
SLS 330 General Soils............................................... 5
SLS 421 Soil Chemistry................................. ...... 4
SLS 422 Soil Microbiology................................... 4
SLS 423 Soil Genesis & Classification.......................... 4
SLS 424 Soil Physics................................... ......... 4
Electives in Soil Science............................................. 1
Other Requirements and Electives 66 Credits*
GY 201 Physical Geology........................................ .. 4
MCY 300 Microbiology............................. ............. 5
BTY 310 Elementary Plant Physiology......................... 5
MS 301 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.................... 5
PS 211-221 General Physics I...................................... 5
PS 212-222 General Physics II..................................... 5
PS 213-223 General Physics III..................................... 5
CY 204 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis....... 4
CY 331 Quantitative Analysis.................................... 5
*Free and Approved Electives*.............................. 23
*Suggested electives
EY 301, EY 303, PT 301, CY 362-363, CY 341-342, or CY 451-452-
453, GY 407, GY 408, GY 418, MS 302, GPY 300, SLS 426, SLS
428, SLS 430.
SOIL TECHNOLOGY
This program of study is designed primarily for the
student who desires employment in one of the many
applied fields of agriculture after obtaining the bachelor's
degree. By a careful selection of electives one may prepare
for a career according to his or her specific interests.
Core Requirements in College of Agriculture -8 Credits
Departmental Requirements 26 Credits
Credits
SLS 330 General Soils................................... ........ 5
SLS 421 Soil Chem istry............................. ............. 4
SLS 422 Soil M icrobiology.......................................... 4
SLS 426 Fertilizers & Associated Soil Reactions.............. 4
Electives in Soil Science............................... ....... 9
Other Requirements and Electives 62 Credits
MCA 301 Agricultural Water Management.................... 4
AY 432 Forage and Pasture Science.............................. 5
FC 341 Citrus Growing.............................. ............. 4










COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE


MCY 300 Microbiology.......................... .............. 5
EY 301 Principles of Entomology.................................. 4
PT 301-311 Lectures and Laboratory in Basic Plant
Pathology....................................... ................ 5
*Free and Approved Electives*................................... 35
*Suggested Electives:
AL 309, CY 331, EH 302, PLS 201, GPY 300, GY 201, GY 202, SLS
423, SLS 424, SLS 428, FRE 310, PLS 301.
SOIL CONSERVATION AND LAND-USE PLANNING
This curriculum is recommended for students desiring a
fundamental knowledge of soils requisite to their conserva-
tion and the formulation of sound land-use decisions for a
wide variety of purposes to meet the needs of our rapidly
expanding population. These include agricultural, in-
dustrial, urban, and recreational developments. Em-
ployment opportunities exist with federal, state, and local
governmental as well as private organizations involved in
building and highway construction, land appraisal and
assessment, land zoning, and other activities related to
ecology and the environment, sanitation, and land-use
capability.
Core Requirements in College of Agriculture 8 credits
Departmental Requirements 24 Credits
Credits
SLS 330 General................................. .............. .. 5
SLS 333 Agriculture and Environmental Quality........... 4


SLS 421 Soil Chemistry................................. ...... 4
SLS 423 Soil Genesis and Classification....................... 4
SLS 428 Soil Survey.................................. ............. 3
SLS 437 Soils of Florida.................................. ..... 3
Electives in Soil Science................................ ............ 1
Other Requirements and Electives 64 Credits
Credits
MCA 301 Agricultural Water Management.................. 4
GY 201 Physical Geology.............................. .......... 4
GPY 300 Physical Geography.................................... 5
BTY 301 Introduction to Ecology................................ 5
ENE 301 Environmental Quality and Man.................... 4
OH 364 Relationships of Ornamental Plants to Urban
Environment.................................. .............. 3
RE 470 Urban Growth, Land Use, and Regional
Planning............................ .................. 5
Free and Approved Electives*.............................. 34
*Suggested Electives:
AG 200, AY 301, AL 309, AL 316, APY 200, APY 435, CIS 300,
BTY 375, FRE 305, FRE 310, FRE 330, FS 201, FRC 450, GPY 331,
GPY 351, GY 400, MTY 301, PCL 415, RE 350, RE 390, SLS 312,
SLS 422, SLS 424, SLS 426, SY 350, SY 355, STA 320.


VEGETABLE CROPS
(See Plant Sciences)












































*B -



a- ;'

s ,4
Z 7-
4 '4.
j, ;s*

i U

S


44lt
19
*1 B$ -M4'*.

I
I-
5J









College of Architecture
and Fine Arts


ARCHITECTURE
ART
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
INTERIOR DESIGN
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
MUSIC
THEATRE







Colleges


College of Architecture

and Fine Arts


GENERAL STATEMENT
The College of Architecture and Fine Arts provides
instruction for students who seek professional careers in
the Building Arts and the Fine Arts; it offers to other
students of the University creative and cultural op-
portunities in these arts; and it performs appropriate
related services for the citizens of Florida. The College has
developed from the School of Architecture established in
1925. Its organization now includes the Division of
Building Arts, with Departments of Architecture and
Building Construction; the Division of Fine Arts, with
Departments of Art and Music; the Bureau of Research; the
University Center of the Arts, the Center for Latin American
and Tropical Arts and the University Gallery.




PROGRAMS
Professional Instruction The College offers pro-
fessional curricula leading to appropriate undergraduate
degrees in:
Architecture (Preprofessional)
Interior Design
Landscape Architecture
Building Construction
Art
Fine Arts
(Creative Photography,
Painting, Printmaking,
Sculpture, History of
Art, Crafts)
Advertising Design
Art Education
Music
Music Education
Theatre
The College also offers at the Graduate level professional
programs in Architecture, Art, Building Construction,
Music Education and Urban and Regional Planning. Each
undergraduate and graduate program stresses thorough
mastery of the principles underlying its field and the
development of professional skill in their creative applica-
tion to practice.
Major programs of study in Art and Music, leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Arts, are offered by the departments
of this college. Requirements for this degree are described
under the College of Arts and Sciences.
General Courses: The College offers a number of courses
open to all students of the University who wish to broaden
their cultural background in the arts.
Public Programs: The College sponsors each year
numerous public lectures, concerts, exhibits, festivals,
special conferences, and clinics in which faculty and
eminent visiting scholars and practitioners participate. The
University Center of the Arts administered by the College,
presents public exhibitions of outstanding works in the
visual arts, both fine and applied.
Bureau of Research: The Bureau fosters and encourages
research in all areas of the building arts and fine arts. It also
provides an opportunity for graduate students and faculty
members to engage in research and cooperate effectively in
research with other University departments and institu-
tions.


LIBRARY FACILITIES
The University Libraries and the Architecture and Fine
Arts Library together provide an important working
collection of publications and audio-visual materials for
undergraduate and graduate studies. These resources
include books, government documents, leading American
and foreign periodicals, color prints, and slides. There is an
extensive collection of published and recorded music of all
types. Music listening rooms allow convenient use of these
materials.


COUNSELING
Students planning to major in any program of study in the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts should see the proper
Upper Division departmental chairman or adviser as soon
as possible in their college program.
The counseling program of the College is designed to
make available to all students the services of faculty
members highly qualified in their respective professions
who can assist in the selection of a field of study, give
understanding and sympathetic counsel regarding the
student's personal or academic problems, and advise on the
selection of employment after graduation.

STUDENT AID
Students interested in part-time employment, as-
sistantships, fellowships, loans, prizes, and awards are
referred to individual departments and information pro-
vided by the Student Financial Aid Office, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Florida.


PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
Students are urged to obtain before graduation some
experience in the employ of practicing professionals in their
particular field, or in some allied work which will give an
insight into the problems of professional practice. Such
employment provides an introduction to the methods of
actual practice, and enables the student to derive increased
benefit from advanced work in school. Students should
seek the counsel of their faculty adviser as to the type of
practical experience best suited to their individual needs.


FIELD TRIPS
Each year a number of field trips are arranged to give
students an opportunity to broaden and extend their
educational experience through study of construction
projects of unusual interest or of outstanding works of
architecture and art. Students frequently combine such
studies with attendance at state and national meetings of the
professional organizations in their respective fields.


TEACHER'S CERTIFICATE
In conjunction with the College of Education, the College
of Architecture and Fine Arts offers programs for teaching
Art and Music in the public schools in grades Kthrough 12.
These programs are listed in both sections under the
College of Education and the College of Architecture and
Fine Arts. For certification consult the College of Education
or the Academic Adviser in Art or Music.

STUDENT WORK
The College reserves the right to retain student work for
the purpose of record, exhibition, or instruction.


r~ -,-









COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Student organizations take an active part in the
educational program of the College. Included in these
organizations are the Florida Art Society, the Gargoyly
Society, Sigma Lambda Chi, the Students' Contractors and
Builders Association, the student chapter of the American
Institute of Architects, Tau Sigma Delta, the Music
Educators National Conference student member Chapter
No. 257, Kappa Kappa Psi, Tau Beta Sigma, Phi Mu Alpha
Sinfonia and Sigma Alpha lota. The College encourages and
assists students in promoting close relations with pro-
fessional groups and societies.



GRADUATE DEGREES
The college offers the degrees of Master of Arts in
Architecture, Master of Arts in Urban and Regional
Planning, Master of Science in Building Construction,
Master of Building Construction, Master of Fine Arts, and
Masters in Education with a major in Music Education. To
meet the needs and goals of each student, graduate
programs are prepared individually in consultation with a
designated member of the Graduate Faculty of the College
of Architecture and Fine Arts. For further information see
the Graduate School catalog.
Architecture: Those students with a Bachelor of Design
(Architecture) degree who wish to obtain a professional
degree in architecture must pursue the two year graduate
program which is a prerequisite for seeking licensing for
architectural practice. It permits further study in specialized
areas of architectural design, architectural history, architec-
tural structures, environmental technologies or architec-
tural preservation.
Under special circumstances the graduate faculty of the
department may elect to admit students who have a
Bachelor of Architecture degree from a five-year program,
for a one-year graduate program leading to the Master of
Arts in Architecture.
Art: The major is in Fine Arts. Although holders of the
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree may technically complete the
requirements in one academic year, two years are normally
required.
Building Construction: The area of the specialization may
be in areas of construction materials, techniques, in-
dustrialized building and systems, management or re-
search, and structural concepts. Holders of the four-year
undergraduate degree in Building Construction or its
equivalent may normally complete the requirements for the
master's degree in one academic year.
Music: The Department of Music cooperates with the
College of Education in offering courses leading to the
degree Master of Education with a major in music
education. The prospective candidate for the degree must
meet the general requirements for admission to the
Graduate School. During his first quarter of study, the
candidate must take placement examinations in the areas of
applied music, music theory, music history and literature,
and music education. He must satisfy requirements for
music teaching certification in Florida before the degree is
awarded. All deficiencies must be remedied.
Urban and Regional Planning: The degree of Master of
Arts in Urban and Regional Planning is the professional
degree for students who wish to qualify for full membership
in the American Institute of Planners. It is currently
designed to prepare the student in one of three areas of
specialization: Urban and Regional Design, Urban and
Regional Systems Analysis, and Urban and Regional
Environmental Evaluation.


REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The University of Florida and the College of Architecture
and Fine Arts encourage applications from qualified
students from all cultural, racial, religious and ethnic
groups. Listed below are the specific requirements for
admission to this College. It should be understood,
however, that minimum requirements are given and that
admission to the College is a selective process. The
satisfaction of minimum requirements does not auto-
matically guarantee admission. Limitations in staff, faculty
and facilities make it necessary that the College establish
quotas for the admission of students in most programs.
Therefore, eligible applicants will be considered for
admission to the College of Architecture and Fine Arts
within established quotas. A student's total record,
including educational objective, pattern or courses pre-
viously completed, quality of previous academic record,
and test data will be considered in evaluatingan application
for admission. Priority in admission will be given to those
applicants whose potential, on the basis of their total
record, indicates the greatest likelihood of success in the
program requested.

University College Students: To be eligible for admission
to the College of Architecture and Fine Arts, a University
College student (except a student majoring in music) must
have: 1) earned at least 93-96 quarter hours (varies with
curricula) with the minimum average of "C" or higher in the
courses required by the appropriate curriculum specified
for the Freshman and Sophomore years; and 2) passed all
required preprofessional courses within those two years
with a minimum grade average of "C". Admission to
programs restricting enrollment because of space limita-
tions may require that the student earn higher than the 2.0
(C) average minimum. Quotas will limit the admission of
students based upon the overall academic record, grade
point average and apparent potential for successful
completion of the program. Music majors may apply to the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts after one quarter in
the University College.
Minimum grades required in certain courses and other
special requirements for admission to various curricula in
the College of Architecture and Fine Arts should be
obtained from the Dean's Office or from the departmental
adviser.
Transfer Students: To be eligible for admission to the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts a transfer student
must satisfy the minimum requirements for admission as
specified in the ADMISSIONS section of this catalog.
Additionally, the applicant must satisfy the following
specific requirements for admission to the College of
Architecture and Fine Arts.:
A. Transfers from four-year colleges.
Students attending four-year colleges should take
courses similar to the appropriate program as outlined in
this catalog.
B. Community College Transfers to Departments within
the College.
1. Curricula in Architecture: Transfer students should
expect to take up to three quarters of work to
complete the preprofessional courses not available at
the community college. Mathematics including
calculus and one year of physics with laboratory,
free-hand drawing, and perspective drawing with
instruments should be taken at the community
college if available.
2. Curriculum in Interior Design: Same as 1. above
except calculus and physics are not required. If
available, economics or accounting, free-hand draw-
ing and trigonometry should be taken at the
community college.
3. Curriculum in Landscape Architecture: Transfer







Colleges

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


students should expect to take a minimum of three
quarters to complete preprofessional courses not
available at the community college. Mathematics
including calculus, free-hand drawing, introductory
botany and general botany should be taken at the
community college. The physical science require-
ment may be fulfilled by one term of physical science
and one term of general physics (see program as
listed in the University College section of the
catalog).
COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENTS PLANNING TO MAJOR
IN ARCHITECTURE, INTERIOR DESIGN OR LANDSCAPE
ARCHITECTURE WHO COULD HAVE QUALIFIED FOR
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY AS BEGINNING
FRESHMEN SHOULD, IF POSSIBLE, TRANSFER AT THE END
OF ONE YEAR.
4. Curriculum in Building Construction: Transfer
students, in addition to obtaining an Associate of Arts
degree and completing general education require-
ments, should satisfactorily complete the following
at the junior or community college: mathematics,
including calculus through basic integration; one
year of physics with laboratory; one course each in
accounting, business communications or technical
report writing, and drawing with instruments such as
architectural or engineering drawing.
The three remaining Freshman and Sophomore
preprofessional courses, one each in physical
geology, construction materials, and statics should
be taken at the junior or community college if
available. If not available they must be satisfactorily
completed in the first term of registration at the
University of Florida before the student can proceed
to the Junior level courses.
Each Florida junior and community college has been
furnished a copy of a suggested pre-Building
Construction program listing those local courses
which satisfy Freshman and Sophomore prerequisite
requirements for the University of Florida program.
Any student may write the Department of Building
Construction for a copy.
5. Curricula in Art: Where possible the junior college
program should include: two basic design courses,
a course in color theory, two free-hand drawing
courses, one basic painting course and a year of art
history. Courses not available at the junior college
will be taken after transfer to the University.
6. Curricula in Music: The junior college program
should include two years of music theory, including
ear training, sight singing and keyboard harmony;
two years of applied music major study; and two
years of ensemble. The primary criterion for
admission to any music major program is proficiency
in musical performance. Students are admitted to
the program following completion of a satsifactory
in-person or tape-recorded audition, and comple-
tion of a theory placement test.
7. Curriculum in Theatre: Same as 1. above except
calculus, physics, freehand and perspective drawing
are not required. If available, theatre appreciation,
oral interpretation, voice and articulation, acting,
theatre practice, stage makeup and stage movement
should be taken at the community college.
Provisional Admission: The professional programs of the
College demand that preprofessional course-work begin
with the Freshman year. Realizing that most of the schools
from which transfer students come do not offer all such
courses, the College provides an opportunity for ad-
missable students to remove these deficiencies. Qualified
transfer students, indicating potential, but not having
completed all preprofessional prerequisites, may be
admitted provisionally based upon space available. Due to
limitations in soace and faculty all qualified students may


not be admissable. Students admitted provisionally will
register for the courses necessary to eliminate deficiencies
in the shortest time possible. Until these deficiencies are
removed they will be required to maintain a "C" (2.00)
average to be eligible for continued registration and may be
prevented from registering for courses numbered 300 or

above.


MAXIMUM AND
MINIMUM LOADS
Fifteen to eighteen quarter hours in any regular quarter
shall be considered a normal load. A student may be
permitted to register for more than eighteen quarter hours
when, in the opinion of his adviser, the qualityof his record
justifies this. The minimum loadfor a full-time student in the
University during a regular quarter is 12 hours. At the time of
registration a student, with the approval of the Dean, may
register for less than twelve quarter hours. If a student
wishes to drop courses during the quarter, he must have the
approval of the College Committee on Student Petitions.

NORMAL ACADEMIC PROGRESS
The student will have maintained normal academic
progress when he earns a minimum grade point of 2.0 (C)
average for all work attempted in the Upper Division. In
addition, he is required to take courses in a sequence as
specified by his departmental chairman or adviser. The
student may be excluded from a program of study in the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts if he fails or refuses to
maintain normal academic progress.



DEAN'S HONOR LIST
Undergraduate students who demonstrate excellence in
their academic work by completing a full course load
(minimum of 12 quarter hours credit) in a quarter term and
achieving a grade point average of 3.5 or better will earn a
position on the Dean's Honor List. Students whose term
averages are below 3.5 due to grades of 1 or X are not
eligible.


GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for graduation, the student must earn a
minimum grade point average of 2.0 (C) for all work
attempted in the appropriate curriculum while classified in
the College. Courses taken while enrolled in another Upper
Division College may not apply toward the calculation of the
AFA average. Specific grade requirements for the various
curricula may be obtained from the department or Dean's
Office.
Students planning to enter the Graduate School should
maintain a 3.0 (B) average in Upper Division work.


GRADUATION WITH HONORS
AND HIGH HONORS
The faculty will consider recommending students for
graduation with HONORS or HIGH HONORS on the
following criteria: (a) grade point average, (b) distribution
and quality of subject matter studied, (c) evaluation of the
students by the faculty, and (d) other pertinent qualities of
the student and his work.
The student will be considered for HONORS upon his










COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


earning a minimum 3.2 academic average or for HIGH
HONORS upon his earning a 3.5 academic average. The
average will be calculated on all work attempted while the
student is classified in the Upper Division. Transfer credits
will be excluded from the average; HONORS or HIGH
HONORS may be awarded upon a minimum of 72 quarter
hour credits taken at the University of Florida.



I. CURRICULUM IN
ARCHITECTURE
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Design (Architecture)
Butt, A.F., Chairman; Morse, R. H., Adviser
This curriculum is for students who desire to obtain a
preprofessional education in architecture. It is the under-
graduate preparation for the two-year graduate program for
those interested in professional practice, teaching, and
similar careers of creative and intellectual activity. For other
careers in architecture the course of study leading to the
Bachelor of Design is a terminal program.
Students participate in a two-year program of general
education in architecture. Also in consultation with
departmental counselors the student selects electives
which will strengthen and reinforce individual interests and
objectives. Elective study permits the student to begin a
background for the two-year professional graduate pro-
gram.
In the graduate program the student is required to work
closely with all other graduate students although each
pursues one of several optional courses of study. Optional
courses of study are architectural design, architectural
structures, architectural environmental technologies,
architectural history and architectural preservation. For
details of the graduate professional program see the
Graduate catalog.
The undergraduate and graduate programs form a
curriculum of study accredited by the National Architectural
Accrediting Board established by the American Institute of
Architects, the National Council of Architectural Regis-
tration Board, and the Association of Collegiate Schools of
Architecture.
The program of study is included below to show a typical
sequence in which courses are taken. In many cases,
courses are offered in other quarters, in addition to those
shown.
Electives may be taken in lieu of certain courses upon
submission of evidence of equivalent experience.
The Department reserves the right to retain student work
for the purposes of record, exhibition, or instruction.
FIRST YEAR CREDITS
AE 121 The Building Arts........................................... 3
AE 112 Basic Drawing.............................. ............. 4
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................ 5
CPS Physical Sciences.................................... 4

16
AE 113 Architectural Drawing..................................... 4
EH English...................................... .................. 3
MS 201 Analytical Geometry and Calculus................... 5
PS 201 Applied Physics I......................................... 5

17
AE 115 Architectural Communications......................... 4
EH English .................................................. ........ 3
CBS The Biological Sciences...................................... 3
PS 202 Applied Physics 2.......................................... 5
PL Physical Education........................ .... ........ 1

16


SECOND YEAR
AE 235 Architectural Design I..................................... 4
EH English..................................................... 3
HUM Humanities......................................... ...... 4
SSC Social Sciences.................................................. 3
PL Physical Education.................................. ......... 1

15
AE 236 Architectural Design II.................................... 4
CBS The Biological Sciences................................ 3
HUM Humanities .............................. ........ 4
SSC Social Sciences.................. ........ ........... 3
PL Physical Education..................... ..... ........... 1

15
AE 245 Mat. and Methods of Construction I................. 4
HUM Humanities.................................................... 4
BES Behavioral Studies......................................... .. 6
SSC Social Sciences............................................ 3

17
THIRD YEAR CREDITS
AE 316 Design Graphics.......................................... 4
AE 355 Architectural Structures 1............................... 4
AE 364 Environmental Technology 1........................... 4
Elective.................................... ...... .................... 4

16
AE 385 Site Analysis....................... ..... ........ 4
AE 366 Environmental Technology 2.......................... 4
AE 375 Survey of Architecture History 1...................... 4
Elective........................... .......................... 4

16
AE 335 Architectural Design 3................................... 4
AE 356 Architectural Structures 2............................... 4
AE 346 Mat. & Methods of Construction 2.................. 4
Elective.......................................... ..................... 4

16
FOURTH YEAR
AE 435 Architectural Design 4.................................... 4
AE 367 Environmental Technology 3.......................... 4
AE 475 Survey of Architectural History 2..................... 4
Elective............................. ...... .. .................... 4

16
AE 442 Applied Design Connections........................... 4
AE 445 Mat. and Methods of Construction 3................ 4
AE 456 Architectural Structures 3............................... 4
Elective................................. ..... ..................... 4

16
AE 436 Architectural Design 5................................... 4
AE 465 Professional Administration, Specs. &
Estim ating...................................... ................. 4
AE 476 Survey of Architectural History 3..................... 4
Elective................................. ........ .................... 4

16



II. CURRICULUM IN
INTERIOR DESIGN
Leading to the degree of Bachelor of Design. Butt, A.F.,
Chairman; MacFarlane, J., Adviser.
This curriculum is for students who desire to become
professional interior designers in the domestic, com-







Colleges

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


mercial, and institutional fields, or who desire to engage in
the design, and manufacture of furniture and accessories.
For Freshman and Sophomore programs of study consult
section of catalog entitled Lower Division.
The Department reserves the right to retain student work
for the purposes of record, exhibition, or instruction.
Students must begin the third and fourth year program
during the Fall Quarter only.
FIRST YEAR CREDITS
AE 121 The Building Arts..................................... 3
SSC Social Sciences................................... .............. 3
CPS Physical Sciences............................ ............. 4
EH English........................................ ................ 3
PE Physical Education............................................. 1
14
AE 112 Basic Drawing................................ ............ 4
SSC Social Sciences............................ .............. 3
CPS Physical Sciences........................... ............. 3
EH English........................................ ................ 3
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ........... 3
PE Physical Education.......................... ............ 1
17
AE 113 Architectural Drawing..................................... 4
SSC Social Sciences........................ .............. 3
CPS Physical Sciences............................ ............. 3
EH English........................................ ............... 3
BES Behavioral Studies.............................. ........... 3
PE Physical Education............................. ............. 1
17
SECOND YEAR
HUM Humanities.......................... ............... 4
MS 102 Algebra and Trigonometry............................. 5
AE 115 Architectural Communications......................... 4
ELECT Elective.................................... .............. 4
17
HUM Humanities..................................... .. ........... 4
CBS Biological Sciences............................ ........ 3
ATG 201 Accounting...................... ................. 5
AE 235 Architectural Design 1................................... 5
16
HUM Hum anities................................. .............. 4
CBS Biological Sciences............................. ............ 3
AE 236 Architectural Design.................................. 4
ELECT Elective............................ ................... 4
15
THIRD YEAR CREDITS
IR 331 Interior Design 1....................................... 5
IR 341 Interior Furnishings 1..................................... 4
IR 315 Interior Architectural Drawing......................... 4
AE 245 Mat. & Methods of Construction 1.................. 4
17
IR 332 Interior Design 2.......................................... 5
IR 342 Interior Furnishings 2...................................... 4
IR 372 History 1............................................. 4
IR 346 Mat. & Methods of Construction 2................... 4
17
IR 333 Interior Design 3................................... 5
IR 343 Interior Furnishings 3.................................... 4
IR 363 History 2.................................. ........... 4
IR 375 Textiles.......................... .................... 4
17


FOURTH YEAR
IR 431 Advanced Interior Design 1............................ 8
AE 442 Applied Design Connections.......................... 4
ELECT Elective................................... ............... 4
16
IR 432 Advanced Interior Design 3............................ 8
IR 443 Practice of Interior Design.............................. 4
ELECT Elective.................................... .............. 4
16
IR 433 Advanced Interior Design 3............................. 8
BA 401 Business Law................................ ............ 5
ELECT Elective.................................... .............. 3
16


III. CURRICULUM IN
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
Leading to the degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architec-
ture. Butt, A.F., Chairman; Smith, H.H., Adviser.
This curriculum is designed to train students in the
arrangement and conservation of land areas for human use
and enjoyment. Graduates are prepared for private practice
in the field of landscape architecture and for employment
as landscape architects in municipal, state and federal
recreation and planning agencies. Also, due to intensive
training in site planning and planting design, graduates find
ready employment with architectural and engineering
offices.
Certain courses may be satisfied by documented
professional activity.
FIRST YEAR CREDITS
AE 121 The Building Arts................................. ... 3
AE 112 Basic Drawing.............................. ............ 4
MS 102 Algebra & Trigonometry.......................... 5
EH English........................................ .............. 3
PLM Physical Education............................ ............ 1
16
AE 113 Architectural Drawing..................................... 4
SY 201 Principles of Sociology................................... 4
CPS Physical Sciences........................... .............. 4
EH English................................... ..... .............. 3
PLM Physical Education........................... ............ 1
16
AE 115 Architectural Communications......................... 4
SSC Social Sciences............................ .............. 3
BTY 181 Introductory Botany..................................... 5
EH English............................................................ 3
PLM Physical Education........................................... 1
16


SECOND YEAR 47
LAE 271 History & Theory of Landscape Architecture..... 4
AE 235 Architectural Design 1.................................... 4
MS 201 Analytical Geometry & Calculus...................... 5
HUM Humanities................................ .............. 4
17
LAE 272 History & Theory of Landscape Architecture..... 4
AE 236 Architectural Design 2................................... 4
BTY 203 General Botany...................................... 5
HUM Humanities................................ .............. 4
17










COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


AE 245 Mat. & Methods of Construction 1.................. 4
SSC Social Sciences................................ ........... 3
*PS 201 Applied Physics 1........................................... 5
HUM Humanities....................... ... .............. 4

17

51


98
*Two quarters of CPS may be substituted for PS 201.
THIRD YEAR CREDITS
LAE 331 Landscape Architectural Design 1.................. 5
LAE 341 Landscape Constructio. ......................... 4
AE 385 Site Analysis.......... ...................... ........ 4
OH 331 Fund. Orn. Plant Class.............................. 4

17
LAE 332 Landscape Architectural Design 2................... 5
LAE 342 Landscape Construction 2............................. 4
OH 332 Ident. Basic Orn Plants................................ 4
Elective................................... .............. 3-4

16-17
LAE 333 Landscape Architectural Design 3.................... 5
LAE 353 Planting Design.......................................... 5
LAE 363 Grounds Maintenance (or elective)............... 3-4
Elective....................................... ...................... 3-5

16-19

49-53
FOURTH YEAR
LAE 431 Advanced Landscape Architectural Design 1..... 8
LAE 481 Recreation Planning...................................... 4
CIS 302 Intro. to Computer Programming................... 2
Elective.................................... .................... 3-5

17-19
LAE 432 Advanced Landscape Architectural Design 2..... 8
LAE 442 Professional Administration........................... 5
Elective .............................................................. 3-4

16-17
LAE 433 Advanced Landscape Architectural Design 3..... 8
LAE 421 Senior Seminar............................................ 3
Elective ................................................................. 3-5

14-16

47-52


96-105
*A field trip is required of all Junior and/or Senior level
students.



IV. CURRICULUM IN BUILDING
CONSTRUCTION
Leading to the degree of Bachelor of Building Construction,
Halperin, D.A., Chairman; Johnson, L.A., Tracey, V.G. and
Grim, D., Jr., Advisers.
This four year program is for students who are interested
in preparing for professional careers in construction
science, management, techniques, operations, products


research, and related areas in the construction industry
rather than in architectural and engineering design.
Graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master of
Science in Building Construction and Master of Building
Construction are offered, see Graduate catalog.
The Freshman and Sophomore program of study (see
section of catalog entitled Lower Division) is designed to
provide easy transfer for junior and community college
Associate of Arts graduates. All equivalent transfer courses
in these first two years are available at many junior and
community colleges. Thus, with proper course planning
many transfer students with A.A. degrees complete the
four-year degree program in six remaining quarters at the
University. Prospective junior and community college
transfer students should consult their advisers or write to
the Department of Building Construction for a pre-building
construction program of local study.
The construction industry and its related fields are in dire
need of young men and women educated in the arts of
communications and interpersonal relations and in areas of
construction science, management, techniques, and opera-
tions. This curriculum provides education in all these areas.
Students are especially attracted to construction because
of the creative excitement, the challenging and rewarding
opportunities offered and the sense of tangible accomplish-
ments. Opportunities for advancement and increasing
responsibilities are unlimited in all areas of the industry, a
few of which include land development; home building;
public building; industrialized building and systems;
commercial, industrial, marine, and heavy construction;
underwater and space age facilities; materials and equip-
ment distribution sales, and installations; construction
product research, development, sales, and applications.
Typical company titles of jobs accepted by graduating
Seniors are: assistant project manager, field engineer,
project planner, cost engineer, project scheduler, and cost
analyst.
The department includes a chapter of Sigma Lambda Chi,
National Honorary Construction Fraternity, and the Student
Contractors and Builders Association. This association is an
affiliated student chapter of the National Association of
Home Builders and also of the Associated General
Contractors of America.
For the Freshman and Sophomore program of study,
consult the section of the catalog entitled Lower Division.
JUNIOR YEAR
1st Quarter Credits
BCN 301 Construction Surveying & Drawing................ 5
BCN 311 Construction Mechanics 2........................... 5
BCN 321 Construction Techniques 1........... ............... 5
2nd Quarter
BCN 312 Structures 1....................... ...................... 4
BCN 322 Construction Techniques 2.......................... 5
BA 402 Business Law......................................... ....... 5
3rd Quarter
CIS 302 Introduction to Computer Programming........... 2
BCN 313 Structures 2............................................. .. 4
BCN 323 Construction Techniques 3........................... 5
BCN 331 Quantity Surveying..................................... 4

Total 44
SENIOR YEAR
1st Quarter Credits
BCN 414 Structures 3....................... ..................... 4
BCN 432 Construction Estimating............................... 4
BCN 441 Environmental Technology 1......................... 4
BCN 451 Construction Management 1....................... 4
2nd Quarter
BCN 402 History of Construction............................... 4
BCN 443 Environmental Technology 2........................ 4
BCN 452 Construction Management 2....................... 4
BCN 454 Construction Planning & Control.................. 4








Colleges

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


3rd Quarter
BCN 403 Site Development......................... ......... 4
BCN 445 Environmental Technology 3........................ 4
BCN 453 Construction Management 3....................... 4
*Professional Technical Elective................................ 4

Total 48
*There are two options on Professional Technical Electives:
Option 1: One course, 4 credits or more, in Junior year
and one course, 4 credits or more, in Senior year, both to be
taken under the conditions of the satisfactory or unsatisfac-
tory (S-U) grade option.
OR
Option 2: One course, 4 credits or more to be taken for a
grade in the Junior or Senior year.
Electives must have prior approval of the Department
Adviser.


V. CURRICULA IN ART
Grissom, E.E., Chairman.
The Department of Art offers undergraduate majors in the
College of Architecture and Fine Arts leading to the degrees
of Bachelor of Arts in Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of
Design, and Bachelor of Design in Art Education. Upper
Division course requirements in the curricula are given
below.
For the Freshman and Sophomore programs of study,
consult the section of the catalog entitled The Lower
Division. For further information concerning any of these
curricula see the Chairman of the Department of Art.
In addition, the Department of Art offers a major in art in
the College of Arts and Sciences leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Arts. Requirements for this are given in the
listing of the College of Arts and Sciences.
The curricula in the College of Architecture and Fine Arts
are intended for students who plan to enter professional
careers in fine arts or design, to teach art in the public
schools or in the universities and colleges or to enter the
graduate study.
The major in art in the College of Arts and Sciences should
be chosen by those students whose interest is in a liberal
education with emphasis upon the visual arts.
1. Curricula in General Arts. Leading to the Degree of
Bachelor of Arts in Art.
The curricula in General Arts provide for majors in (a) Fine
Arts creative photography, painting, printmaking and
sculpture, (b) the History of Art, (c) Crafts, (d) Advertising
Design, and (e) Art Education. All students entering the
Department of Art at the undergraduate level will be
enrolled in the curricula in General Arts. This degree
program offers the student all the content advantages of the
departments professional B.F.A./B.D. programs while
reducing the actual time commitment by one quarter or 16
hours. (Also see (2) Curricula in Fine Arts (B.F.A.), (3)
Curricula in Advertising Design (B.D.), and (4) Curricula in
Art Education (B.D.))
(a) Major in Fine Arts
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
Studio Major........................ ......... ........ ... 13
Art History...................................................... 12
ART 350-351 Intermediate Drawing 1 and 2................... 8
*Electives.................... ..... ............................... 10

Total 43
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
Studio M ajor................................ ...................... 5


Art History................................. ................... 4
ART 408 Senior Seminar................... ........ ........... 4
Art Electives (355, 357, 341, 353, 280)........................... 12
*Electives..................... ..... .................. 16

Total 41
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art in courses of a non-studio nature.
The studio major should consist of four courses (18 hours) in
a single area e.g., creative photography, painting, print-
making, sculpture, etc.
(b) Major in Art History
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
Art History........................... ......................... 16
ART 309 Criticism of Art........................................... .. 4
History of World Civilization or History of Philosophy...... 8
Foreign Language............................................ 15

Total 43
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
Art History............................... ........................ 20
ART 408 Senior Seminar.......................................... 4
Foreign Language........................ .............. 4
History of World Civilization or History of Philosophy...... 7
Electives............................................ ........... .......... 6

Total 41
(c) Major in Crafts
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 280 Beginning Ceramics..................................... 4
ART 380-381 Intermediate Ceramics 1 and 2.................. 8
ART 383-384 Jewelry & Metalwork 1 and 2..................... 8
Art History....................................... 12
*Electives.......................... .......................... 12

Total 44
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 480 Advanced Ceramics..................................... 10
ART 408 Senior Seminar........................................ 4
Art History............................................................ 4
ART 341 Photography........................................... 4
ART 357.............................................................. 4
*General Electives..................................... ........ .... 14

Total 40
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art in courses of a non-studio nature.
(d) Major in Advertising Design
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 260 Lettering................................. ............. 4
ART 360-361 Layout 1 and 2........................................ 8
ART 362 Typography................................................... 4
ART 368 Advertising Design.................................... 4
ART 350-351 Intermediate Drawing 1 and 2................... 8
Art History............................... .............. 12
ART 341 Photography....................... ........................ 4

Total 44
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 460 Advanced Advertising Design........................... 5
ART 467 Projects in Advertising Design 1...................... 5









COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


ART 468 Projects in Advertising Design 2...................... 5
Art History........................ ....... ..................... 4
ART 408 Senior Seminar............................................. 4
*Electives................................... ......................... 17

Total 40
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art in courses of a non-studio nature.
(e) Major in Art Education
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 260 Lettering................ ...................... 4
ART 280 Beginning Ceramics..................................... 4
EDF 345 Human Growth and Development.................... 5
EDF 300, 320,410, or 431................................... 5
EDE 400 Elementary School Today............................... 4
EDS 400 The Secondary School Today.......................... 5
SCA 401 Professional Studies in Art Education................ 5
*Art Electives (major)...................... ...... ............ 10

42
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 355 Printmaking......................... ............ 4
ART 357 Sculpture........................ .................. 4
SCA402 Professional Studies in Art Education................. 5
SCA 403 Professional Studies in Art Education................. 6
EDE 405 The Practicum; K-12.................................... 16
*Art Electives................................ .................... 7

42
*Art electives must include such advanced courses as are
necessary to complete state certification requirements and
must include a minimum of three closely related courses in
a single advanced area (fine arts, crafts, etc.)
Students wishing to pursue more extensive study in the
professional B.F.A./B.D. programs may request a degree
transfer at the successful completion of their Junior year.
Basic requirements in support of such a request are: Senior
standing; a "B" average; recommendation of major
professor and a portfolio to be judged by a committee of
three (two instructors from the major area and the chairman
or his designated representative).
2. Curricula in Fine Arts. Leading to the Degree of Bachelor
of Fine Arts.
The curricula in Fine Arts provide for majors in (a) Fine
Arts creative photography, painting, printmaking and
sculpture, (b) the History of Art, and (c) Crafts ceramics,
jewelry and metalwork. Students who plan to enter a
program of graduate study in art after receiving the
baccalaureate degree are advised to register in one of these
curricula. Upon completion of graduate work students
entering these fields are qualified for positions in museums
and art galleries, as instructors of art on the college and
university level, or for independent activity as creative
artists.
(a) Major in Fine Arts

JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 303 Methods and Materials of the Artist................. 4
ART 309 Criticism of Art............................................ 4
ART 350-351 Intermediate Drawing 1 and 2................... 8
**ART 353-354 Painting 1 and 2....................................... 8
ART 355 Printmaking 1................................. ........... 4
ART 357 Sculpture 1.................................... ........... 4
History of Art....................................... ............. 8
*Electives............................ ........................... 10

Total 50


SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 341 Photography................................................ 4
ART 408 Senior Seminar.............................. ........... 4
ART 450 Advanced Drawing....................................... 8
Advanced Painting, Photography, printmaking or
Sculpture............................... .................... 15
History of Art....................................... .............. 8
*Electives................................. ......................... 11

Total 50
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art.
**The example given above is for a major in painting. If a
student were to major in photography, printmaking
sculpture, etc., he would substitute Photography 2 (Art 342),
Printmaking 2 (ART 356) or Sculpture 2 (ART 358) etc., for
Painting 2 (ART 354).
(b) Major in the History of Art
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 303 Methods and Materials of the Artist................. 4
HY 201-202-203 History of World Civilization................ 8
PPY History of Philosophy............................ ........... 5
Foreign Language............................................... 10
History of Art............................... ............. 24

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 408 Senior Seminar....................................... 4
PPY History of Philosophy........................... ........... 10
Foreign Language.................................... ............ ... 8
H history of A rt.................................................... .. 20
Electives........................... ......................... 7

(c) Major in Crafts Total 49
JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 280 Beginning Ceramics............................... 4
ART 303 Methods and Materials of the Artist............... 4
ART 309 Criticism of Art..................................... 4
ART 357 Sculpture 1................................... .......... 4
ART 380-381 Intermediate Ceramics 1 and 2................ 8
ART 383 384 385 Jewelry and Metalwork, 1, 2 and 3...... 12
H history of A rt............................ ........................ .. 8
*Electives............................................5

Total 49
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 341 Photography........................... .............. 4
ART 358 Sculpture 2.................................... ........... 4
ART 408 Senior Seminar.............................. ........... 4
Advanced Ceramics or Jewelry and Metalwork........... 15
History of Art........................................... ............ 8
*Electives........................................................ 16

Total 51
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art.
3. Curriculum in Advertising Design. Leading to the Degree
of Bachelor of Design.
The curriculum in Advertising Design is a professional
program. Included in the curriculum are a series of courses
in design, drawing, and painting; the history and theory of
art; and, in the professional field, lettering, layout, graphic







Colleges

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


design, advertising design, photography and illustration.
Students receiving the Bachelor of Design degree in this
curriculum are well qualified for professional careers in
advertising design and related fields.

JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
**ART 260 Lettering............................. ................. 4
ART 303 Methods and Materials of the Artist................. 4
ART 309 Criticism of Art........................................... 4
ART 341 Photography............................. ............. 4
ART 360-361 Layout 1 and 2........................................ 8
ART 362 Typography............................. .............. 4
ART 368 Advertising Design................................... 4
ART 350-351 Intermediate Drawing 1 and 2................... 8
History of Art..................................... ... ............ 8
*Electives................................... ......................... 2

Total 50

SENIOR YEAR
Credits
A RT 353 Painting 1................................................... 4
ART 408 Senior Seminar.............................. ........... 4
ART 460 Advanced Advertising Design......................... 5
ART 467 Projects in Advertising Design 1...................... 5
ART 468 Projects in Advertising Design 2...................... 5
H history of Art....................................... .............. 8
*Electives.............................................................. 19

Total 50
*Electives must include a minimum of twelve credits outside
the Department of Art.
**ART 260 should, if possible, be completed in the
Sophomore Year.
4. Curriculum in Art Education (College of Architecture and
Fine Arts College of Education). Leading to the Degree of
Bachelor of Design in Art Education.
The curriculum in Art Education is designed for students
who plan to teach art in the public schools. Students
completing this curriculum, which is offered in cooperation
with the College of Education, are qualified for certification
as teachers of art in the State of Florida. Students are urged
to become familiar with the requirements as listed under
the College of Education dealing with admission to the
Advanced Professional Sequence.

JUNIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 260 Lettering................................. ............. 4
ART 280 Beginning Ceramics.................................... 4
ART 380 Intermediate Ceramics....................... ........ 4
EDF 345 Human Growth and Development................... 5
EDF 300, 320, 410, or431............................................. 5
EDE 400 Elementary School Today............................... 4
EDS 400 The Secondary School Today.......................... 5
SCA401 Professional Studies in Art Education................. 5
ART 357 Sculpture................................. .............. 4
*Art Electives..................................................... 12

Total 52
SENIOR YEAR
Credits
ART 355 Printmaking......................................... 4
ART 408 or431 Senior Seminar or Mid-Twentieth Century Art
............ .................................................. ...... 4
SCA 402 Professional Studies in Art Education............. 5
SCA 403 Professional Studies in Art Education............ 6
*Art Electives...................................................... 9
General Electives............................. ... .............. 4


EDE 405 The Practicum; K-12.................................... 16

Total 48
*Art Electives must include such advanced courses as are
necessary to complete state certification requirements and
must include a minimum of three closely related courses in
a single advanced area (fine arts, crafts, etc.)



VI. CURRICULA IN MUSIC
Leading to the Degrees Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of
Music Education.
Hale, J.P., Adviser
NOTE: Music majors must be admitted to the music major
program by the Department of Music. Prospective majors
should see the Department of Music Chairman as early as
possible in their careers.
Requirements for the Degree: To qualify for a degree in
music, a student must complete the courses listed below to
the satisfaction of the music faculty. The faculty reserves the
right to require a minimum grade of "C" in any course
required for graduation.
A piano proficiency examination is required for all music
majors. The student must take Piano Skills, until he has met
this requirement. A diagnostic theory examination is
required of all students entering the Upper Division.
Curriculum for Applied Instrumental Major. Bachelor of
Music Degree.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied major......................... .. ..................... 9
junior Recital is required
Applied M inor...................................... ............ 3
Ensemble....................................................... 6
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319 History of Music............................. 12
MSC 303 Form and Analysis...................................... 4
MSC 403 or 404 Counterpoint................................... 4
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485................. 9
Elective................................. .......................... 4

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied major................................ ................... 9
Senior Recital is required
Applied Minor............................ .................. 3
Ensem ble.............................. ... ..... ............ 6
Courses
MSC 305, Instrumentation and Arranging.................... 4
M SC 405, Conducting.............................................. 4
MSC 363, Projects and Problems................................. 5
Electives...................... ............................ 20

Total 51

Total minimum credits 198
2. Curriculum for Applied Voice Major. Bachelor of Music
Degree.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied major......................... .. .................... 9
junior Recital is required
Ensem ble.......................................... ................ 6
Piano (1 year beyond MSC 76) minimum credits............. 5
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319, History of Music........................ .. 12









COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


Foreign Language....................................... ........... 10
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485................. 9

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied m ajor........................ ..... .................... 9
Senior Recital is required
Ensem ble ............................................................... 6
MSC 471, 472, Language and Diction for Singers............ 2
Courses
MSC 303 Form and Analysis................... .................. 4
MSC 403 or 404 Counterpoint................................... 4
MSC 405 Conducting....................... ...... ... 4
MSC 363 Projects and Problems........................... 5
Electives.............................. ........... ...... 17

Total 51

Total minimum credits 198
3. Curriculum in Theory and Composition. Bachelor of
Music Degree.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Principal.................................................... 6
Ensem ble ...................................... ......... 3
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319, Hisory of Music............................ 12
MSC 403, 404 Counterpoint................................. ...... 8
Electives in M usic................................................... 6
Electives...................... ........................................ 7
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485.............

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Ensem ble.......................................... ................... 3
Courses
MSC 307, 308 Composition..................................... 8
MSC 305, 306 Instrumentation and Arranging............. 8
MSC 303 Form and Analysis...................................... 4
MSC 363 Projects and Problems
(Senior Project).................................... .... ... 5
Electives in M usic............................ .................... 12
Elective..... ............................................................ 11

Total 51

Total minimum credits 198
4. Curriculum in History and Literature. Bachelor of Music
Degree.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Principal.................................................. 6
Ensem ble............................................................... 4
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319 History of Music....................... 12
Foreign Language............................ ..... .. ... 14
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485.............. 9
Electives in M usic..................................... ......... 6

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Ensemble.................... .. .. ..................... 3
Courses
Four courses from MSC 311, 312, 314, 411, 414, 415..... 16


Foreign Langua .............................. ................... 4
MSC 303 Form and Analysis...................................... 4
Electives.............................. ... .................. 12
MSC 363 Project and Problems
(Senior Project).............................. .................... 5
Electives in M usic..................................................... 7

Total 51

Total minimum credits 198
5. Curriculum in Church Music. Bachelor of Music Degree.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Principal........................... .................. 9
Applied minor...................... .. ........................ 3
Ensemble................... .. ...................... 4
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319, History of Music......................... 12
M SC 405 Conducting................................................. 4
Foreign Language............................. ............... 10
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485.............. 9

Total 51
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Principal..................... ..................... 9
Senior Recital is required
Applied minor.................................. .................... 3
Ensem ble............................................................ 3
Courses
MSC 316 Organ Design and Literature......................... 4
MSC 416 Church Music and Hymnody........................ 4
MSC 461 Vocal Music Materials................................. 4
MSC 403 or 404 Counterpoint............................. 4
Electives.................................. ......... .................... 20

Total 51

Total minimum credits 198
NOTE: Electives must include at least two courses in music
literature chosen from MSC 311, 312, 314,411,414, and 415,
and at least one course in religion, RN 361 or 362 or 363.
Ordinarily the church music major will earn 36 credits
(four years of study) in organ or voice, with 6 credits in the
other area of organ or voice as the applied minor.
6. Curriculum in Music Eucation. Bachelor of Music
Education Degree.
The purpose of this curriculum is to prepare students to
become musicians and music teachers both in private life
and in the public schools. It is offered in cooperation with
the College of Education and is based on a broad foundation
in music. It includes work in theory of music, music
literature, music education, applied music, and ensemble.
This is the program recommended for, and which best
meets the needs of, the majority of music majors. It
provides teaching certification, kindergarten through 12th
grade, in Florida and in most other states through the
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Educa-
tion.
JUNIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
Applied Principal, Incl. Recital................................... 6
M SC 283 Voice Skills............................... ............. 2
MSC 277, 279, 281, Instrumental Skills....................... 6
Ensemble.......................................................... 3
Courses
MSC 317, 318, 319, History of Music......................... 12
MSC 367, 369 Music Education................................. 10







Colleges

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE AND FINE ARTS


EDE 405 Student Teaching.................................. 4
Three courses from CPS; CBS; CMS; PS 485............... 9

Total 52
SENIOR YEAR
Music Performance Area Credits
MSC 275 Percussion Skills................................ 2
MSC 405 Conducting........................................... 4
Courses
MSC 460 or 461 or 462 or 463 Materials and
Adm inistration............................. ........... ........ 4
EDF 300 or 320 or 410 Foundations of Education............ 5
EDE 400 Elementary School Today............................. 4
EDS 400 Secondary School Today.............................. 5
EDF 341, 342, or 345................................................. 5
Approved Electives in Science and CMS 171................. 9
EDE 405, EDS 405, Student Teaching.................... 12


Total minimum credits 198
The degree Bachelor of Arts in music is offered through the
College of Arts and Sciences with the cooperation of the
Department of Music. See the College of Arts and Sciences
section of the catalog for the degree.


VII. CURRICULUM IN THEATRE
Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Fine Arts in Theatre.
Hooks, E.j., Adviser.
This program is designed to provide a general com-
prehension of the theatre as a composite art including
studies in theory and dramatic literature plus introductory
work in several craft areas essential to dramatic production.
The latter are included to provide for comprehension of the
complex nature of the art and to insure proper integration
of its several craft specialties. Areas of concentration are (1)
Performance and Stage Direction (2) Scene Design and
Lighting, and (3) Costume.
Requirements for the Degree: To qualify for a degree in
theatre, a student must complete the courses listed below
to the satisfaction of the theatre faculty. The faculty reserves
the right to require a minimum grade of "C" in any course
required for graduation.
JUNIOR YEAR
Basic Studies Credits
SCH 324 Stagecraft 1............................................ ... 4


SCH 328 Play Analysis............................................ 4
EH 431, 432 Shakespeare.......................... ............ 8
SCH 421, 422, 423 Costume History I, II, III................ 12

Total 28
Specialization Sequence
Performance
SCH 225 Oral Interpretation II................................... 4
SCH 321, 322 Acting II, III....................................... 8
SCH 332, 333 Stage Movement II, III........................... 8
Design
SCH 325 Stagecraft II............................................... 4
SCH 326 Technical Theatre Principles......................... 4
SCH 420 Stage Lighting................................... ....... 4
AE 112 Basic Drawing.................................... ........ 4
AE 113 Architectural Drawing 1................................. 4
Costume:
AE 112 or ART 103 Basic Drawing.............................. 4
ART 207, 208, 209 Art History, I, II, III........................ 12
Elective.................................................... 4


Total 48
SENIOR YEAR
Basic Studies Credits
SCH 428, 429, 430 Theatre History I, II, III.................. 12
SCH 329, 330 Directing I, II....................................... 8
*SCH 424 Repertory Theatre...................................... 12
SCH 323 Theatre Practice............................ ............ 3

Total 35
Specialization Sequence
Performance:
SCH 325 Stagecraft II................................................. 4
Elective............................................................. 8
Design:
SCH 426 Scenic Design............................................. 4
SCH 400 Individual Study................... ...................... 8
Costume:
SCH 427 Costume Design.................................... 4
SCH 400 Individual Study.................................... 8

Total 47
*SCH 424 Repertory Theatre must be taken in the Summer
quarter following the Junior or Senior year.
The degree of Arts in Speech, with an emphasis in theatre,
is offered through the College of Arts in Sciences. See the
College of Arts and Sciences section of the catalog for that
degree.










The College of Arts
and Sciences





AMERICAN STUDIES
ANTHROPOLOGY
ART
ARTS AND SCIENCES GENERAL
ASIAN STUDIES
ASTRONOMY
ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES
BIOCHEMISTRY '
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
BOTANY
CHEMISTRY
CHINESE
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
CLASSICAL STUDIES
COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCES
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
ECONOMICS
ENGLISH
GEOGRAPHY
GEOLOGY
GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES
HISTORY
INDIVIDUAL INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES
LINGUISTICS
MATHEMATICS
MICROBIOLOGY
MUSIC -
PHILOSOPHY
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
ROMANCE LANGUAGES
SOCIAL SCIENCE ANALYST
SOCIOLOGY
SPEECH
STATISTICS
SWAHILI
ZOOLOGY







Colleges


The College of Arts

and Sciences


GENERAL STATEMENT
Culturally and historically the programs of the College of
Arts and Sciences represent the core of all higher education.
The humanities, the social sciences, the natural and
biological sciences all are studied in the College and all
contribute to the richness of its program.
The major aim of the College is to impart the ideas,
concepts, motivations, and skills of a liberal education to its
students to enable them to assume leadership positions in
society. Intellectual inquiry, the intelligent evaluation of
ideas, an appreciation of the dominant thought patterns of
the world are the tools the College insists that its graduates
possess. Upon these fundamentals they can build person-
ally rewarding lives and careers. They will also be prepared
to pursue a field to its frontier through further study in the
graduate and professional colleges.
The College grants the traditional Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science degrees.


SUBJECT-MATTER FIELDS
The subject-matter fields regularly offered to students in
the College of Arts and Sciences and the extent of these
offerings are indicated in the table below:
Subject Major Masters Ph.D Electives
American Studies X X
Anthropology X X X X
Art X X
(Graduate work offered through College ofArchitecture and
Fine Arts.)
Asian Studies X X
Astronomy X X X
Atmospheric Sciences X
Biochemistry X X X
Biology** X X
Botany X X X X
(Degrees also offered through College of Agriculture.)
Chemistry X X X X
Chinese X
Classical Studies X X


Computer and In-
formation Sciences X -
Criminal justice X -
Economics X
(Graduate work offered through C
Administration.)
English X X
French X X
Geography X X
Geology X X
German X X
Greek X -
Hebrew -
History X X
Individual/Inter-
disciplinary Studies X -
Italian -
Journalism -
(Major and Graduate work offered
journalism and Communications.)
Latin X X
Latin American Studies X
Linguistics X


College of

X
X
X



X


X
X
X
Business

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


x
X
X
through College of

X X
X
X X


Mathematics X X X X
Microbiology X X X X
(Degrees also offered through College of Agriculture.)


Music*
Philosophy
Physics
Polish
Political Science
Portuguese
Psychology
Religion
Russian
Sociology
Social Science Analyst
Spanish
Speech
Statistics
Swahili
Zoology


X x X X
X X X X
X X X X

X X X X

X X
X X X X
X X
X X X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X
X X X X


*Except for music majors, a maximum of 9 hours of credit in
ensemble music may be included in the minimum of 186
hours required for the degree.
**Interdepartmental Major in Biology. Available for those
working toward the Teacher Certification only. For Teacher
Certification program see College of Education section of
the catalog.


UNIVERSITY COLLEGE PROGRAM
University College students who plan to enter the College
of Arts and Sciences should consult the Arts and Sciences
material in the University College section of the catalog.



REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The University of Florida and the College of Arts and
Sciences encourage applications of qualified students from
all cultural, racial, religious, and ethnic groups. Listed
below are the specific requirements for admission to this
college. It should be understood however that minimum
requirements are given and that admission to this college is
a selective process. The satisfaction of minimum require-
ments does not automatically guarantee admission. A
student's total record including educational objective,
pattern of courses previously completed, quality of
previous academic record, and test data will all be
considered in evaluating an application for admission.
Priority in admission will be given to those applicants whose
potential on the basis of their total record indicates the
greatest likelihood of success in the program requested.
University College Students: Admission to the College of
Arts and Sciences is normally approved if the student has (1)
earned at least 9 quarter hours of acceptable college credit
with an overall average of "C" or higher on all college level
work attempted; (2) completed all lower division courses
required for the desired curriculum as indicated in the
program for the Freshman and Sophomore years in the
University College section of this catalog; and (3) passed all
required preprofessional courses within the lower.division
curriculum with a minimum of "C."
However, the College welcomes applications of students
who have not yet completed this portion of their academic
program but who have completed at least one quarter of
wbrk better than average quality in the University College
and who have clearly defined career objectives.
Florida Scholars Program: One hundred gifted and
unusual students will be admitted after eleventh grade to a
special program offered by University College and the
College of Arts and Sciences. See the ADMISSIONS section
of this catalog.









COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


Transfer Students: To be eligible for admission to the
College of Arts and Sciences, a transfer student must satisfy
the minimum requirements for admission to an Upper
Division College that are set forth in the ADMISSIONS
Section of this catalog.
A. Students attending four year colleges, who wish to
transfer after two years, should follow a program of
general education and preprofessional courses similar
to the General Plan as outlined in the University College
section of this catalog. Particular attention should also
be given to that portion of the University College section
of this catalog that deals with programs for students
planning to enter the College of Arts and Sciences since
that section contains information regarding language,
science and mathematics requirements as well as
recommended substitutions for comprehensive courses
for certain majors.
B. Junior College students should:
1. Complete a university transfer program at the
junior college.
2. Complete the general education requirements
established for the junior college.
3. Indicate an intended major field of concentration,
using the exact terminology as on the list of majors at
the beginning of the Arts and Sciences section of this
catalog.
4. Pre-medical or pre-dental students, or students
who plan to major in mathematics, biological or
physical sciences, are advised to substitute subject-
matter courses in mathematics, botany, zoology,
chemistry, or physics for survey courses in these
areas.
5. Attempt to satisfy the foreign language require-
ment of the College prior to transfer. Fifteen quarter
hours of a foreign language with grades of "C" or
better, will meet this requirement.
6. Complete sequential courses prior to transfer.
Some courses are cumulative and represent a direct
continuation of work done in a previous course. It is
difficult to guarantee complete articulation of such
courses when they are offered in different institu-
tions.
7. Choose elective courses needed to complete 96
quarter hours of credit in the university transfer
program from courses that are offered at the
Freshman or Sophomore level at the University.
8. Earn a grade of "C" or better in each course
attempted. No course in which a grade of less than
"C" has been earned may be used to satisfy any
graduation requirement in the College of Arts and
Sciences.
9. Wait until after transfer to the University to take
courses in professional education if the student
expects to work toward certification to teach.
Special post-baccalaureate student (6AS): A student who
has received a baccalaureate degree but who is not seeking
admission to the Graduate School may, under certain
conditions, be admitted as a special student (6AS). The
applicant needs the recommendation of the chairman or the
graduate coordinator of the department in which he wishes
to work.
Graduate student: The general section of this catalog
dealing with admission describes certain minimum require-
ments for admission of graduate students to the University.
Additional details for admission are given in the Graduate
School catalog.
PROBATION AND EXCLUSION
A student who does not have a 2.0 average for all work
attempted in the University College or for all work
attempted or transferred into the College of Arts and
Sciences will be placed on a probation program and


required to make-up a specified number of grade points
each quarter until he has attained the required average. If he
fails to meet the terms of his probation, he may be denied
further registration in the College.


ADVISEMENT
Upon admission to the College of Arts and Sciences, the
student should contact the office of Student Academic
Affairs of the College, 113 Anderson Hall, for referral to an
academic adviser. The faculty member's role is only to give
advice. The student assumes the responsibility for fulfilling
college anddepartmental degree requirements. A computer
printout of the student's academic record will be furnished
for use during Advanced Registration each term. These
printouts, available in the departmental office of the
student's designated major, enable the student to elect self-
advisement. Printouts are reliable only if the student has
designated a major precisely according to the wording of
the list of major fields at the start of the Arts and Sciences
section of this catalog. The student is responsible for
informing the keypunch operator in 113 Anderson of
corrections to the printout.
Preprofessional Counseling: Like all other undergraduate
students, preprofessional students are referred to an
academic adviser through the office of Student Academic
Affairs of the College, Room 113 Anderson Hall. For a
detailed description of core requirements and major
options, see PREMEDICAL, PREDENTAL, AND PRELAW
PROGRAMS in the University College section of this
catalog.


GENERAL REGULATIONS
Student Responsibility: The student must assume full
responsibility for registering for the proper courses and for
fulfilling all requirements for his degree. He is also
responsible for completing all courses for which he is
registered.
Courses may be added any time during the first 3 days of
the quarter if this does not increase one's registration to
more than 19 hours. Courses may be dropped up to the last
day of class if this does not lower one's registration to less
than 12 hours, but a student is limited to a total of three such
drops during his upper division career. Any course dropped
or added after the normal University drop-add period must
be accompanied by an approval slip from the Dean's Office
(Anderson 113).
Seniors must file formal application for a degree in the
Office of the Registrar early in the quarter in which they
expect to receive the degree. The official calendar shows
the latest date on which this can be done.
Additionally, Seniors who plan to graduate must have
their academic file reviewed in Room 113 Anderson Hall one
to two quarters prior to their graduation.
Maximum, Minimum and Normal Loads: The normal
course load in this College is 15 credit hours, and all
students are expected to carry a normal load. Loads which
are either lighter or heavier than normal must be justified
and approved by the student's academic adviser. Loads in
excess of the College maximum of 19 hours or below the
University minimum of 12 hours for a full-time student
require approval of the Dean as well as the student's
adviser.
Credit for Coursework Outside the College
General:
At the beginning of this section is a list of subject matter
fields in which credit for a degree in Arts and Sciences is
granted. The primary objective of this College is to provide
its students with a liberal education and it is the feeling of


73








Colleges

COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


the faculty that the fields listed are in general those which
are conducive to a liberal education. However, a student
may select for degree credit up to 15 hours of work from
other subject matter areas.
Special Cases:
1. The minimum total of 186 hours required for the
bachelor's degree may include not more than 24 hours
credit in education provided the student follows an
approved program and becomes NCATE Certified. If a
student is in a certification program, therefore, the only
hours outside the college which could apply would be the
24 hours of education.
2. No more than 9 hours credit of ensemble music may be
included in the minimum total of 186 hours. (This does not
apply to Music majors).
3. In the first 9 hours of course work presented for
admission to Arts and Sciences a student may receive credit
for his degree for not more than 38 hours of work offered
in other upper division colleges.
4. An approved interdisciplinary major may include more
than 15 hours of course work in another College.
Registration in Graduate Courses: In accordance with the
rules of the Graduate School, undergraduate students may
not register in graduate courses (500 level and above)
without permission of the College Dean. This permission is
normally given only to students in their Senior year who are
carrying not more than 17 hours and have an average of at
least 2.8. Students must present written approval from both
the instructor of the course and the graduate coordinator of
the department offering the course.
Registration beyond normal period for completion of
degree: Any student who has completed all of the academic
requirements for the Baccalaureate degree but has not
obtained the degree will be denied further registration in
the College. A student who has completed more than 15
hours beyond the normal minimum requirement for his
degree without receiving the degree, must obtain per-
mission of the Dean for further registration.
Student Petitions: If a student feels that the College
regulations work a peculiar hardship or injustice in his case,
he may petition for waiver of the regulation involved.
Information on procedure in submitting such petitions is
available in the Office of the Dean.
Other Student Regulations: The University issues a
bulletin entitled Student Handbook which contains much
information of essential importance to any student. For
example, the general regulations governing military training
and student employment are covered. Each student in the
College of Arts and Sciences should be familiar with this
material. Copies of the bulletin may be obtained at the
Office of the Registrar.


REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The programs which lead to the degrees Bachelor of Arts
or Bachelor of Science are alike in all basic requirements.
The degree Bachelor of Arts will be conferred upon those
who fulfill the requirements for degrees with majors in one
of the fields of American Studies, Anthropology, Art, Asian
Studies, Classical Studies, Criminal justice, Economics,
English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Music,
Philosophy, Political Science, Religion, Russian, Social
Science Analyst, Sociology, Spanish, and Speech.
The degree Bachelor of Science will be conferred upon
those who fulfill the requirements for degrees with majors
in one of the fields of Botany, Chemistry, Geology,
Microbiology, Physics, and Zoology.
The degree of Bachelor of Arts or Science will be
conferred upon those who fulfill the requirements for the


degree with a major in Computer and Information Science,
Geography, Mathematics, Psychology, Statistics, or an
Individual Interdisciplinary program. A major in one of
these subjects will lead to the Bachelor of Arts degree if the
majority of subsidiary and elective credits in the student's
entire undergraduate program are earned in the humanities
and/or social sciences, and will lead to the Bachelor of
Science degree if such subsidiary and elective credits are
science credits. The requirements for graduation with
either of these degrees are as follows:
A minimum of 186 quarter hours credit (normally 96 in the
lower division and 90 while registered in this College) with
an overall average of "C" or better in all work transferred
to or completed in the College and an overall average of "C"
in all work attempted at the University of Florida. NOTE:
Some credits approved by the Registrar as acceptable may
not be applicable toward the minimum degree require
ments of this College.
The degree program must include (1) a basic distribution,
(2) a departmental or interdisciplinary major (3) a language
proficiency (4) elective requirement and (5) residence
requirement.

A. Basic Distribution Requirement
Normally this work will be completed while earning the
Associate of Arts certificate, before admission to the
College of Arts and Sciences. For transfer students actually
registering in the College, whose general education did not
include at least the basic distribution credits listed below,
alternate courses are specified which may be used by
students classified 3AS or 4AS to make up deficiencies in the
distribution requirement.
The requirement includes:
8 hours credit in Social Sciences
8 hours credit in English
8 hours credit in Humanities
8 hours credit in Physical Sciences
8 hours credit in Biological Sciences
One course in mathematics No credit towards an Arts
and Sciences degree will be given for any course in
mathematics which is largely a repetition of high school
algebra.
A minimum of one laboratory course in either the physical
or biological sciences must be included in the above
distribution. The student must earn a grade of "C" or better
in each of the courses taken to fulfill the distribution
requirements, and these courses may not be taken under
the S-U option.
The following list is not a recommendation to students in
other colleges nor is it intended to satisfy the requirements
of any other college. To qualify for the Associate of Arts
certificate, University College students should complete
general education requirements as described in the
University College section of this catalog.
Social Sciences: Any course in AMS, AS 281, APY, CR), ES,
GPY, HY, PCL, PSY, SSR, SY. Except: GPY 300, PSY 303, PSY
320, PSY 334, PSY 335, PSY 371, PSY 420, PSY 438, PSY 439,
PSY 444, PSY 472, PSY 500, PSY 510, PSY 571, PSY 572; APY
302, APY 464 or 564, SY 340.
Physical Sciences: Any course in CY, PS, GY, MTY, ATY
and GPY 300.
English: Any course in English.
Mathematics: Any course in MS, STA; PSY 438, APY 564
or CMS 111.
Humanities: Any course in AS, EH, RN, PPY; SCH 220,
ART, MSC, LY 200, FLE literature, culture and civilization,
HUM 232; except: AS 281, EH 302, EH 303, EH 403 and MSC
ensemble courses.
Biological Sciences: Any course in ZY, BTY, MCY; APY
302, CBS 211, CBS 221, CBS 231. Acceptable if taken at the









COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


University of Florida: PSY 303, PSY 334, PSY 335, PSY 371, PSY
500, PSY 571.
NOTE: To meet the requirement in Biological Science at
least one course must be in a Biological Science Depart-
ment. The other may be Anthropology 302 or one of the
approved Psychology courses.
Laboratory requirement: Any course in a science
department that has a regularly scheduled laboratory. Also
GYP 300; CBS 264, PSY 420, PSY 439, PSY 444, PSY 472, PSY
510, PSY 572.
C. Foreign Language Requirement
All candidates for degrees awarded by the College of Arts
and Sciences are required to have at least a minimum
proficiency in some foreign language. The requirement may
be met by the satisfactory completion of a sequence of 3
five-hour courses or the equivalent. The language courses
may be taken by the satisfactory-unsatisfactory grading
option as long as they are not part of a major. The foreign
language requirement may be satisfied, also, by examina-
tion. Intensive Summer study in French and Spanish is
available for students who have earned no previous foreign
language credit in college.
D. Elective Requirement
Of the minimum of 186 quarter hours required for a
bachelor's degree in the College of Arts and Sciences, % are
normally earned before the student is admitted to this
College; of the remaining minimum of 90 quarter hours, at
least 45 must be earned in courses outside of the student's
major department.
E. Residence Requirement
The last forty-five hours to be applied toward a degree
must be completed in residence in the College of Arts and
Sciences. In special cases this requirement may be waived,
but in no case may the amount of extension or
correspondence work permitted exceed eighteen of the last
fifty-four hours required for the degree.
B. The Major
1. Departmental Majors: A departmental major consists
of a concentration of course work in a specific
department. On the application for admission the
student must indicate an intended major, using the exact
terminology as on the list of majors at the beginning of
the Arts and Sciences section of this catalog. Computer
printouts for self-advisement cannot be prepared for
students who fail to indicate a major precisely as listed.
The number of credit hours required for a major will vary
from department to department, but in no case may the
number of hours required be fewer than 36 hours or
more than 60 hours in the major department. The
student should check the major requirements in the
section of the catalog which lists the courses offered by
the major department. Some departments may require
subsidiary courses from subject-matter fields other than
the major. No courses in the major in which the grade
earned is below "C" will be counted toward the
fulfillment of the minimum major requirement nor may
they be taken under the S-U grading option. Work in the
major taken in the University College or transferred to
the University from another institution is included in
evaluating the student's record for this requirement.
However, all transfer credit in the major must be
approved by the major department and any such credit
which is not approved as a part of the major will not apply
towards the total credit requirement for the degree.
2. Interdisciplinary Majors: As alternatives to the
departmental major, the College offers two kinds of
interdisciplinary majors:
a. Interdisciplinary programs which have been
planned by the cooperating departments and
adopted by the College, including the following:


1. American Studies
2. Asian Studies
3. Classical Studies
4. Criminal Justice
5. Social Science Analyst
For a description of each of these programs, see the
appropriate heading under the "Course Descriptions"
section of this catalog.
b. Individual interdisciplinary programs which are
initiated and designed by the student in consultation
with faculty members from different departments,
supervised by those faculty members, and approved
by the Committee on Interdisciplinary Studies. The
major consists of not less than 36 credit hours of
related course work taken in two or more depart-
ments and may include more than 15 hours of course
work in another college. A student electing to offer
such a concentration must meet the foreign language
requirement, take 45 credit hours of course work in
areas of study not directly related to her or his
concentration, take 10 credit hours of ASC 499 or
equivalent courses, under either or both faculty
members who agree to supervise the student's
program, and produce a Senior thesis.
High Honors will be awarded to any student who
completes an individual interdisciplinary major
program, earns a grade point average of 3.5 or higher
in his or her upper division work, earns a grade point
average of 3.5 in the major work, and is recom-
mended by two members of his or her supervisory
committee (including the principal supervisor) as
having conducted an individual project in ASC 499
which is of high quality and reflects the in-
terdisciplinary nature of the student's program.
Detailed information is available from Dean Ruth
McQuown, Room 102 Anderson Hall.


ARTS AND SCIENCES
HONORS PROGRAMS
Consistent with its view that higher education should
result in the development of each student as an intellectual
individual, this college gives its students individually
tailored degree programs of formal courses. In addition the
College offers a variety of opportunities for independent
and seminar honors work to those of its undergraduates
who have demonstrated appropriate qualifications.
Superior students should take initiative in planning
undergraduate and graduate programs. They should
consult advisers about Departmental and High Honors, Phi
Beta Kappa, and scholarships like Rhodes, Danforth,
Marshall, Fulbright-Hays, and the National Science Founda-
tion. For further information, see Professor Sidney Homan
in 104 Building D.
1. Departmental Honors
A student may be recommended for this distinction by his
major department. Each department will set its own
requirements for departmental honors work and will be
required to print them explicitly in the catalog.
2. Baccalaureate College Honors
College Honors will be awarded to all students who earn
a grade point average of 3.3 or higher in their upper division
work and either (1) successfully complete a departmental
honors program or (2) satisfactorily complete at least 12
credits of the College Interdisciplinary High Honors
Seminar (ASC 487).
3. Baccalaureate High Honors
High Honors will be awarded to all students who earn a
grade point average of 3.5 or higher in their upper division








Colleges

COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


work and either (1) successfully complete a departmental
honors program or (2) satisfactorily complete at least 12
credits of the College Interdisciplinary High Honors
Seminars (ASC 487).

High Honors Seminars: High Honors Seminars bring
together outstanding faculty and students from the four
major divisions in the College: Humanities, Social and
Behavioral, Biological, and Physical and Mathematical
Sciences. Some seminars explore the inter-relation of the
disciplines; one week a poet may be the guest, the next
week a nuclear physicist. Other seminars focus on a specific
topic, such as impeachment or the concept of rhythm in
music and the biological world. Students share the
responsibilities of working with the guests, devising new
seminars, inviting visiting campus speakers and dignitaries
to the program. There is a special room and library for the
participants, as well as an expense fund for books and
travel. Work is done both in the seminar room and in the
field. For example, last Fall the High Honors Program
sponsored and took an active part in a statewide tour of ten
Florida prisons, with a program blending a performance of
Beckett's Waiting for Godot with discussion afterwards
among prisoners, performers, scholars, and High Honors
students.
A candidate for High Honors normally registers for ASC
487 for three quarters, preferably consecutive, and earns 12
hours creditable towards the elective requirement. The aim
is to have a place in a High Honors seminar for all qualified
and interested students. Membership is open to juniors or
Seniors with at least one quarter of residence in the
College; students are chosen on the basis of academic
average, service to the university and the community, and
an informal interview with the High Honors Board of
Directors. But the main criterion is: what unique gift can the
individual student bring to the discussion?
Qualified students may get application forms in 113
Anderson Hall. Applicants should consult the High Honors
Director, Professor Sidney Homan, in 104 Building D at least
a quarter in advance of that for which they seek admission.
The High Honors Seminars are designed to complement
University College and Departmental honors programs. For
students and faculty, participation is recognition of their
high standing in the College and of their desire to be useful
members of society.

PHI BETA KAPPA
Phi Beta Kappa is an honorary scholastic society for
students of high intellectual ability with a broad liberal
education, mostly for students in the top ten percent of the
Senior class. Admission is by invitation and recommenda-
tion, not application. Requirements usually include five
quarters of residence in the College of Arts and Sciences or
at least 68 quarter hours mostly in Arts and Sciences
courses; lower-division and upper-division averages of 3.5
or better; reading or speaking proficiency in a foreign
language; a broad distribution of courses outside the major
subject, courses designed principally for knowledge,
understanding, and appreciation of the natural and social
world in which we live. Hence students with proficiency in
a diversity of disciplines, for example, the physical,
biological, and social sciences, mathematics and the
humanities, are given more favorable consideration.
Students in colleges other than Arts and Sciences who
meet these requirements may be recommended by their
deans.
The society also considers a selected number of graduate
students in Arts and Sciences who have earned the Ph.D.
during the previous twelve months.
For further information, contact Professor Norman Fry,
Secretary of Phi Beta Kappa, 200 Anderson Hall.


SPECIAL PROGRAMS
TEACHER PREPARATION IN ARTS AND SCIENCES
Students may earn their degrees in the College of Arts and
Sciences, and complete requirements for certification as
high school teachers in one or more academic subjects by
following one of the Arts and Sciences Education
Programs described in the College of Education section of
this catalog.
Further information may be obtained in the office of
Student Academic Affairs of the College, 113 Anderson Hall.
SPECIALIZATION IN AUDIOLOGY
AND SPEECH PATHOLOGY
A preprofessional academic/clinical program precedes
the master's degree study which is accredited by the
American Board of Examiners in Speech Pathology and
Audiology. These programs may be arranged through the
College of Arts and Sciences or the College of Education.
For admission to either program the student must consult
a faculty adviser assigned by the Department of Speech (442
Arts and Sciences Building). Program requirements are
described in the Speech Department section of this catalog.
To qualify for the Certificate of Clinical Competence in
Audiology or in Speech Pathology awarded by the American
Speech and Hearing Association or to obtain endorsement
by the College of Education and the Department of Speech
for State Department of Education certification in Speech
Correction, it is necessary to complete a master's degree or
equivalent.
SPECIALIZATION IN THE FINE ARTS
Music: Students interested in majoring in music should
consult the faculty adviser, Music Building, as soon as
possible in their college program.
The student who selects a Major in Music must earn total
of sixty quarter hours in the following courses.
Hours
Applied Music in approved courses numbered
above 100....................................... .......... .. 12
Theory of Music, MSC 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 201
202, 203, 204, 205, 206.......................................... 24
Survey of Music History, MSC 317, 318, 319............... 12
Upon completion of the above courses, the student must
select an area of concentration, i.e., Applied Music, Theory
of Music or History and Literature, and earn twelve credits
in that concentration. (These required twelve credits are in
addition to those listed above and must be specifically
approved for each student). The student must also register
for and participate each term in ensemble music groups.
A piano proficiency examination is required of all music
majors. The student must take Piano Skills until he has met
this requirement.
A Senior student concentrating in the area of Applied
Music will present a Senior Recital. In the areas of Theory
and History and Literature, the Senior will present a project
which demonstrates his competence in his area of
specialization.
For graduation with departmental honors in music, the
student should apply to the chairman of the teaching faculty
in his intended area of concentration at the beginning of his
Junior year. In addition to the grade-point average
requirement, the student concentrating in the area of
Applied Music will present a Senior Recital which is
adjudged by the music faculty as having reflected honors-
level work in applied music in the upper division. The
student in Theory of History and Literature must present an
honors project in his specialized area. This project will be
prepared in connection with twelve credit hours from Music
Theory courses MSC 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 403, 404 or
407; or from History and Literature courses, MSC 311, 312,
314, 315, 316, 317, 411, 413, 414, 415, 416; and with the
approval of the music faculty.


I I









COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


ART: The student who elects a Major in Art must earn a
total of not less than forty-five quarter hours including the
following courses: (1) ART 101-102, ART 103-104, ART 207-
208-209, a total of twenty-one hours; (2) a minimum of
twelve additional quarter hours in a single field of
specialization: Fine Arts; History of Art; or Crafts; and (3)
ART 408 or ART 430, 4 hours.
Students should consult Professor Eugene E. Grissom in
planning a major program.
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
AMERICAN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM
In addition to the major in American Studies (see
description under interdisciplinary studies in this section)
the College of Arts and Sciences offers a certificate program
for students majoring in a conventional discipline who wish
to focus their work on America. The student fulfills the
requirements for a departmental major, elects 36 credits
from among American related courses, including those in
his major field, and takes AMS 200, Introduction to
American Studies; AMS 454, Studies in American Civ-
ilization; and AMS 455, Senior Seminar in American
Civilization. Interested students are referred to Professor
Stephen S. Conroy, 219 Building D, for information and
advisement.
LATIN AMERICAN STUDY PROGRAM
For students interested in Latin American area studies, the
College of Arts and Sciences offers two options:
1. a special curriculum, based on a single departmental
major (selected from the fields of Anthropology,
Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Soci-
ology, and Spanish), leading to a B.A. degree and a
Certificate in Latin American Studies. (See Latin
American Studies section of this catalog); or
2. an individual interdisciplinary program, developed
and coordinated through the Center for Latin American
Studies and approved by the Interdisciplinary Commit-
tee of the College of Arts and Sciences, and leading to a
B.A. degree. (See section on degree requirements for
College of Arts and Sciences.)
Through special arrangements, undergraduate students
in the College of Business Administration, the College of
Education, and the College of journalism and Communica-
tions may participate in the above programs.
SOVIETAND EASTEUROPEANAREA STUDIES
The College of Arts and Sciences offers to undergraduate
students an integrated program in Soviet and East European
studies. The program provides a broad foundation for those
preparing for graduate work in the field and for those who
plan a career in government service.
The program is based on a major in one of the following
departments: Economics, Geography, History, Philosophy,
Political Science, Religion, Foreign Languages. The student
must demonstrate a reading knowledge of Russian or an
East European language, and his over-all program must
include at least 36 hours of work from the courses listed
below. A maximum of 14 course hours within the major may
be used in fulfilling the 36 hour area requirement.
Courses in the program include: ES 418,449,513,606; FLE
230; GPY 490, 491; HY 330, 331, 332, 413, 624, 626; PCL 410,
443, 444, 666; POL 133, 134, 135; RN 375; RSN 133,134,135,
202, 250, 304, 406, 427, 428, 430 or 551; PPY 363.
All students interested in this program, including lower
division students, should consult with Dr. Marvin Entner,
Room 105 Grinter Hall or with Dr. James F. Morrison, Room
429 Grinter Hall.
AFRICAN STUDIES PROGRAM
The African Studies Program is administered by an African
Studies Center responsible for the direction and coordi-
nation of interdisciplinary instructional and research


activities related to Africa. It cooperates witn University
departments, schools and colleges in administering and
staffing a coordinated certificate program. The Center does
not offer an interdisciplinary degree. With the cooperation
of participating departments, it offers a certificate in African
Studies in conjunction with the B.A., M.A. and Ph.D.
degrees.
The College of Arts and Sciences now offers an alternative
to undergraduate students whose academic and/or pro-
fessional needs are not met by traditional departmental
majors. Students are permitted to offer an interdisciplinary
major after submittal of proposed program to at least two
faculty members as supervisors, to a College committee and
the Dean for approval. Prospective students are welcome to
consider this alternative with reference to African themes.
To receive a Certificate in African Studies in conjunction
with the B.A. degree a student must (1) take at least 36 hours
of courses with African content, (2) offer a departmental
major, and (3) where applicable elect French, Portugueseor
Swahili to satisfy the foreign language requirement.
For Certificate requirements at the M.A. and Ph.D. levels
see the Graduate School Catalog. For further information
on the Center's Certificate requirements, interdisciplinary
majors in the College of Arts and Sciences, and other related
matters contact Professor Haig Der-Houssikian, Director,
Center for African Studies, 470 Grinter Hall, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611.

AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM
An interdisciplinary program leading to a certificate in
Afro-American Studies is offered by the College of Arts and
Sciences. The program is designed to furnish students an
inclusive knowledge of the historical experience and
condition of peoples of African origin in America. Courses
in the program are offered by a number of departments
including Anthropology, Economics, English, History,
Political Science, and Sociology. In order to be awarded the
certificate the student must complete at least thirty-six
credits from the courses offered, constructing in consulta-
tion with the program adviser a pattern of classes which best
fits his interests and needs. In addition, the student must
complete a departmental major and fulfill the requirements
for graduation from the College of Arts and Sciences.
Requirements for the certificate include: (1) one or two
courses from the African Studies Program plus HY 343,
Africa to 1800, 4 credits; (2) the introductory foundation
course, ASC 201, Introduction to Afro-American Studies, 4
credits, normally taken in the Sophomore year; (3) ASC 453,
Afro-American Studies Senior Integrative Seminar 1, 4"
credits, which serves to further identify and explore
problems in the Afro-American field; (4) ASC 454, Afro-
American Studies Senior Integrative Seminar II, 4 credits,
enabling the students to work with specialists on Afro-
American research problems.
Additional courses in the program include: courses in the
African Studies Program; APY 405; EH 345; ES 415; HY349;
350,456,457, MSC 412; PPY 490; PCL 412 (when applicable),
419; PSY 430, SY 202, 391, 492.
Interested students are encouraged to contact the
program director, Professor R. C. Foreman, Jr.,214 Building
D; or Professor Stephen Conroy, 219 Building D, as soon as
possible.
WESTERN EUROPEAN STUDIES PROGRAM
The College of Arts and Sciences of the University of
Florida offers an undergraduate interdisciplinary program
leading to the Certificate in Western European Studies. The
program is designed for students interested in Western
European culture, language, history, society, and politics. It
should also be of value to students who wish to become
European regional specialists or who are contemplating
careers in such fields having to do with Western Europe as
government service, international law, business or trade.







Colleges

COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


Each student works with an adviser in constructing a
program of courses suited to his own specific interests,
needs, and background. The student majors in the
department of his choice but selects courses with Western
European content from a number of the following
departments involved in the program: Anthropology, Art,
Economics, English, Geography, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, History, Music, Philosophy, Political Science,
Religion, and Romance Languages and Literatures.
In order to receive a Certificate in Western European
Studies, a student is required (1) to complete courses
totaling at least 36 credits (up to 15 of which may be from
his major department) from among appropriate courses
with Western European orientation in the participating
departments; (2) to take History 201-202, European
Civilization, or to offer an equivalent substitute selected in
consultation with program adviser (3) to demonstrate a
reading and speaking knowledge of a Western European
language (this requirement may be satisifed either through
course work or with a special examination; the same
language may not, however, be offered simultaneously to
meet the requirement of some other area study program);
(4) to participate in ASC 460, the interdisciplinary Western
European Studies Seminar during Winter Quarter of his
Senior year.
Students desiring further information about the program
are urged to contact any member of the Western European
Studies Committee: Professor Douglas Bonneville, Ro-
mance Languages; Professor David Denslow, Economics;
Professor David Conradt, Political Science; Professor Ernst
Schurer, Germanic Languages; or Professor Max Kele,
History, Chairman.

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES MINOR PROGRAM
A program for a minor (with certificate) in Environmental
Studies is available for anyone with a major in the College
of Arts and Sciences. The program is designed to be of
interest to students concerned with environmental issues.
Electives can be structured around an environmental
theme, giving experience in an area that may expand career
opportunities and make education more meaningful.
The course selection will serve to increase the student's
knowledge of the interaction of man and his environment.
A number of environmentally related courses requiring no
prerequisites are included to help non-science majors
become environmentally aware. Science majors will be able
to relate their major discipline to current environmental
problems through more advanced course work.
The Environmental Studies minor requires a minimum of
18 hours and has two components:
(a) A core of at least three environmentally oriented
courses, one each from the Social, Physical and
Biological Sciences to total 12 to 15 credit hours.
(b) Two interdisciplinary workshop courses offered
under ASC 440 or acceptable alternative courses to total
6 credit hours.
Courses required for the student's major cannot be
counted toward the minor requirement. Courses both
within and outside the College which bear on various
aspects of environmental problems may be used for the
minor and at the same time to fulfill the student's elective
requirements. The Arts and Sciences limitation of 15 hours
which may be taken for credit outside the College is waived
for the Environmental Studies minor. An inventory file of
courses suitable for the Environmental Studies minor is
available in 210 Bartram West.
Students interested in the minorshould consult with their
departmental adviser and the Environmental Studies
Adviser in 210 Bartram Hall.
It is also possible to develop a major in Environmental
Studies under the College's individual interdisciplinary
major program, where one is able to formulate a major from


appropriate course areas in two or more departments.
Students interested in an interdisciplinary major in
Environmental Studies are referred to the interdisciplinary
major description under the Arts and Sciences section of
this catalog. Those interested in the major should contact
Dean Ruth McQuown, 102 Anderson Hall.

CORE PROGRAMS
SOCIAL INTERVENTION SYSTEMS
This interdisciplinary curriculum is designed to give the
student knowledge of the nature and interrelationships
among various social and community organizations. At the
outset, coursework will emphasize general topics such as
urbanization, minority group relations, and social change.
The student may then emphasize a more specialized area
such as medical sociology, deviant behavior, gerontology,
or educational sociology.
This program will: (1) enable the student to more
effectively participate in community living, (2) prove
valuable for students wishing to pursue community work,
and (3) provide an adequate foundation for students
planning graduate work in Sociology or Social Work.
The Social Intervention program leads to the degree of
Bachelor of Arts and all requirements for the departmental
major in Sociology must be met. The strength of the
program, however, lies in its interdepartmental nature. The
student will be expected to include courses in An-
thropology, Economics, History, Political Science, and
Psychology among his or her electives.
Interested students should contact Professor Mary Anna
Baden, Department of Sociology, Room 309 Peabody Hall,
for assistance in planning their programs.

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
This program provides a limited amount of professional
preparation for careers in international affairs, including the
Foreign Service of the Department of State, the United
States Information Agency, Central Intelligence Agency,
National Security Agency, the United Nations and its
specialized agencies, and other international organizations.
Training is designed to lead to appointment as Foreign
Service Officer, Intelligence Research Specialist, Foreign
Affairs Analyst, etc. Admission to the Foreign Service and for
some positions in the U.S.I.A. is through the Foreign
Service Officer Examination. For information, the student
should consult the Foreign Service Adviser, Professor E. R.
Wittkopf, Grinter Hall.
Students should take at least two years of an appropriate
foreign language (6 quarter courses), some courses in
Political Science, Economics, History, Geography, English
and American Literature. Because international affairs is an
area of concentration rather than a formal, certificate-
granting program, it is the responsibility of each student to
choose those courses from each of these fields that he
deems most appropriate given his background and career
objectives. The examination emphasizes the general
cultural knowledge of the student as well as his command
of social sciences information.
GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION,
MANAGEMENT, and PLANNING
The undergraduate program in public administration
seeks to provide students with broad foundations in areas
of relevance and concern to administration at all levels of
contemporary American government. This program is
recommended for students who want a background for
seeking either entry-level career positions in government
service, or for entering graduate level programs of
professional training.
Students will ordinarily take a major in political science
and concentrate on administrative studies in both their
major courses and in their electives. Some students may
elect to matriculate in an individual interdisciplinary


I I I -1









COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


program and study subjects related to administration
throughout the University.
For the most part, programs of study are prepared
individually within certain broad limits; any given student's
program will depend upon his interests and prior
coursework. In addition to the College requirements and
the specific required courses in political science (PCL 201,
207, and 209) the following general program is suggested:
A. Strongly recommended PCL courses: PCL 411, PCL 415,
PCL 413 or PCL 414.
B. Electives in PCL: PCL 220, PCL 412, PCL 427, PCL 323,
PCL 424, PCL 420, PCL 414.
C. Strongly recommended courses outside PCL: ATG 201,
STA 310, or 320, ES 431 (prereq. 201-202).
D. Electives outside PCL: PSY 201, PSY 313, MGT 350, SY
201, SY 391, SY 429, MGT 570, CIS 306.
Students interested in entering into a program of public
administrative studies should consult Professor William
Kelso, 475 Little Hall.

FILM STUDIES
The College of Arts and Sciences in conjunction with
other colleges offers a variety of courses related to the study
of film as an art form. Students, working with the film
studies adviser, construct their own patterns of courses
suited to their personal interests. Courses offered in film
work include:
BR 318 Broadcast Writing (4)*
BR 324 Broadcast Production I. (4)*
BR 325 Broadcast Production II. (4)*
BR 326 Broadcast Production Ill. (4)*
BR 424 Cinematography for TV (4)*
BR 442 Documentary for TV (4)*
BR 358 Radio, Television and Film Writing (3)*
EH 281 Introduction to the Film (4)
EH 350 Movies as a Narrative Art (3)*
EH 355 History of the Film (4)*
EH 381 The Theory and Practice of Modern Criticism (3)*
EH 495 Film Studies (4)
EH 686 The Language of Film (4)*
PPY 370 Philosophy of Art (5)
RN 365 Theology and the Arts Since 1940 (5)*
SCH 220 Theatre Appreciation (4)
Students interested in the program are referred to
Professor William C. Childers, 215 Building D, for
information and advisement.
*Courses have prerequisites.
JEWISH STUDIES
Administered by the Center for Jewish Studies, this
program provides an interdisciplinary and interdepartmen-
tal curriculum which serves as a basis for understanding the
broad sweep of Jewish civilization. Through course work in
various departments, including Religion, Foreign Lan-
guages, English and Philosophy, students may acquaint
themselves with and specialize in areas within Jewish
studies including Biblical Studies, Jewish history, Jewish
philosophy and Jewish literature. It is expected that
students in the program will demonstrate or acquire
competence in Hebrew. The program may serve as
preparation for graduate work in Jewish Studies, whether in
a university or seminary setting.
The Jewish Studies program leads to the degree of
Bachelor of Arts and requires completion of a departmental
major. Working with advisers from the Center for Jewish
Studies, students may construct individually oriented
programs best suited to their needs, programs that take full
account of previous preparation. Interested students
should consult with Professors B. Mesch or S. Isenberg, 368
J. Wayne Reitz Union.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE
A full-time noncredit, nondegree program in English as a


second language is available to foreign students with some
knowledge of the language who wish to increase their
competence. The program, which may be taken any of the
quarters of the academic year, emphasizes the oral and
written skills needed by students from abroad who plan to
attend a university in the United States. Further information
is available from Dr. Jayne C. Harder, Director, English
Language Institute, 162 Grinter Hall, University of Florida,
Gainesville, Florida 32611.
CHAIR OF AMERICAN STUDIES
Through the generosity of the American Legion, Depart-
ment of Florida, which has provided a fund of $40,000 for
this purpose, supplemented by legislative appropriation,
there was established a Professorship in the Department of
History of the College of Arts and Sciences known as the
"Chair of American Studies." This chair was established to
present courses and lectures on American ideals, American
government, American institutions, and American
citizenship.
The Professor of American Studies was designated to
teach courses in American History and to promote special
programs on American ideals. Although the University
offers for Freshmen a nine credit, three quarter course
entitled, "American Institutions," a number of additional
courses in American History are offered as electives. A
central theme in many American History courses is the
struggle of the people of the United States for a more
perfect democracy.
Part of the income from the endowment of the Chair of
American Studies is used to bring outstanding Americans to
the University of Florida for a series of addresses on the
theme of American traditions. Many of the lectures are
published and distributed as a part of the American Studies
program of the University.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The Career Planning and Placement Center, located in
Suite G-22, J. Wayne Reitz Union, is the centralized job
placement facility for students and alumni of the College of
Arts and Sciences.
The Center contains an extensive Career Information and
Resources Library, and an audio-visual inventory of career
investigative and job search materials. You may wish to use
these on a self-help basis or in conjunction with personal or
group vocational/occupational counseling.
Personnel at the Center will help you identify career
choices and match these with your academic major or
interests. You will, also, find assistance in developing a
career plan, organizing a personal job search program and
improving your communication skills in interviewing,
resume and application letter writing.
The objective is to aid you in putting your education to
work in a field that will be both satisfying and rewarding to
you. In this regard, the Center hosts several hundred
representatives from business, industry, education and
government each year. These persons are on campus to
interview job candidates in fields ranging from bachelor
liberal arts graduates to science doctorates.
Undergraduates should register with the Center im-
mediately upon starting their Senior year of college.
Graduate students should register as they enter the final
year of their studies.
For additional information visit the Center or contact Mr.
Maurice E. Mayberry, Director.
STUDENT COUNCIL
Of all types of student organizations on campus, few are
concerned specifically with enhancing the academic and
intellectual environment within the college community.
The Arts and Sciences Student Council claims such concern.
Composed of student representatives from each of the
college's departments, the Council acts to initiate and
promote effective two-way communication between stu-







Colleges

COLLEGES OF ARTS AND SCIENCES


dents and faculty and administration. Further, it provides
students an opportunity to creatively participate in the
decision-making processes within the College through their
role as an advisory body to the Dean.
In recent years, the areas of faculty-student interaction,
student rights, teaching excellence, and quality of educa-
tion have received special scrutiny by the Council. As a
result, several ongoing programs have been established.
These include a fully equipped Calculator Laboratory and a
Peer Advising Staff. To encourage and honor teaching
excellence, the Council presents the annual Teacher of the
Year Award. And for the protection and furthering of
student rights, a student grievance board has been made
available. Many other projects are undertaken on a quarter-
to-quarter basis such as bringing distinguished
personalities-of-note to campus and the sponsoring of
debates and seminars on a wide range of topics.
The Council's growth and effectiveness depends upon
student involvement. Interested participants should con-
tact the Student Council office, 190 Building E, or the Arts
and Sciences office, 103 Anderson Hall.


STUDY ABROAD (BOGOTA)
A recently approved agreement between the State
University System of Florida and the Universidad de los
Andes in Bogota, Colombia, allows undergraduate students
to study in Latin America for up to one year. The program
is administered through the Center for Latin American
Studies.
The Universidad de los Andes is a private university with
an organization similar to that found in U.S. institutions of
higher education. Bogota, the city in which the Universidad
de los Andes is located, is the capital of Colombia. It offers
a variety of music, art, theater and museums and enjoys a
year-round Spring-like climate.
The principal features and requirements of the program
are:
Length of Program: Interested students may attend an
Intensive Course in Spanish for Foreign Students offered for
six weeks during June and July annually. In addition, they
may take up to two regular semesters in residence, August
to December and January through May.
Courses: All credits earned at Universidad de los Andes
are transferable to the Florida institution on the basis of
prior approval of student's U.S. advisor or Registrar. Arts
and Sciences majors must have prior approval of the Dean
of the College.
Faculty: The greater part of the faculty of Universidad de
los Andes have received graduate degrees or training in the
United States and about 28 percent are graduates of foreign
universities.
General Educational Requirements: Applicants must have
completed at least 48 quarter hours of college or university
work.
Academic Prerequisites: An academic average of 2.5 or
better on all work completed at U.S. institutions, over a
period of four quarters.
Language Prerequisites: A minimum of four quarters of
college level Spanish, completed before departure, or a
certificate stating that student has completed a functional
Spanish language test.
Tuition: Same as for Colombian students, approximately
$175 US for the Summer Intensive Language course and
approximately $400 US for each semester.


Housing: While in residence at Universidad de los Andes,
U.S. students will be housed and fed in approved private
Colombian homes. Cost will be approximately $100 US per
month for room, meals and laundry.
Health Insurance: Students may be covered by the same
Blue Cross-Blue Shield Student Preferred Contract available
to students of the State University System of Florida,
approximately $8.36 bimonthly for an individual and $23.92
for a family.
Travel Costs: Fall 1974, rates subject to change: Round
trip Miami-Bogota, valid for one year $313, Gainesville-
Bogota $389. APPLICATION DEADLINES. Two months prior
to departure.
For additional information write to: Director, Center for
Latin American Studies, 319 Grinter Hall, University of
Florida, Gainesville, Florida, 32611, (904 392-0375).



STUDY ABROAD (UF-POZNAN
EXCHANGE)
The University of Florida and Adam Mickiewicz University
administer a student-faculty exchange by which Florida
students may study at Polish universities. Preference is
given to graduates and advanced undergraduates. The
exchange also offers regular and intensive beginning Polish
in the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and
intensive intermediate and advanced Polish and courses in
Polish culture and history at the Summer institute at Poznan.
For further information, contact Professor William Sullivan,
433 Grinter Hall.


STUDY ABROAD (UTRECHT)
The University of Florida offers a foreign study program
at the University of Utrecht in the Netherlands, for its own
and other undergraduates in the State University System of
Florida. The 1974-75 program consisted of intensive Dutch
language instruction during the Fall, together with several
orientation sessions developed by Professor Cornelis
Goslinga of the University's Humanities and History
departments, who was Program Director. From January to
June, 1975, the students took courses offered by University
of Utrecht professors, some in the English language, others
in Dutch. These were in several disciplines, such as
sociology, English literature, economics, and psychology.
In every case the University of Florida major departments
worked with the student to guide his or her selection of
courses and insure credit toward graduation. Credit is
transferred to the student's record at his or her home
university in the Florida system.
Clearly one of the advantages of the Florida Abroad at
Utrecht program is the opportunity to experience Dutch
and European culture directly by studying and living with
foreign students.
The basic cost to participate in the program in 1974-75 was
$1,245 to cover tuition, medical insurance, and nominal
service charges. Trans-Atlantic travel, housing, food, and
incidental expenses are the student's own direct responsi-
bility.
In addition to the overseas Director, a Program
Coordinator, Professor Samuel S. Hill, Jr., is available to
assist. Further information may be obtained from the
Coordinator (Department of Religion).


- T T _













The College of Business Administration


r 3 11 y' W Yra-, r


ACCOUNTING
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GENERAL
ECONOMICS
FINANCE, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND URBAN LAND STUDIES
MANAGEMENT
MARKETING


ECONOMICSn







Colleges


The College of Business

Administration


GENERAL STATEMENT
The College of Business Administration of the University
of Florida was organized in 1926-27. The divisions of the
College are: Department of Accounting; Department of
Economics; Department of Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
and Urban Land Studies; Department of Management;
Department of Marketing; and Bureau of Economic and
Business Research.
The College of Business Administration has broad
objectives; to provide the foundation for competent,
responsible participation in business, the professions and
government; to stimulate interest in social, economic and
civic responsibilities; to develop competence in making
business decisions and in evaluating policy; to offer fields
of specialization in business or economics, and, especially,
to encourage intellectual inquiry.
Specific arts and detailed information are necessary parts
of the curriculum, but the guiding principle of this College
is to stress broad fundamentals in terms of the above
objectives, and to prepare the student to develop
subsequent specialization. To this end, every curriculum of
the College is constructed around a core of courses in
economics and the major functional areas of business.
The College also has other functions. It contributes to
knowledge through the research activities of its faculty and
students. Graduate programs are provided for advanced
students and prospective teachers in business adminis-
tration and economics. The College participates in pro-
grams of adult education both on and off campus. It
recognizes its responsibilities to students in other colleges
of the University by giving them an opportunity to
complement their education with courses in economics and
business administration.
The College maintains a computer facility for instructional
and research purposes. Advanced students also have access
to the University Computing Center, which contains high-
capacity equipment.


SCHOLARSHIPS AND
ASSISTANTSHIPS
Scholarships are available for students in Business
Administration. Full information about these scholarships
may be obtained from the Director of Student Financial Aid,
University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida.
Graduate assistantships and fellowships are available for
students working toward the degrees of Master of Business
Administration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy.
Information about these assistantships may be obtained
from the Director of Graduate Studies, College of Business
Administration, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida.


BUREAU OF ECONOMIC AND
BUSINESS RESEARCH
There is established in the College of Business Adminis-
tration a Bureau of Economic and Business Research. One
of the major purposes of this Bureau is to carry out research
undertakings designed to contribute to economic and
business knowledge, with primary emphasis upon the
economy of Florida and the Southeast. A second major aim
is the functional participation of the faculty members of the
Bureau staff in the curriculum for graduate training offered


by the College of Business Administration and in this way
to provide opportunity for graduate students to engage in
specific research projects. From time to time work is
undertaken which permits a similar opportunity for
undergraduate students.
The Bureau publishes the results of its research
undertakings as these are completed. It also issues
periodically a publication, Economic Leaflets, and Business
and Economic Dimensions.
The Bureau is a member of the Associated University
Bureaus of Business and Economic Research.


MEMBERSHIP IN NATIONAL AND
REGIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
The College of Business Administration is a member of
the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business,
the Southern Economic Association, the Southern Business
Administrative Association and the National Retail
Merchants' Association. Its baccalaureate and MBA pro-
grams are accredited by the American Assembly of
Collegiate Schools of Business.


BETA GAMMA SIGMA
Election to this national honorary society is based on
scholarship and character. It fills the place in education for
business that the society of Phi Beta Kappa holds in the field
of classical education. Duly elected members have the right
to wear the insigne of the society the Beta Gamma Sigma
gold key. For further information apply to the Office of the
Dean.


PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CLUBS
There are five professional fraternities which elect
members from students in the College of Business
Administration. These are Alpha Kappa Psi and Delta Sigma
Pi in commerce and business, Beta Alpha Psi in accounting,
Omicron Delta Epsilon, in economics, and Phi Chi Theta for
business women. Several clubs also give students with
specialized interest an opportunity to participate in their
activities. The Real Estate Club, The Insurance Society,
AIESEC-US, and a student chapter of The Propellor Club. A
student chapter of the Society of Advancement of
Management elects its memberships both from this College
and the College of Engineering.


WOMEN IN BUSINESS
Rapidly increasing opportunities exist for women gradu-
ates in many business fields. Illustrative areas are market-
ing, banking, accounting, economic analysis, insurance,
real estate, personnel administration, statistics and invest-
ments.


REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The University of Florida and the College of Business
Administration encourages applications from qualified
students from all cultural, racial, religious, and ethnic
groups. Listed below are the specific requirements for
admission to this college. It should be understood however
that minimum requirements are given and that admission to
this college is a selective process. The satisfaction of
minimum requirements does not automatically guarantee
admission. A student's total record including educational


-, -r r









COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


objective, pattern of courses previously completed, quality
of previous academic record, and test data will all be
considered in evaluating an application for admission.
Priority in admission will be given to those applicants whose
potential on the basis of their total record indicates the
greatest likelihood of success in the program requested.
University College Students: To be eligible for admission
to the College of Business Administration, a University
College student must have: (1) completed at least one
quarter in University College; and (2) earned a 2.0 average
on all University of Florida work attempted.
Transfer Students: To be eligible for admission to the
College of Business Administration, a transfer student must
satisfy the minimum requirements for admission to an
Upper Division College that are set forth in the AD-
MISSIONS Section of this catalog. Additionally, the
applicant must have completed the courses required for the
desired curriculum as indicated in the program for the
Freshman and Sophomore years in the University College
section of this catalog or their equivalent. The following
information will serve as a guide in expediting transfer to the
College of Business Administration.
A. Students attending four year colleges, who wish to
transfer after two years, should follow a program of
general education and preprofessional courses similar
to the Basic Curriculum for the Freshman and
Sophomore years for students desiring to enter the
College of Business Administration which is outlined in
the University College section of this catalog. Prere-
quisite courses in business subjects during the first two
years should be completed as indicated in paragraphs
B.3 and B.4 below. Courses should not be taken during
the first two years which are offered only at the upper
division level at the University of Florida.
B. Junior College and Community College students
should:
1. Complete the university transfer program at the
junior college.
2. Complete the general education requirements
established for the junior college.
3. Complete, insofar as possible, all of the following
courses which are prerequisite to any advanced
professional work in the College: a one-year
sequence in accounting, a one-year sequence in
economics, a one-year sequence in analytical
geometry and calculus, an introductory course in
statistics, a course in economic and business
statistics, a course in logic.
4. Complete the one-year course in accounting
and/or economics at the junior college. Differences
in the order of presenting material in basic one year
courses make it highly undesirable to take parts of
such courses in different institutions.
5. Choose elective courses needed to complete the
total 64 semester hours in the university transfer
program from such areas as mathematics, natural
sciences, social science, foreign language, and
humanities.
6. Avoid professional coursework that is available at
the University of Florida only as 3rd and 4th year
courses. TRANSFER STUDENTS ARE ADVISED TO
AVOID SUCH COURSES AS BUSINESS LAW, PRIN-
CIPLES OF MARKETING, PRINCIPLES OF MAN-
AGEMENT, PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE, PRIN-
CIPLES OF REAL ESTATE, PERSONNEL MAN-
AGEMENT, AND COMPUTER MANAGEMENT
COURSES. A maximum of six quarter credits may be
allowed for courses taken during the first two years
which are available only as third and fourth year
professional courses in the College of Business
Administration.


Any credit granted for such work will be in the form
of undistributed elective credit without reference to
specific courses taken, but in no case may such
courses be in the student's major field.
ProvisionalAdmission: Within space limitations, students
who do not meet precisely the admission requirements
indicated in the appropriate section above may be granted
provisional admission to the College of Business Adminis-
tration. The Dean of the College of Business Administration
will specify the courses to be completed and minimum
grade points to be earned by the student during the term of
his provisional admission. Provisional status will be
removed and the student fully admitted to the College of
Business Administration provided he fulfills the conditions
set forth in his provisional admission. The student will be
excluded from further enrollment in the College of Business
Administration if he fails to satisfy the conditions of his
provisional admission.


GENERAL REGULATIONS
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY: The student must assume
full responsibility for registering for the proper courses and
for fulfilling all requirements for his degree. He is also
responsible for completing all courses for which he is
registered.
Courses may be dropped through the offices of the Dean
until the end of the third week of the quarter without
petitioning. After the third week courses may be dropped or
changed without penalty only through the offices of the
Dean of the College (by petitions) and the Registrar.
Seniors must file formal application for a degree in the
Office of the Registrar early in the quarter in which they
expect to receive the degree. The official calendar shows
the latest date on which this can be done.
MINIMUM AND NORMAL LOADS: The normal course
load in the College of Business Administration is 16 credit
hours. A student may be permitted to register for additional
hours if in the opinion of his academic adviser and the Dean,
his academic record justifies this. Twelve credit hours is the
minimum load for a full-time student in the University.
RESIDENCE: The last 45 quarter hours to be applied
toward a degree must be completed in residence in the
College of Business Administration. In special cases this
requirement may be waived if the student has a 2.9 average
or better, and his petition to take non-resident work has
been approved in advance by the faculty of the College. In
any case, no student may take more than nine quarter credit
hours by extension or correspondence among the 90
quarter credits of upper-division work required for the
baccalaureate degree; and such work must have prior
approval for each individual student by the Petitions
Committee of the College. However, courses to be
included in the major field may not be taken by extension,
by correspondence, or at anotsity for transfer.
SATISFACTORY-UNSATISFACTORY GRADE OTPION: An
undergraduate student in the College of Business Adminis-
tration may take on the S-U basis only those courses which
will be counted as free electives in fulfilling the require-
ments for his degree.
PROBATION AND SUSPENSION: The College rules
regarding probation are the same as the University's. These
rules are described in the "Student Regulations" section of
this catalog.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS:
To graduate from the College of Business Administration
a student must satisfactorily complete the following:
1.96 quarter hours of lower division requirement.
2. A College approved program in his major field of
study.







Colleges

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


3. Elective requirements outside the student's major
field (a maximum of thirteen quarter hours may be
specified by major department).
A minimum of 186 (193 for Accounting) quarter hours is
required for graduation. The waiving of any required course
does not reduce the hours required for graduation. A
student must maintain an overall average of 2.0 and a 2.0
average on all courses which count toward his upper-
division degree requirements.
DEAN'S LISTAND GRADUATION WITH HONORS
OR HIGH HONORS:
A student who carries 14 hours per quarter with a grade
point average of 3.5 will have his name placed on the Dean's
list for that quarter.
To graduate With Honors, a student must make at least a
3.2 average on all course work accepted as Upper Division
credit and all course work (except as noted below)
attempted while registered in the Upper Division. To
graduate With High Honors, a student must make at least a
3.6 average on all work accepted as Upper Division credit
and all course work (except as noted below) attempted
while registered in the Upper Division. In calculating
requirements for graduating With Honors or With High
Honors, the following policies are followed: the student
must have completed at the University of Florida at least 60
quarter hours for Upper Division credit toward a degree in
Business Administration, transfer credits and S-U grade
credits will be excluded; and credits for Lower Division
courses taken while registered in the Upper Division will be
excluded.


ADVANCED ACCOUNTANCY
DEGREE
Upon completion of 45 quarter credits of advanced
business subjects beyond the undergraduate level with an
overall grade average of 2.0 (C), students will be awarded
the professional accountancy degree AAB, Bachelor of
Advanced Accountancy.
The purpose of this fifth year program is to offer
specialized accounting training at an advanced level. The
courses, while professionally oriented, are taught with a
broad philosophical approach which is concerned not only
with a thorough understanding of accounting principles
and practices but also an appreciation of their interrelation
with principles of other fields of business. Its objective is to
provide the student with a depth of educational background
both in accounting and other business subjects which will
encourage him to continue career development in prepara-
tion for future leadership in the profession.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
Admission will be granted to graduates from a college or
university with a grade point average of 2.7 (C+) or better
and with the equivalent of a major in accounting, ordinarily,
with the completion of from 36 to 45 quarter credits of
accounting subjects. No entrance examination is required.
Practical business experience is not required for ad-
mission to the program but students having such a
background will find that it enhances their professional
study. Internship programs of three or four months are
available and will add much to the professional develop-
ment of the student.
CURRICULUM IN ADVANCED ACCOUNTANCY:
Course requirements of 45 quarter credits must include
at least 22 quarter credits of advanced accounting subjects
to be selected from 500 or 600 level accounting courses. At
least 20 quarter credits of advanced business courses also
are required. These are to be chosen to supplement the
student's undergraduate work in business subjects related
to the study of accounting.


Advanced business courses may be elected with the
approval of the student's adviser from courses such as (but
not limited to) the following:
BA 540 Computer Based Business Management
ES 531 Central Government Finance
ES 535 State and Local Finance
ES 543 Foreign Exchange and International Financial
Institutions
ES 572 Economics of the Labor Market
Fl 524 Investment Analysis
Fl 528 Corporation Finance
Fl 486 Estates, Trusts and Insurance
Fl 590 Business Financial Management
MGT 570 Production Management Problems
MGT 471 Managerial Operations Analysis 2
MGT 472 Managerial Operations Analysis 3
MKG 531 Marketing Principles and Institutions
FLORIDA ACCOUNTANCY REQUIREMENT:
An approved one year post-baccalaureate business
program with a major in accounting in addition to
requirements to sit for the CPA examination will be
accepted by the Florida State Board of Accountancy in lieu
of the one year experience requirement for the CPA
certificate.


GRADUATE DEGREES AND
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE WORK
Courses are offered in the College of Business Adminis-
tration leading to the degree of Master of Business
Administration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy.
For requirements for these degrees and for admission to
Graduate School, consult the Graduate School Catalog.


CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
The upper division curriculum in Business Administration
requires 90 quarter credits (97 in the Accounting major). The
program centers around a core which is required of all
students. In addition, each student is required to select one
of the eight major fields as an area of concentration. The
pattern of the Upper Division requirements is as follows:
UPPER DIVISION CORE REQUIREMENTS
Courses Credits
BA 300 Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economic Analysis................................... ............. 5
*ES 301 National Income Determination and Policy........... 5
*ES 302 Prices and Markets......................................... 3
Fl 326 Business Finance........................... ............. 4
MGT 310 Principles of Management............................ 4
MKG 331 Principles of Marketing................................. 4

Total Core Requirements 25
*Students majoring in Economics are required to register for
ES 401 and ES 402 instead of ES 301 and ES 302.
OTHER UPPER DIVISION REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the upper division core just described, each
student must follow the curriculum pattern indicated
below:
MAJOR FIELD
Required courses are listed under the appropriate
"major" headings, beginning in the next section. Minimum
requirements range from 18 to 32 hours depending upon
major.
FREE ELECTIVES
Electives may be within or outside the College of Business


T









COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


Administration, but must be outside the major field. A
maximum of thirteen hours may be specified by major
department. Maximum of 9 credits in Advanced Military
Science may be counted toward free elective credit... 37-47


I. ACCOUNTING
This curriculum is designed to provide background in the
basic elements of accounting and to provide general
preparation for the three main areas of accounting: public,
industrial, and governmental.
Required Courses Credits
ATG 301-302 Intermediate Accounting.................... 10
ATG 305 Cost and Management Accounting II................ 4
ATG 407 Income Tax Accounting.............................. 4
Accounting Electives......................... ............ 14

Total 32
Accounting electives may be selected from: ATG 401, ATG
405, ATG 408, ATG 409, ATG 418, ATG 504, ATG 505, ATG 507,
ATG 517.
In addition to the core courses required of all business
administration students, accounting majors are required to
take CIS 302, Introduction to Computer Programming-2
credits, BA 440, Computer Based Business Management -4
credits, and BA 402, Business Law -5 credits. Free electives
29 credits. Total 97 credits.
Accounting majors intending to sit for the CPA examina-
tion are advised to become familiar with the Florida State
Board of Accountancy educational requirements in accoun-
ting, other business and English subjects.


II. BANKING AND FINANCE
This curriculum is designed for those students who plan to
go into commercial or investment banking, into other types
of financial institutions, or into financial administration.
Courses Credits
*FI 421 Money and Capital Markets............................. 4
Fl 422 Investments............................... ............... 4
FI 427 Business Finance Topics................................... 4
and two of the following four courses:
*FI 420 Management of Bank Funds.......................... 5
*FI 424 Investment Analysis............................... ..... 4
*FI 428 Corporation Finance........................... ..... 4
*FI 429 International Finance............................. ..... 4

Total 20-21
*Students are advised to complete the quantitative require-
ments before registering for these courses. The student is
required to take the following courses as a part of
"electives":
MGT 401 Introduction to Business Law......................... 5
CIS 302 Introduction to Computer Programming........... 2
and a minimum of four additional hours of
Business Administration courses.............................. 4

Required Electives 11


III. COMPUTER AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
This curriculum is designed to prepare students for
technical and managerial positions in science in public and
private organizations. The curriculum emphasizes three
aspects.pertinent to the student's professional career; the
functions to which computers are applied in organizations,
the professional skills for the design of computing


applications, and the decision-making techniques for the
efficient and effective utilization of computing resources.
Courses Credits
CIS 321 Data Structures or
CIS 331 Storage Structures and Techniques.................. 4
CIS 453 Industrial Systems Simulation........................ 3
CIS 484 Information Resources in Business and
Econom ics..................................... ................ 3
Minimum of 14 additional credits in CIS courses
numbered above CIS 311...................................... 14

Total 24
Students majoring in CIS are required to take the
following course:
BA 440 Computer Based Business Management.............. 4
Free electives in the College of Business Administra-
tion or elsewhere............................ .. ........... .. 37

Total 90

IV. ECONOMICS
This curriculum is designed to provide students with a basic
core of courses in Economics, while, at the same time,
enabling them to select their electives from among a wide

variety of courses adapted to their needs and interests.
The economics major is required to substitute ES 401 and ES
402 for ES 301 and ES 302 in the College of Business core
program. In addition, the major must take:
Courses Credits
ES 321 Money and Banking....................................... 4
ES 431 Public Finance............................ .............. 4
ES 455 Government Regulation of Business.................... 5

Total 13
and 8-14 credit hours of additional Economics courses
selected on the basis of the student's interest in
consultation with his adviser. For further information,
contact a departmental adviser, Room 106, Matherly Hall.


V. INSURANCE
The curriculum in risk and insurance is designed primarily
to give students an understanding of risk and the means of
treating risk. Some students may find positions in the
administration of risk and insurance programs of business
and governmental units. Others may enter the insurance
industry. Most students will probably follow careers in
other fields in which an understanding of risk and insurance
is helpful, though of secondary importance.
A minimum of 18 credits in the field of risk and insurance
is required for a major. These shall include Fl 360 and at least
one course from both Group A and Group B plus Fl 430 for2
credits.
Courses Credits
Fl 360 Risk and Insurance........................................... 4
*FI 430 Independent Work............................. .......... 2
Group A:
Fl 363 Property and Liability Insurance 1........................ 5
Fl 366 Property and Liability Insurance 2......................... 5
Fl 487 Risk Management...................... .................... 5
Group B:
Fl 363 Life Insurance.............................. .............. 4
Fl 462 Group Insurance and Pensions.......................... 4
Fl 464 Health Insurance........................... ............. 4
Fl 486 Estates, Trusts, and Insurance............................. 4

Total (Minimum) 18
*The independent work will consist of a research paper.







Colleges

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


Before registering for the course the student must submit a
topic outline acceptable to a majority of the members of the
insurance faculty.
Students majoring in insurance are required to take the
following courses as a part of "electives":
MGT 401 Introduction to Business Law......................... 5
CIS 302 Introduction to Computer Programming............ 2

Required Electives 7



VI. MANAGEMENT
This curriculum is designed for students interested in
overall management problems, industrial management,
industrial relations or personnel management. By selection
of appropriate courses, a student may obtain a solid basis
for quantitative analysis of business.
Courses Credits
MGT 410 Principles of Organization.......................... 4
MGT 450 Problems in Personnel Management............ 4
MGT 470 Managerial Operations Analysis 1................. 4
and one course from each of the following groups:
(a) MGT 460 Collective Bargaining................... ....... 4
MGT 471 Managerial Operations Analysis 2............ 4
b) MGT 480 Business Policies.................................... 4
MGT 481 Management Philosophy and
Practice ............................................................... 4
MGT 472 Managerial Operations Analysis 3............. 4
c) MGT 430 International Management....................... 4
or any course not selected in (a) or (b) above.......... 4

Total 24
Students majoring in Management are required to take
the following course:
Credits
CIS 302 Introduction to Computer Programming........... 2
and one of the following:
MGT 355 Human Relations in Administration
PSY 201 General Psychology
SY 201 Principles of Sociology
APY 200 Cultural Anthropology............................... 4-5

Required Electives 6-7


VII. MARKETING
This curriculum is designed to develop an understanding of
the distribution system for goods and services, the social
and economic forces which act on that system and on the
determinants of consumer choice behavior. The program
emphasizes quantitative and social science approaches to
marketing management and consumer behavior.
Courses Credits
MKG 352 Consumer Behavior.................................... 4
MKG 471 Marketing Research.................................... 4


MKG 431 Marketing Management............................. 4
and any three or four of the following courses:
MKG 362 Marketing Channels................................... 4
MKG 421 International Marketing.............................. 4
MKG 441 Sales Management................................... 4
MKG 451 Promotion Management............................. 4
MKG 461 Retail Management..................................... 4
MKG 472 Advanced Marketing Research.................... 4
MKG 481 Credit and Collections................................ 4
MKG 491 Physical Distribution Management............... 4
MKG 493 Special Topics in Marketing........................ 4

Total 24-28
Students majoring in Marketing are required to take the
following course:
CIS 302 Introduction to Computer Programming........... 2

Required Electives 2


VIII. REAL ESTATE AND
URBAN LAND STUDIES
This curriculum is designed to prepare students to enter
a general real estate business, or any one of its special
branches such as appraising, finance, property man-
agement, and brokerage.
Courses Credits
RE 350 Real Estate Fundamentals................................ 4
RE 390 Property Valuation.............................. ..... 4
RE 450 Real Estate Law.................................. ...... 4
RE 460 Real Estate Investment Principles and Practices... 4
RE 470 Urban Growth, Land Use and Regional Planning. 5
RE 480 Real Estate Finance........................... ........... 4

Total 25

The student is required to take two courses from the
following list.
APY 202 Anthropology and Modern Life...................... 5
BCN 101 Construction Materials................................ 4
CE 492 Engineering and Public Works........................ 3
ES 581 Urban Economics......................... ............. 5
Prereq: SY 201 or Consent
FRC 220 Introduction to Forestry................................ 3
GPY 305 Geography of Florida................................... 4
GPY 401 Air Photo Interpretation............................... 5
Prereq: GPY 300, or Consent
GPY 326 Urban Geography............................. .... 3
MKG 352 Consumer Behavior.................................... 4
Prereq: MKG 331
MKG 471 Marketing Research.................................... 4
Prereq: MKG 331, BA 300
PCL 415 Urban, Suburban, and Metropolitan
Government........................................ ............... 5
Prereq: PCL 201

Required electives 6-10


- T T







Colleges


College of Dentistry

The College of Dentistry is one of the six colleges which
constitute the 1. Hillis Miller Health Center. The College of
Dentistry, as well as the other units of the Health Center, is
an integral component, both geographically and functional-
ly, of the University of Florida. Even though it is in its early
stages of development, many conjoint projects between the
College and other units of the Health Center and University
have been formulated and implemented.
The 1957 Florida Legislature authorized the development
of a College of Dentistry in Gainesville, but it was not until
the late 1960's that faculty members were recruited and
program development initiated.
The twelve departments which make up the College of
Dentistry are Basic Dental Sciences, Community Dentistry,
Dental Education, Endodontics, Occlusion and Fixed
Prosthodontics, Operative Dentistry, Oral Medicine, Oral
Surgery, Orthodontics, Pedodontics, Periodontics, and
Removable Prosthodontics. A modular curriculum has been
developed in which these several departments teach in a
multidisciplinary fashion. The curriculum is so designed as
to permit students the maximal degree in flexibility and
individualization in their program. It is a competency based
curriculum in which behavioral objectives, rather than time,
serve as the primary guidelines for student advancement.
Although there is no definite length of time in the
curriculum, it is planned so that outstanding students may
complete the program in three calendar years. Self-
instruction constitutes a significant part of the teaching
methodology.
The institutional goals of this college are to prepare the
graduate to enter private dental practice, to enter graduate
programs of any of the dental specialties, to enter into
research activities, and to be prepared for a lifetime of
continuing education.
Since 1969 the faculty has utilized the Surge Area west of
the Health Center for their physical facilities. In addition to
this area, locations on campus in the Health Center facilities
and in the Psychology Building will be utilized by students


and faculty until the dental building itself is completed.
Groundbreaking ceremonies for the new dental college
were held on May 22, 1971. The building will be ready for
occupancy in the 1974-75 school year. The College will offer
the Doctor of Dental Medicine (D.M.D.) degree. The
D.M.D. and D.D.S. degrees are synonomous.
The College of Dentistry aspires to attract students of the
highest caliber into its various programs. High standards of
scholastic achievement, moral character, and motivation
are expected of the applicant. The student of dentistry must
possess a high basic aptitude supplemented by an academic
preparation of the highest order because of the vast area of
science which must be mastered by the dentist. The highly
personal relationship between patient and dentist places
the latter in a position of trust, which demands maturity,
integrity, intellectual honesty, and a sense of responsibility.
A broad representation of the ethnic mixture of the state is
sought in the student body through an active recruitment
program. The College strictly adheres to the principle of
ethnic, racial, religious and social equality among its
student body and faculty.
Generally, students applying for admission should plan to
complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree.
However, qualified students may be accepted without
fulfilling the degree requirements, provided they show
evidence of sufficient academic preparation and the
personal characteristics necessary for the study of dentistry.
Applicants with an overall B average as a minimum will
receive strongest consideration for admission to the
College of Dentistry. A limited number of out-of-state
students, in proportion to the number in the university as
a whole, may be admitted. Applicants over the age of thirty
rarely will be given strong consideration. Applicants should
initiate the application process approximately fifteen
months prior to anticipated enrollment by submitting an
application through the centralized American Association
of Dental Schools Application Service (AADSAS), P. O. Box
1003, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Further detailed information will be found in the College
of Dentistry Bulletin. Copies may be obtained by writing to
the Office of Admissions, College of Dentistry, University
of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32610.




University of Florida Home Page
© 2004 - 2010 University of Florida George A. Smathers Libraries.
All rights reserved.

Acceptable Use, Copyright, and Disclaimer Statement
Last updated October 10, 2010 - - mvs